Old Man Still running

Utah Lake Marathon

Previous YearRecent EntriesHomeJoin Fast Running Blog Community!PredictorHealthy RecipesCrockett's RacesFind BlogsMileage BoardTop Ten Excuses for Missing a RunTop Ten Training MistakesDiscussion ForumRace Reports Send A Private MessageWeek ViewMonth View
Graph View
Next Year
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulAugSepOctNovDec
2008200920102011201220132014201520162017
15% off for Fast Running Blog members at St. George Running Center!

Location:

Saratoga Springs,UT,

Member Since:

Jan 31, 2008

Gender:

Male

Goal Type:

Local Elite

Running Accomplishments:

2016 Finished 12 100-milers during the year.  86 career 100-mile finishes, 9th in the world.   First person to do 6 consecutive summits of Mount Timpanogos.  Won Crooked Road 24-hour race. Achieved the 5th, 6th, and 8th fastest 100-mile times in the world for runners age 57+ for the year.

2013  First person to bag the six highest Wasatch peaks in one day. First and only person to do a Kings Peak double (highest peak in Utah).  I've now accomplished it four times. 

2010 - Overall first place Across the Years 48-hour run (187 miles), Overall first place Pony Express Traill 100.

2009 - Utah State Grand Masters 5K champion (Road Runners Club of America).  National 100-mile Grand Masters Champion (Road Runners Club of America). USATF 100-mile National Champion for age 50-54.

2006 - Set record of five consecutive Timpanogos Summits ("A record for the criminally insane")  See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=42

2007 - Summited 7 Utah 13-ers in one day.  See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=14 

Only person to have finished nine different 100-mile races in Utah: Wasatch, Bear, Moab, Pony Express Trail, Buffalo Run, Salt Flats, Bryce, Monument Valley, Capitol Reef.

PRs - all accomplished when over 50 years old

5K - 19:51 - 2010 Run to Walk 5K

10K - 42:04 - 2010 Smile Center

1/2 Marathon: 1:29:13 - 2011 Utah Valley

Marathon - 3:23:43 - 2010 Ogden Marathon

50K - 4:38 - 2010 Across the Years split

50-mile - 8:07 - 2010 Across the Years split

100K - 10:49 - 2010 Across The Years split

12-hours 67.1 miles - 2010 Across The Years split

100-mile 19:40 - 2011 Across the Years split

24-hours 117.8 miles - 2011 Across the Years split

48-hours 187.033 miles - 2010 Across the Years

Long-Term Running Goals:

I would like to keep running ultras into my 60s. 

Personal:

Details at: http://www.crockettclan.org/ultras/ultracrockett.pdf Married with six kids and six grandchildren.  Started running at the age of 46 in 2004.  My first race since Junior High days was a 50K. I skipped the shorter road stuff and went straight to ultramarathons.  I started as a back-of-the packer, but have progressed to a top-10-percent ultra finisher.  Wish I would have started running at a much earlier age.  Have had several articles published in national running magazines.  Check out my running adventure blog at www.crockettclan.org/blog

Favorite Blogs:

Click to donate
to Ukraine's Armed Forces
Miles:This week: 0.00 Month: 0.00 Year: 0.00
Total Distance
2882.00
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 419.00Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 46.00La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 398.00Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 384.00Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 149.00La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 203.00La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00Montrail Wildwood Miles: 91.00
Total Distance
0.00

I've recovered very well from my 104.39 miles at ATY 24-hour run on Dec 30.   I feel ready to go running again....except for a silly injury.  I tied my right shoe lace too tight and didn't notice it for about 40 miles!  Now I have a painful creaky tendon on the top of my foot.   I've had this kind of thing several times before, so I know it just heals with time off.  So, I'm probably sidelined for a week to heal up the foot.  But that is OK.  It is time to rest, recover, and send in race registrations for the new year. Besides, last month was a 400 mile month, my highest ever.  That is crazy.

Comments
From tarzan on Sat, Jan 03, 2009 at 20:01:04

Davy - I just read your race report. You did awesome! I'm hoping I can get an entry in the ATY next year (or is it this year?) and challenge myself like that.

From Smooth on Sun, Jan 04, 2009 at 00:17:34

I just read your race report. Love every word and pics. You're awesome. How'd you remember all the details and splits. Simply amazing.

CONGRATS for taking 5th and making some PRs, 8 100s in 2008. AWESOME! AWESOME! AWESOME! I agree with you on the "advantage of someone there to push you". Wonder how you would have done if you had run with the 3rd day guys. WOW, 400 mile month, you're INCREDIBLE!!!

Hope the tendonitis from the shoe lace heal up well for ya.

Total Distance
2.00

Two walking miles.   Tendon still creaks but no pain.   Walking made it feel better.

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Jan 06, 2009 at 15:12:37

Good to hear you're actively recovering with walking. You wouldn't want to be running in today's messy road condition. The footing was horrible.

From tarzan on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 00:17:32

Awesome, Davy! When is your next ultra?

From crockett on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 10:52:47

Next up for me is Moab Red Hot 50k (really 34 miles). Feb 14. I posted my current schedule on the left-hand side of my blog at http://crockettclan.org/blog/

I also plan to run the Winter 5K at Saltair at the end of the month.

Total Distance
8.00

Easy miles on a treadmill at 10:00 pace, a couple at 10-15% incline as I start to concentrate on climbing again.   Right foot still a little sore and left quad sore at the end of the workout.  But so far so good, back in the saddle.

Comments
From tarzan on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 10:20:49

Great job! Don't get saddle sore.

From ultrajim on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 10:41:15

Good job Dave. I so want to get back running but my knee is still very tender. I figure I'll give it a shot startingnext week. I don't want to push things too hard just yet.

I sent my Wasatch entry in yesterday. I'm crossing my fingers I get in, my wife is crossing hers that I don't.

From crockett on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 10:48:14

I sent in my Wasatch too, also Hardrock. I doubt Hardrock will come through. If it doesn't, Matt Watts and I were looking at a 100-mile adventure run in the Windriver Mountains. If I don't get into Wasatch, I might go up and do Cascade Crest 100.

From ultrajim on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 12:32:30

Hardrock kind of scares me given my issues with altitude. I wouldn't want to try unless I thought I had a reasonable chance of finishing. What I need to do is go out and pace someone. I've always wanted to do CC100. I'm looking at Bighorn this year and Tahoe again. Gotta finish that one. Where are the Windriver mountains?

From crockett on Wed, Jan 07, 2009 at 13:08:45

Windrivers are in Wyoming on Continental Divide. I've backpacked there several years ago. A nice remote area, popular mostly with hunters.

Total Distance
12.00

8 treadmill miles....9 degrees outside.   Did a 6x10x10.   That is six miles as 10:00 pace, with 10 degree incline.   A good workout.   I'll work that up to a 10x10x10.   The treadmill thinks I did 3,200 feet of climb, but I never really believe that because it doesn't feel like I really went that high.   This crazy treadmill workout really helps get in hill shape.  Others who have seen this workout in the past think I'm nuts.

4 walking miles

Comments
From tarzan on Thu, Jan 08, 2009 at 14:52:12

Dave - aren't we all a bit nuts? Or do they think you are more nuts than usual?

From Smooth on Fri, Jan 09, 2009 at 17:56:29

Very creative hill workout on the mill. It'd be fun to watch you do the 10x10x10. Good luck with all the Western 100. You're AMAZING!

Total Distance
1.00

 

Total Distance
16.00

8 degrees out with the brightest full moon we will see in another seven years or so.   I hit the treadmill at the rec center and did a 12x10x10.   That is 12 miles, 10:00 pace, with 10% incline.   I was very suprised how easy it felt.  Treadmill thinks I burned 2,500 calories and climbed 6,400 feet.

The hardest part was the boredom for two hours.  By getting up early, I can do the first hour almost half asleep with the lights out.  The time goes by fast.   The second hour was tougher, but not bad.  The quads feel strong from ATY, ten days ago.

Three tempo miles 8:00 pace at Legacy Center.

Comments
From Smooth on Sun, Jan 11, 2009 at 23:37:20

Half asleep with the lights out huh? At least you get a nice window view from the TM. My treadmill is in the basement, like being in the dungeon.

Man, 12 miles at 10% incline. I would be hanging onto the bars half the time. You're tough, both body and mind.

Total Distance
23.00

14 Treadmill miles at about 8:00 pace.   4 mile walk during lunch up above the capital building.

PM

Ran 5 tempo miles at Legacy Center.  5K in 21:09.  Felt fast and strong dodging all the walkers and runners on the track.  Met Clint from Eagle Mountain who has run in the Buffalo Run 25K each year.

Total Distance
11.00

AM.  Slept in.

4 walking miles during lunch

PM

7 miles at Legacy Center.  5K tempo run of 21:00.  The rest at 9:00 pace.  Inversion weather setting in.  I'm looking forward to climbing hills.   Warmer as you go higher.

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Jan 13, 2009 at 21:56:57

Where are the hills you climbing? Your mileage and pace are very impressive.

From crockett on Wed, Jan 14, 2009 at 10:16:57

No hills yet, but planning on starting to climb up Lake Mountain, the access road. That receives ATV traffic so the snow gets pounded down somewhat. Bounding down that road is a blast. I'm thinking about doing it tomorrow morning if I can stand the frigid cold.

Total Distance
16.00

Very sluggish and slow miles on the treadmill.  Quit early.   10 degrees out.  Longing for the hills.

4-mile walk during lunch to Warm Springs Park, the historic location of the warm springs that the 1847 pioneers discovered and enjoyed bathing in.  The springs were covered up around 1870.   Some nice historical monuments at the park.

PM

8 miles at Legacy Center, steady 8:00 pace until I got bored.  Felt much better compared to the morning.

Total Distance
17.00

6 degrees F out this morning.   I know it is warmer up in the hills, but this cold is brutal.   Just can't get motivated to pile on the clothes at get out when it is that cold.   8 more boring miles on the treadmill.  Sluggish at first but warmed up in a few miles.   Noticed that I need to drink a bunch more in the warm room, getting dehydrated toward the end.

4-mile walk during lunch in avenues west of captital.

PM

5 miles at the Legacy Center indoor track.  8:30 pace.  Last mile for the day was 6:42.  Nice.

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Thu, Jan 15, 2009 at 16:42:12

I just wanted to say Hi, and that by living in Saratoga Springs, UT you hereby prove this annoying customer wrong that always calls my store and gives me heck when I answer "Saratoga" and not Saratoga SPrings, NY, saying that there is only one Saratoga Springs. HAHA now I can laugh in his face. Oh and you rock :-D!

From crockett on Thu, Jan 15, 2009 at 17:02:27

Well, early Utah pioneers did name our springs after the NY version. I've been to the New York town several times.

Total Distance
17.00

4 F on the Utah Lake shore this morning as all of Utah is dumping its cold air at my doorstep.  The appears to be almost a 30 degree warmer temperature difference up on the mountain ridges.   The ice fog is pretty amazing.  I'll take some pictures tomorrow morning of the frost on the trees.  I'll also go out on the lake.  I see tracks of sleds or something, so I should be able to run in the deep snow if someone has packed it down.

15 boring miles on the treadmill

PM

Went out a mile and back on frozen Utah Lake.  Check out the photo: http://www.facebook.com/photo.php?pid=5605845&l=2f42c&id=754525693

Total Distance
25.00

4 F on the lake shore.   Rambled 9 miles on the treadmill to the tunes of Allman Brother's "Ramblin Man."   Noticed that I lost about 5 pounds this week without really trying.  Thats OK, can help me get back down to racing weight.

Ran on frozen Utah Lake, ran from Saratoga Springs to Orem (actually Vineyard).  The rather deep crystally snow made it a tough workout.  Ice is solid away from the shores.  ATVs, duck hunters, ice fisherman are out on it.   A podcast of my adventure will be up on my blog soon at: www.crockettclan.org/blog

Comments
From tarzan on Sat, Jan 17, 2009 at 19:17:05

I noticed as I drove down to Utah County this morning that you have much more fog/inversion than Salt Lake appears to have.

I would be chicken to run alone on the lake - but it sounds kind of fun in a wacky sort of way.

Race: Utah Lake Marathon (26 Miles) 07:00:00, Place overall: 1
Total Distance
26.00

Well, this isn't really a race report, but I did run an incredible marathon adventure run on frozen Utah Lake, the largest fresh-water lake in Utah.  It covers about 97,000 acres (151 square miles) and is 23 miles long (north-south) and a has a maximum width of 13 miles (east-west.)   It is a shallow lake, with an average depth of 9.4 feet. 

I ran from Saratoga Springs to Bird Island (on the south end of the lake) and back.   During the morning I was totally enveloped in fog and had to rely on my GPS to make sure I didn't run around in circles.  It is difficult to decribe the amazing experience being out on the ice.  It makes you feel like you are running in Antarctica. The ice flows built up around Bird Island were awesome. 

Watch my youtube movie!  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dI3nWGC--D0

Near the end of my run I was entertained by Super Dell Schanze on his motorized paraglider with skis!   See: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TdBdrSQbM9M&eurl=http://dellschanze.blogspot.com/  He was swooping and skiing all over the lake.  It was a sight to see!   What a fantastic day and run.   I will post pictures and audio on my blog tomorrow at www.crockettclan.org/blog   You can also read/listen and see pictures from my run across the lake to Orem on Saturday.  See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=135

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Jan 20, 2009 at 16:33:17

VERY COOL and awe inspiring. Thanks for sharing. I was wondering who that guy was on the paraglider one Sat. when I was running down by the river.

VERY NICE "Antarctica Marathon" run there, Davy!!!

From tarzan on Wed, Jan 21, 2009 at 11:10:32

Dang - I wish you would have invited me to join your marathon. I created my own half on Sunday and finished first in it like you did.

Total Distance
0.00

Took a "zero day" and rested some more, just because I felt like it.   I also finished up my youtube movie on my Utah Lake ice adventure on monday: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dI3nWGC--D0

Comments
From Mark P on Wed, Jan 21, 2009 at 11:19:48

Very cool. Thanks for sharing...I have to try that run.

From crockett on Wed, Jan 21, 2009 at 11:31:27

If you do, be very, very, careful. Very risky. I don't want to encourage people to follow after my stupidity.

From Smooth on Wed, Jan 21, 2009 at 16:25:25

It was still a very COOL adventure. Falling in the icy water was crazy. Did you find your cell phone?

From crockett on Wed, Jan 21, 2009 at 16:36:09

Yep, found the cell phone about 100-yards from the start/finish. I dropped it as soon as I started running. It was very easy to find on the white surface.

Total Distance
7.00

Seven easy miles at the Legacy Center and then watched my son at the swim meet there.  He's a captain on the Lehi High School swim team.

Comments
From Smooth on Thu, Jan 22, 2009 at 14:46:47

GO PIONEER! GO PURPLE GO! GO WHITE! So proud of your Captain son, one dedicated swimmer and student!!!

Total Distance
10.00

Five treadmill miles.   I stopped early because I feared I would slit my wrists because of boredom.  I'm sick of that stupid machine.  No more!

PM

Five miles with the dog on Utah Lake.   With warmer temperatures, the crystals have melted and the sandy snow now is packable snow, easier to run on.   The little dog just loves it out there.  She probably ran an extra couple miles just going back and forth. 

Comments
From Smooth on Thu, Jan 22, 2009 at 14:47:31

I hear ya. I ran up Suncrest yesterday. I couldn't stand another day on the TM.

From tarzan on Thu, Jan 22, 2009 at 17:53:24

LOL - yeah - I can relate. I'm going to breakdown and hit the treadmill tonight, but am not looking forward to it one bit.

Total Distance
10.00

Total Distance
12.00

12 Treadmill miles at 8:00 pace.

Total Distance
20.00

14 degrees out and windy.  Wimped out again.  12 treadmill miles at 8:00 pace.

PM

Ran laps at the Legacy Center.  On Saturday I'll run in the Winter 5K at Great Salt Lake.   I hope to set a PR and break 20:00 for the first time.  So today I wanted to push and get my lungs working hard.   I felt good and strong, so I kept pushing for 5K.   My mile splits were 6:14, 6:37, and 6:43 for a 5K time of around 20:10.    That was encouraging for a training run.   Felt fine afterwards, still had plenty in the tank.

Comments
From tarzan on Tue, Jan 27, 2009 at 10:27:30

Heck - it was a balmy 9 degrees with the wind chill factor. Of course, maybe that is why I only did about 4 miles outside.

From Smooth on Tue, Jan 27, 2009 at 17:52:00

It will be a toasty 30 when you get off work tonight. Those are some crazy TM miles. GOOD JOB!!!

From crockett on Tue, Jan 27, 2009 at 21:04:25

It was even a toastier 70 degrees inside the Legacy Center.

Total Distance
10.00

8 miles at the Legacy Center in one hour.   It was nice to see quite a few people actually running around the track.  Usually almost everyone is only walking. I'm still focusing on doing well at the 5K on Saturday.

Comments
From jun on Thu, Jan 29, 2009 at 00:17:09

Good luck on Saturday. Running near the lake should be brilliant.

From tarzan on Thu, Jan 29, 2009 at 09:47:02

Dave - question on running 50 milers. I know in some of the longer distance races you need to have a larger pair of running shoes because of swelling. Do you think that will be necessary for me for the 50 miler?

From crockett on Thu, Jan 29, 2009 at 13:58:02

Not sure, but I don't worry about it. I always run in 1/2 sze bigger. Perhaps my feet swell some, but not so I have to change into bigger shoes.

From Nevels on Thu, Jan 29, 2009 at 14:11:48

I've heard that as well, but it's never been an issue for me. Granted, I never changed shoes during the 100-miler (if I had I might have needed a larger pair), but during a recent 100k, I changed shoes at the 50k mark and was fine in my normal sized shoes. But to each his (or her) own. Good luck!

Total Distance
8.00

Treadmill at 8:30 pace average.

Comments
From Smooth on Thu, Jan 29, 2009 at 20:39:07

You got in some nice training runs this week. Good luck on your 5K this Sat.

Race: Salt Lake Track Club Winter Series 5K (3.1 Miles) 00:20:23, Place overall: 33, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
8.00

I ran in the Salt Lake Track Club Winter Series 5K held on the shores of Great Salt Lake along a frontage road.  The course is totally flat, so I was really hoping to break 20 minutes for the first time.   I've only run in five previous 5Ks.  This distance feels like an all-out sprint to me and can be pretty painful, but for some reason I do fairly well considering my age.

This time, I tried warming up a little more, running about a half mile before the start, hoping my lungs and legs would be ready for the crazy sprint.   I recognized a few fastrunning blog runners at the start.   The morning was beautiful and sunny.  The temperature was right around 30.  Air quality was a little poor, but I doubt it affected anything.

Off we went.   For the first mile, I kept Mary Ann Schauerhamer in my sights, but I knew she would leave me in the dust.   My first mile split was fine, a 6:06.   But then things started to unravel.   My lungs started to labor, and I knew I just couldn't keep up this pace today.   I realized it wouldn't be my day.   I was passed by several people and slowed to a 6:54 second mile.   That was discouraging, but I didn't quit.  I still pushed it as hard as I could and tried to get my breathing under control.   I hung on for dear life during the last mile.   I was thinking, "Why do I run this crazy distance?"   It felt like I was going to keel over and croak.  Pretty funny given that I would rather run 100 miles.   Mile 3 went better, 6:20, but the legs felt heavy.    I cruised into the finish at 20:23, which is 18 seconds off my PR.  

I felt disappointed, but gee wiz, just 23 seconds faster would have felt like a victory.  I lost those 23 during the second mle. This is just a silly distance.   Clearly I need to do more tempo runs if I want to do much better at this distance.  Also, I've been eating like a pig lately and am not down to an ideal racing weight.

To cheer me up, it turns out I was the Male Grand Masters Champion!  (50 and over).   That just means that I was one of the few old farts that didn't keel over and die before the finish line.   I came in 33rd overall out of about 210 runners, including some of the best in the state.  I received a nice little plaque.

I won't be running the 10K in a couple weeks.  I'll be running in the Moab Red Hot 50K+ which will be a total blast compared to this strange road stuff.   I'll probably run a 10K next Saturday.

 PM

4 easy miles out in the brilliant sunshine.   Lungs a little burned out from the morning.

Comments
From Burt on Sat, Jan 31, 2009 at 15:26:00

Way to go! Did you kill yourself a b'ar while you were at it? Sorry, couldn't resist. You probably get that all the time. But seriously, I'd love to get back into the sub 20's like I was in high school.

From ultrajim on Sun, Feb 01, 2009 at 23:14:51

Congrats Davy. I've never been close to 20 minutes for a 5K. Have fun in Moab. Wish I could go but the wife didn't want to spend Valentine's day alone while I ran a race.

From ultrajim on Sun, Feb 01, 2009 at 23:17:12

Davy, did you get into Hardrock? I looked but nothing on the website yet.

From crockett on Mon, Feb 02, 2009 at 10:29:12

No, no Hardrock this year. I'm in the 80's on the wait list. Maybe next year.

From Burt on Mon, Feb 02, 2009 at 10:53:37

Didn't want to spend Valentine's Day alone? Women.

Total Distance
8.00

At 4:00 a.m. I went out in 15 degrees in ran up Lake Mountain, climbing about 2,500 feet.  It is time to start reducing the flat miles and increasing the climbing feet.   My total miles per week will probably go way down from here, but it is time to start getting back in shape for mountain runs.   For the past couple months it was fun to pretend I was a road runner, now it is time to start acting like a mountain goat again.

The going was slow climbing up Israel Canyon Road.   At times it was like going up stairs int he snow.   Nearing the top the snow became softer and my feet started to break the surface.  The road is packed down from ATVs, but toward the top, fewer have gone all the way and the snow is softer.  So I eventually turned around and had to be cautious coming down near the top because my feet would sink in and try to twist my knees or ankles.  

There is a little bit of an inversion going on, because it felt a little warmer in the canyon.  Returning to the car in the foothills, I could feel the temperature dive down.   It was a nice two-hour run.   I'm sadly out of shape for climbing and I could feel it in my quads.   It will take a few weeks.

Comments
From Smooth on Mon, Feb 02, 2009 at 17:09:49

Nice way to start the week and the month. I'm sure you'll get back to your mountain goat tip top shape in no time. Running on hilly packed snow or soft snow has got to be tough; but I guess so good in strengthening your tendons and muscles especially in the ankles and knees.

Total Distance
10.00

I couldn't push myself two days in a row out into the cold early morning.  At 4:00 a.m., I was on the treadmill for a very tough hill workout.   I ran for 90 minutes averaging 10:00 pace with an incline between 10-15 degrees, never below 10, holding on lightly to the front of the machine.  I think it did the trick.  I now have sore quads.   The machine thought I climbed 5,700 feet and burned over 2,000 calories.   It felt closer to about 3,000 feet.

Comments
From jun on Tue, Feb 03, 2009 at 18:07:06

Nothing better than a machines to make you feel better about your workout than you actually should.

I think I'm going to try and run Granduer Peak. I am just hoping the snow is packed enough to make it so I don't need snowshoes.

From crockett on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 10:57:58

Good for you getting out in the hills. I'll try again tomorrow. I see you have a goal to do Kings Peak in a day. Good for you. I've done it several times. Last Aug 1, I did it and through in South Kings and Gilbert in the same day too. It was pretty tough but I got it done. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=120

From jun on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 18:21:26

Funny you mention that. I read that on your blog just the other day. I'm not even sure how I came across it.

My ultimate goal (a few years down the road) is to beat your triple crown time, something you and I emailed about last year. One step at a time for me though. Not sure if I will have the distance this year to run King's in a day or not, but even if I could run to the top of Gunsight Pass, walk to the summit and back to Gunsight and then run the rest, that would be great. Then next year run the whole thing (at least all the sections that can be run).

From crockett on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 20:29:22

Ah, that's you! Great.

Total Distance
12.00

A repeat of the treadmill workout from yesterday, a couple minutes faster and quads feel better today.   9 miles, 10:00 pace, 10-15% incline, 5,800 feet up (if you believe the machine), plenty of sweat and groaning along the way.

PM

Three miles at the Legacy Center indoor track.  I lost interest after three miles and quit.  Boring!

Comments
From tarzan on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 11:50:09

Man - that incline makes me tired just thinking about it!

From Smooth on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 17:45:10

Quite a machine. Mine only goes up to #10. Is that same as 10%? Have you ever run up Suncrest? Elevation at the top is 6,125', according to my Garmin, at the base 4,750' to the top is about 5 miles.

From crockett on Wed, Feb 04, 2009 at 20:31:22

Yes, once. A friend took my on a 20-mile run starting in Corner Canyon and we then went up to Suncrest and circled it. Yes, that is quite a climb.

From crockett on Thu, Feb 05, 2009 at 12:19:07

I can run on a special machine that can crank up the incline way up....50% or more. It is a crazy machine.

Total Distance
7.00

This morning I almost wimped out again and headed to the treadmill, but when I got up at 3:45 a.m., I had already had all my warm outside clothes ready to go, so I didn't have any excuse.  The temperature was 22 degrees, so not bitter cold.   OK, I sucked it up, and headed outside.  

From my house on the shore of Utah Lake, I ran up the foothills of Lake Mountain, into Lott Canyon until it ends on a high ridge overlooking Eagle Mountain and the Ranches.   This is a good touch climb, up about 1,500 feet.   My climbing gear felt pretty good.  The snow was packed down by some ATVs, until the last 1/4 mile which required me to do a little post-holing in the snow, but I didn't sink in too deep.

I had a great time!  My flashlight reflected off of the crystalized snow going up which presented me with an amazing light show.   Coming down, I always enjoy seeing the lights of the cities across Utah Lake.  

It was a good workout.   Treadmills just can't duplicate it.  I could tell my ankles needed the uneven surface to get in better shape for the mountains.  Also, the downhill run worked my quads well.   I've got a ways to go to get back into good mountain trail shape, but I'm well on my way.  It is amazing how you don't really lose it, that it comes back fast.

Comments
From jun on Thu, Feb 05, 2009 at 13:17:15

Nice work. I'm very jealous.

Here in No Dallas the closest thing I've run to a hill is the wheelchair ramp on the other side of the street.

Man, this place is flat. I can't wait to get home.

From tarzan on Thu, Feb 05, 2009 at 20:32:09

I'm jealous too. I need to find some trails around here and get back on them.

From Smooth on Fri, Feb 06, 2009 at 14:48:33

Sounds like an awesome night time mountain trail run in the snow. Thanks for sharing.

Total Distance
4.00

With the warm tempertures, the trails are slushy and muddy.   I did hill repeats running up and down Grandview Blvd up toward the explosives plant.

Race: Striders Winter Racing Circuit 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:21:32, Place overall: 34, Place in age division: 3
Total Distance
8.00

I decided at the last minute to head up to Ogden and test my elderly speed against the competition in Northern Utah.   The Striders Winter Racing Circuit 5K is held at Dee Events Center at Weber St. University and winds through hilly neighborhoods.  Hills is what this race is about.  

I arrived in time to drive the course which helped to set my expectations mentally because I didn't want the hills to suprise me and wanted to know when I should back off or open it up.   I then went back to the start and ran in the neighborhoods for a mile warm up and did some sprints and stairs.   I think my warm-up helped.

Looking at the results from last year, I thought a top-3 finish in my age group was very possible and a top-30 finish overall possible.

I toed the start line with 458 runners, a big event for the winter.   Off we went and I started off sprinting like crazy with the top-10 pack.   After a quarter mile, I found a more sane pace as my breathing became labored.   I didn't want to burn my lungs out like last week, so I concentrated on good breathing.   Next, we hit the long hill.   At first I was able to pump the legs fast and re-passed several runners, but then just fell back to a nice even pace and was again passed by several others.  My quads started to burn, a result of my hill workouts this past week.  At the top, as the downhill came, I kicked it into high gear for several hundred yards and cruised by about five runners pretty fast.  

Back on the flats and rolling hills, I again slowed.   I missed my split at mile 1, but at mile 2 I was at 14:19.   I hoped to be close to 14:00, so I was happy with my progress.   I noticed a guy about my age pass me.  It was Steve Haslam.   I was motivated to stay close to him. I passed him on the downhills but he passed me back on the flats.  On the last hill, he pushed ahead by about 50 yards.   I hoped to find a kick on the final downhill to catch him.   My third mile split was 6:30.   Not bad.   I tried hard to find a kick to catch Steve, but it didn't happen.   He finished 11 seconds ahead of me.

I finished up in 21:32, 34th overall among 458 runners.   I placed 3rd among the runners age 50+ (64 runners).   Not bad, I was pleased.   It was a tough course and it felt like I had a stronger race then last week when I finished in 20:23.

After I returned home, I went out and ran 4 fast miles with the dog.   I was very impressed that this little dog, less than a year old ran a 6:30, and 7:00 mile with me.  

Comments
From cody on Sat, Feb 07, 2009 at 15:09:43

Nice race Davy! That is one though quad burning course huh?

From cody on Sat, Feb 07, 2009 at 15:21:23

Thanks Cody. Yep, I really enjoyed that crazy course, made me feel like I worked. Congrats on your super race. It was amazing to watch you guys disappear up that hill.

From tarzan on Sat, Feb 07, 2009 at 20:50:33

Great job, Davy! I've run that course a couple of times and it is not one to get any rest on!

From Jon on Sat, Feb 07, 2009 at 20:59:17

Nice job- top 3 in your age group is great.

From Smooth on Mon, Feb 09, 2009 at 12:34:51

CONGRATS on a great performance, top 3 in a competitive AG and tough course!!! YOU'RE AWESOME!!!

From Bec on Mon, Feb 09, 2009 at 13:10:06

You are amazing! Nice run on a difficult course. I am from Lehi and I know your kids.

Total Distance
9.00

Rainy and Snowy out in the morning.   I went and ran 9 miles on the treadmill, 8:30 pace at 12% incline.

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Feb 10, 2009 at 16:33:14

12% incline?! Yikes. I'd fall at that pace within 30 seconds. Are you so ready for the storms to be over with? I am.

From crockett on Tue, Feb 10, 2009 at 17:34:49

Yep, I took today off. I'm actually tapering somewhat for Moab Redhot 50K+ on Saturday.

From Smooth on Wed, Feb 11, 2009 at 22:41:36

Moab Redhot! Sounds fun. Hope the weather will be good for race day. GOOD LUCK! Look forward to reading your race report.

Total Distance
3.00

Race: Moab Red Hot 50K+ (34 Miles) 06:19:58, Place overall: 69, Place in age division: 4
Total Distance
35.00

I ran in the Moab Red Hot 50K+. This trail race is actually a little more than 34 miles. The course runs on various surfaces with plenty of sandy roads and hard slickrock. The scenery is spectacular, making it tough to always watch your feet.

I traveled to the race with a childhood buddy, Jim Kern, who would be running in the 33K version of the race. We were concerned about the weather because it snowing (flurries) and pretty windy before the start. But the day turned out to be fantastic for running.

I tried something really different during the race. I attempted to produce a youtube video as I raced. I ended up taking about 70 photos and recorded 23 audio segments. It probably delayed my finishing time by about 15 minutes total, but it was fun and I’m pleased with the results.

Watch the video. video can be found on facebook.

I finished in 6:19, which ended up being about seven minutes faster than last year. Oh well. Only three people older than me, beat me. Watch the video, I hope you enjoy seeing the entire race in 10 minutes.

Comments
From Little Bad Legs on Tue, Feb 17, 2009 at 13:11:00

Great video and impressive time. Congrats!

From Smooth on Tue, Feb 17, 2009 at 21:23:07

CONGRATS for a great race. THANKS for sharing.

From jun on Wed, Feb 18, 2009 at 00:04:00

Nice job. I've been waiting to see your report. Sounds like you had a great time.

Total Distance
8.00

Recovered from the Moab Red Hot 50K+ last Saturday.  See the movie I made of it.

Eight tough treadmill miles.  Much of it 5-10% incline without holding onto the front of the machine.  The quads and hips really felt it.   I need to really start getting serious about hill training.  I'm only half-way there.   My performance at the race Saturday was OK, but just wasn't where I want to be.   My next ultra will be Old Pueblo 50-mile in 17 days.  There are some serious mountain climbs in that race.   I need to push hard now.

Comments
From Smooth on Wed, Feb 18, 2009 at 15:51:03

Nice video. Can't believe you do all that (taking pictures, recording, podcasting) while running on slick rocks and rugged landscape for 34 miles. Nice time too! THANKS for sharing. It lets me "run" vicariously thru you. You're amazing! GOOD LUCK on taking your mountain training to the next level. WOW, a 50 miler in 17 days!!! How exciting!

From jun on Wed, Feb 18, 2009 at 16:27:44

That video just fuels my fire even more to get into trail racing. Nice job!

Race: Striders Winter Series 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:46:21, Place overall: 50, Place in age division: 3
Total Distance
12.00

I traveled up to Ogden (one hour away) to again run in the Striders Winter Series 10k.  I ran in it last year and knew that is has a tough hilly course.  To make it a little more challenging this year I think they took hoses to some portions of the road and laid down some slick ice....at least it seemed like it.  Fun stuff.

The first mile has a quarter-mile hill to get your heart pumping.  I went out with the top 20 runners to drag me up that hill and then I did my best to get my feet rotating on the long downhill.  My first mile splt was 6:34, not bad considering the hill.   For the second downhill mile I ran 6:27.  So far, so good.  But on next flat mile, my legs started to feel heavy and I was passed by a large group.  I just wasn't warmed up yet.  I clocked the second mile in 7:11.

Now the fun came, almost all uphill to the end.   Chad Carson was running very close to me.  He's an experienced and talented ultrarunner.  I ran several miles with Chad during the 2007 Squaw Peak 50.  He's a great guy.   He had already put in 16 miles earlier in the morning so was struggling on the uphills.  I had no excuse like that, but I thought my uphill strength felt pretty good.   I was finally warmed up and not red-lining on my heart rate and breathing.  My mile 4 split was about 7:50.   The toughest hill started at mile 5.  I kept a solid run going and caught a few runners.  Chad caught me at the crest of the hill.  I was determined to keep up and pass him.   I found my foot speed and cruised down the hill passing Chad and several more runners.  My mile 6 split was a slow 8:30.   It felt like I was doing much better than last year, but the clock didn't agree.   I finished in 46:21, ten seconds slower than last year.

I grabbed a donut and then decided to run the course backwards.  I knew my ultrarunning buddies Cory Johnson and Tom Remkes were sweeping the course (running behind the last runner.)    I recovered fast and enjoyed running up and down that crazy hill again.   I linked up with Cory and Tom at the last aid station.   We had a good time talking about our upcoming races and Tom made fun of the way I blasted fearlessly down the slickrock last Saturday at Moab Red Hot 50K+.  Both of them are in the movie I made at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8htsdXqtpSg 

Instead of walking it in behind the last runners, we did various loops in the neighborhoods.   I ended up doing about 5 extra miles. Turns out I ran up most of that crazy hill three times today!   It was great fun and I enjoyed being out running with the guys.   We reached the start/finish area just as the last runner was finishing.  As we almost got to the finish we spent about ten minutes helping a woman runner find her lost diamond earring that fell off in the home stretch.  We were successful in finding it.

It was a fun morning.  Thanks to John at Striders for his hard work on this race.

 

Comments
From Burt on Sat, Feb 21, 2009 at 15:33:38

Great job. Sounds like you had a fun time.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Feb 21, 2009 at 18:41:54

That is a tough course. I was going to volunteer today, but decided a fun run to Provo would be easier.

From jun on Sat, Feb 21, 2009 at 23:57:12

Always impressive Davey. Great job.

From azdesertmonsoon on Sun, Feb 22, 2009 at 00:46:56

If you can find trail markers while stumbling along half asleep in the middle of the night in a 100 mile race a diamond earring should be a piece of cake.

Total Distance
12.00

12 Tough 5-10% Treadmill miles.   Warmer this morning but trails muddy.   I need to check them out this evening and find some dry routes for mornings when it is above freezing.   I'm hoping for a high mileage week and then next week taper for the Old Pueblo 50 in Tucson.   But my focus is hill training more than miles.

Comments
From Smooth on Mon, Feb 23, 2009 at 18:38:06

Nice workout to start off the week.

Total Distance
10.00

With the trails muddy, I decided this morning to at least run a little outside.  I did a fast tempo run to and from the rec center, about a mile in each direction, and at the center did a tough hilly treadmill workout.

Total Distance
13.00

Tempo run to and from the rec center and then hilly treadmill pain doing 5-10% with 15% spurts.  Dripping in sweat, I ran fast home in 32 degrees, arrived before I was frozen.

Comments
From tarzan on Thu, Feb 26, 2009 at 15:38:02 from 63.255.172.2

Is your next trail run really hilly? It should be nice in Tucson this time of year.

Have you ever run the Lost Dutchman marathon in Apache Junction?

From crockett on Thu, Feb 26, 2009 at 16:40:02 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, plenty of good climbs on that course, about 7,000 feet or more gain. It also drops down into the hot desert for about seven miles. My best time there has been 11:41. I hope to break 11 hours this year.

Total Distance
12.00

Same routine this morning.  Ran too and from the rec center.  It was nippy 25 degrees in shorts, but it motivates me to run faster.  I also love the peace and quiet running through the neighborhoods as 3:50 a.m. in the morning.  No traffic, no people, no body stirring in the homes.   Did hilly treadmills with spurts of 30% inclines.  Brutal.

Race: SLC Track Club Winter 15K (9.32 Miles) 01:05:15, Place overall: 26, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
15.00

I traveled up to Great Salt Lake to run in the Salt Lake Track Club Winter 15K.  This very flat race starts at historic Saltair and runs east along the frontage road that parallels I-80.  It then turns around and returns to the start.

I was using this race as a nice long tempo training run as I enter my taper week for next Saturday’s Old Pueblo 50-mile race in the Santa Rita Mountains near Tucson Arizona.  My goals for today were to beat my last year’s 15K PR of 1:08:27 and win my old-fart age group of 50 years and older.

I arrived in time to do a warm-up run.  I never warm up for ultras, but I have discovered that warm-up runs are critical to do well in these short runs.   Rand Nielson called out a hello and we ran two miles together talking about our upcoming ultra race schedule.

Everyone gathered for the start and the start siren was sounded.   For the first half-mile, I tucked in behind Mary Ann Schauerhammer, the eventual winner among the women.   But after a half-mile, I had to back off into a more sustainable pace.   My first mile split was what I wanted, 6:29.  During mile two, a group of 4-5 fast young women passed me.  A tall runner also passed me and I observed that he tucked in behind a big runner and used him to draft.  I decided to try the same trick and joined in the train for awhile.  I finished mile 2 in 6:46.  Doing good.  

In my mind, I knew that last year my mile average ended up being 7:22, so I was determined to try to keep all my mile splits under that pace.   I finally had to jump off the drafting train and started to slow a little bit more.   I was being very careful not to burn out my lungs today, and so far I was being successful.

My mile 3 split was 7:06.  At the 5K aid station I grabbed a quick drink and was on my way again.  I finished mile 4 in 7:13, which was my slowest mile of the race.  The first-place runners came toward me and I was pleased to see that they were less than a mile ahead of me at that point.  

Then, something great happened.  I finally warmed up.   My breathing and heart-rate were under control.  I also noticed with all of the hill training lately that my quads were very happy to be pushed harder.  I kicked it up a notch and felt pretty good.   I reached the turn-around in 32:22.

It was fun now to see all the runners behind heading toward me.   I heard several “hi Davy” greetings being yelled toward me.  It looked like the next person in my age group was about two minutes behind me. I finished mile 5 in 7:09.   I then passed a couple runners.  Mile 6 was done in 7:01.  I was surprised, and now knew I could shatter my PR if I just hung-on.   I kept my focus and was determined to not get lazy at this point.   I was surprised to see that my 10K split about a minute faster than my PR!!  Wow, things were really holding together for me today.   I knew that there was only 5K left.

I concentrated harder to keep the same sustainable pace.  Mile 7 went by in 7:00.  Very nice.  Saltair came into view poking up on the shore-line of massive Great Salt Lake.  The waterline is far away from the building, as the lake level is more than 5 feet below its historic average level.

I was bound and determined not to fade at this point.  Mile 8 went by in 7:08.   I was in the home stretch.  Mile 9 was reached in 7:10.  I looked behind me and no one was catching me, but I still kicked it into gear telling myself to finish strong.   I crossed the finish, feeling great, at 1:05:15.    I had beaten my last year’s PR by more than three minutes!   Sweet.

I didn’t stop, I turned around and ran the course backwards until I found my buddy, Jim Kern about 1.5 miles from the finish.   We had a good time running together and I encouraged Jim on.  He finished in a little over 1:35.   I received a first place ribbon for the 50-54 age-group.

Comments
From allie on Sat, Feb 28, 2009 at 18:11:21 from 208.110.141.10

great race today. congrats on your PR!!!

From Tarzan/Maurine on Sat, Feb 28, 2009 at 23:38:47 from 97.117.61.26

Great job, Davy! Wow - you are breaking all sorts of PR's lately!

From jun on Sun, Mar 01, 2009 at 00:59:47 from 71.213.28.43

What impresses me most about you Davy isn't your ability to do so well in these races, its your character; when you turn around and continue running until you find a friend just so you can lend additional encouragement or just have a nice conversation. Its obvious that your desire to compete isn't solely about winning.

I imagine that the first opportunity that I'll have to run into you is at Sapper Joe (I'll be running my first trail race there - 30k). Don't be surprised if a dorky bald guy comes to say hello. We have the Triple Crown to talk about, if you remember (probably not).

From Burt on Mon, Mar 02, 2009 at 16:54:39 from 68.76.197.194

Once again, great job. Good luck down here in Tucson. I hear this race fills up pretty quick each year.

Total Distance
9.00

Taper week to get ready for Old Pueblo 50.   After a very encouraging 15k road race run on Saturday, I've feeling just about ready.  The only thing really missing is trail conditioning because of all the roads and treadmills.   I really need to get some ankle toughening in.  So this morning, I hit the trails.   I ran out to the Eagle Mountain area.  I climbed up and ran along the ridges overlooking Utah County and the Ranches.  Heading out there, I did have to carefully go around a couple bad mud bogs, but most of the road was nice and soft and very runnable.  The temperature was perfect, about 40 degrees.  I felt strong and fast, but tentative with the ankles.  Coming down from the ridge, I ran down a very fun motorcycle trail that isn't known by runners (I never see any other tracks on it).  I hit about a dozen small patches of snow, but just with an inch, no problem.   The views are always incredible, especially this morning.  The city lights of Utah County were reflecting against the snow covered mountains behind them, lighting everything up before dawn.  It was a wonderful morning run, great to be away from the treadmill. I did get home with muddy shoes, but nothing terrible.  My left ankle was a little sore.  I rolled that one a couple times a couple months ago.  I can tell that it just needs to trail time to toughen up.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Mar 02, 2009 at 10:46:12 from 63.255.172.2

I can totally relate. That's why I've been hitting equestrian trails - to get ready for the Buffalo Run.

From jun on Mon, Mar 02, 2009 at 21:52:50 from 71.213.28.43

Nice run. It must be great having that in your backyard. I need to familiarize myself with the local trails near Holladay. I know all the good steep hiking trails, but that's about it.

Total Distance
8.00

Same route and time (4 a.m. - 6 a.m.) as yesterday.  The big difference today was that it was 52 degrees out.  Wow, it felt like summer.  Shorts, no gloves.  It was nice.  The snow patches were melting fast causing some slick muddy spots coming down from the ridge. I almost ended up on my butt several times.   Left lower ankle again came out sore again from all the uneven surface.   I'll probably have to rest it up for Saturday's 50.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Mar 03, 2009 at 23:01:52 from 97.117.61.26

Don't do anything foolish with that ankle! Wasn't it beautiful running in shorts today? Although the dust in the air tonight was horrible for me.

Total Distance
2.00

Race: Old Pueblo 50 (50.6 Miles) 10:27:00
Total Distance
52.00

I ran again in the Old Pueblo 50-mile trail race in the Santa Rita Mountains, southeast of Tucson, Arizona.   I previously ran in the 2005 and 2006 editions of this race and was pleased to return.  This year I crushed my PR on this course by 1:14:00.  I had a good race.  Click here to read my detailed race report.  They haven't published the results yet, but I believe I finished in about 25th place out of about 140 starters.

Comments
From tarzan on Sun, Mar 08, 2009 at 20:30:10 from 97.117.61.26

Congratulations on your PR. I have heard this is a tough course. Off to read your other blog....

From tarzan on Sun, Mar 08, 2009 at 20:42:57 from 97.117.61.26

Wow - that is a very impressive race! I really enjoyed your write-up.

From twinkies on Sun, Mar 08, 2009 at 20:44:09 from 207.155.176.10

Great race. I enjoyed reading your detailed report on your other blog. I haven't ran a fifty miler yet, but I plan to. Right now I have my sights on the Ogden Valley 50 miler.

Total Distance
1.00

Just a one mile walk to stretch out the sore quads from the 50-mile run.

Total Distance
0.00

Stayed home sick, bad sinus headache.  Legs feel recovered.  It is amazing how fast they recover now from ultra distance runs.

Comments
From tarzan on Wed, Mar 11, 2009 at 18:31:26 from 63.255.172.2

I'm jealous (and not of the sick part).

Get better.

From jun on Thu, Mar 12, 2009 at 00:10:54 from 71.213.41.66

Congrats again on the race. I hope you feel better. You've got a big race coming up.

Total Distance
9.00

At 4 a.m. I went out into the 28 degree cold and ran out to the Lake Mountain ridge. The almost-full moon was wonderful and glowed over the valley and off of Mount Timpanogos far across Utah Lake to the east. I was surprised to find in the dark a new motercycle trail spur that I had never noticed. I suspected that there might be one in that area, but had never seriously explored. This single-track trail was great and nice and long. I noticed a set of runner footprints on it from the past week or so. So another runner knows about this hidden trail. Kind of surprising because it is 2-3 miles from any homes. This spur is more runnable than the one I have been using to the north, a little less steep, so I will have some fun trying to blast down it with speed.

Comments
From jun on Fri, Mar 13, 2009 at 15:33:11 from 66.239.250.209

Nice run. You have a lot of great opportunities out by where you are.

Total Distance
4.00

Again this week a close friend seriously confronted me and let me know that they thought I was ruining my life and the life of others by participating in, and encouraging ultrarunning.  Their belief is

1. That because they get injured as a low-mileage recreational runner, surely a high-mileage ultrarunner is seriously damaging their body far more. 
2. They believe that some exercise is of course good, but the level of exercise an ultrarunner participates in not normal and therefore unhealthy.
3. They believe that because they know someone who spends hours away from their families training that therefore all ultrarunners are neglecting their families and being selfish.

Such concerns from non-runners and recreational runners are common and hard to explain away.  Some don’t want to hear explanations.

Let me deal with each concern:

Because they get injured as a low-mileage recreational runner, surely a high-mileage ultrarunner is seriously damaging their body far more. 

It is my firm belief that ultrarunners are far less-susceptible to injury than recreational runners.  When I was a recreational runner, I was always getting injured and it would make me quit running.  I then became a couch potato, gained weight and had poor health.  I see recreational runners always battling injuries.   I constantly advise runners how to recover from injuries.  On this blog I see high-milage road runners battle injuries. 

There is one huge difference in the running I do.  I avoid roads like the plague.  The only time I run roads is during a road race (5k, 10k, etc.) or during the winter when the trails are muddy.   This makes a huge difference on the wear and tear of an ultrarunners body.   I do believe that high-mileage on roads can be damaging to the body over time because of the jarring caused.   Soft trails are a world of difference.

I also believe that once ultrarunners have established a high mileage base (and sometimes they do go through injury to reach this) that their body has gone through some amazing adjustments that now prevent injuries that a recreational runner may more commonly see.   I’m always asked, “Aren’t you ruining your knees?’   No!  My knees now are stronger, the ligaments and sinews tighter, such that they can endure great distances without problem.  I don’t get ITB or runner’s knee problem anymore that a low-mileage recreational runner has to deal with often.  People just can’t understand the wonder of the human body, that it can do amazing things to adjust once it has become used to stress.  It puts up new barriers to protect itself from that stress.

Recreational runners don’t know about the fast recovery ultrarunners experience once they have a high-mileage base.   After my first 100-mile race, I could hardly walk for a week, and couldn’t run for a month.  I also experienced some soft-tissue damage in my knee.   But I didn’t have that high-mileage base to protect me.   Now I do.   I can run a 4-hour marathon and feel no pain the next day.  I can run a 50-mile race, and be out running pain-free in three days.    I can run a 100-miler and be out running pain-free in one week.   The human body is amazing.  It fascinates me how it adjusts.  Recreational runners just don’t understand this.   If they feel a month of pain after a marathon, surely ultrarunners must feel several months of pain after a 100-miler.  Well, that logic is a fallacy.

OK, surely I have developed some chronic injuries from the 13,000 miles that I have run, from the 22 100-milers, and 43 ultras in the past five years.   Yes, I have some chronic injuries to deal with.   I’ll document them.

1. I have a soreness in my right inner quad/groin muscle that flairs up.  I believe it was injured during the 2007 Plain 100.  I didn’t notice it until the next week.  It was very sore for a couple months.  I must have torn something.  But it calmed down.  Now it flares up every now and then but rarely bothers me during a race.  I notice it mostly at night as I sleep and the body does normal stretching.  I will wake up feeling some pain there from stretching it.  Very minor.
2. I have some numbness in my feet -- the ball of my feet extending to a couple toes.   It is minor and I don’t really notice it much or I’m just used to it.  After long races it will be more pronounced, but then it mostly goes away.  I don’t see this as much of a problem.
3. I have a neuroma in the ball of my right foot.  This is a bunching of nerves that can cause severe pain extending out to your toes.  Anyone can get this even non-runners.  I just deal with it.  Using a thinner insole helps.  During a race it can flare up for about ten miles and really hurt, but then it calms down, I think once the surrounding tissue swells a little to protect it.
4. I tore the meniscus in my right knee when I was an over-weight backpacker.  So, I have less cartilage protection in that knee.  I can feel pain there at times, but I have learned to manage it and the knee has became stronger and now protects itself.
5. About twice a year I bruise my bladder, usually due to running dehydtrated.  The result is soreness in the adomen and hematurina (blood).  This can be alarming but a running doctor understands what is going on.  I let it heal and am more careful about hydration.
6. I’ve developed sesimoiditis in my left foot.  There are two little bones in the ball of the foot behind the big toe.  These have became irriated over time and get inflamed.  They are not fractured, but the surrounding tissue has grown more in an attempt to protect them.   To deal with this, I just make a custom insole to give me more room in the shoe for that area of the foot.  This usually solves the problem, but it can flare up on 100-milers.
7. I have some cool scars on my arms and legs from face-plants on the trail.  Big deal, at age 50 I’m not entering beauty contests anymore.  To prevent this, I like running with hand-held running bottles.  When I fall, the bottles take the brunt of the damage.

That is it.  I really can’t think of anything else.  No stress fractures, no ITB problems, no chondromalacia (runner’s knee), no planter fasciitis, no serious muscle problems, no back problems.

When I have health checkups, the doctors and nurses are impressed.  My cholestoral level is great because of the super high level of HDL caused by good fitness.  Nurses who draw my blood always comment on the wonderful deep red color due to high oxygen content.  When I had a EKG the technician commented on my strong heart and said, “you must be a runner.”

So, how am I damaging my body?  I get occasional colds and sinus infections (due to a deviated septum) but never the flu.   I’m old, 50.  Where is this damage?

Some exercise is of course good, but the level of exercise an ultrarunner participates in not normal and therefore unhealthy.

Recreational runners for some reason believe there is a wall at 26.2 miles and that anything over that is not normal.  What is so magic about 26.2 miles?   OK, yes recreational runners constantly complain about “hitting the wall” before that distance.  They therefore think it is a barrier, and anyone going past that is not normal and doing something amazing or unhealthy.   All this is silly.  The recreational runner just doesn’t know how to fuel properly and get the balance in their body to prevent bonking past their “wall.”  Their body hasn’t yet adjusted to the stress of high mileage.  Just because they haven’t experience the lack of pain and stress at long distances, doesn’t mean it isn’t possible, even for them.


I probably exercise on average about 10-12 hours per week.  Is that excessive?   Because I now have a high-mileage base and my body has adapted in amazing ways, I can be dormant for days and then just jump right back into the saddle with no problem for even higher performance.  Recreational runners or non-runners just can’t understand that.  I’m not exercising huge amounts each week.  Yes if I wanted to be an elite ultrarunner, winning races, I would need to do much more.  But, I’m 50 years old.  Its not going to happen.  I’m happy with strong performance in races and a fitness level so I can do them often.

With the amount of exercise I do, I know far more about my body.   I understand the signals it sends me when there is something wrong.   I believe strongly that if I develop a serious illness, that I will detect it far faster than when I was a couch potato.  I know my body now.  I didn’t before.   I believe my life will be extended for years more because of ultrarunning if I’m lucky enough to avoid accident and disease.  As a couch potato, or even as an occasional recreational runner, I didn’t have this knowledge or fitness to protect my body.

Because they know someone who spends hours away from their families training that therefore all ultrarunners are neglecting their families.

I am an obsessive-compulsive person.   I know that.   I try to use that as a strength, not a weakness.  I’ll take hold of something and go crazy with it.  I’ve authored/published three books in 18 months.   Obsessive.  I’ve gone crazy doing family history research, far more than any “normal person.”  I’ve studied LDS scriptures and history far more than any “normal person.”   I helped establish a successful Internet startup that went from nothing to amazing in just a year.  I know I go overboard, and put in safeguards.

As far as running, I try to be careful with my time.   My wife sleeps about nine hours on average per night.   I sleep about 6.5 hours on average per night.   Therefore, there is on average about 2.5 hours per day when I’m awake and the rest of the family is asleep.    I try to do almost all of my training during those hours.   Where is the harm to the family?    Yes, for races I’m away, but I try to get my family to go with me at times and when I add up the days, I’m home far, far, less than others who have demanding jobs that take them away from home or church callings that require them to be away so much.   In a few months, with another son graduating from highschool, I will only have one child at home (compared to the six that were home previously).  The family time-demands are now much different when the family was younger.  Yes, my wife will grumble at times because of my running.  She isn’t a runner.  But I negotiate, try to listen, and try to be a good husband and father.  We have a very happy family life.  So why all the criticism?

Some argue that ultrarunning is a very selfish use of time.   I don’t buy this at all.   A musician will spend hours each week practicing.  How is their talent less selfish?   I make sure my ultrarunning experience is not selfish by writing about my experiences and sharing them with others.   This is very fulfilling.  I know my writings have affects hundreds of people who have been inspired to improve their lives with better fitness or set greater heights in their goals.   One close friend, a non-runner, was so inspired by my tales of endurance and reaching for goals that he became determined to do “marathon” sessions of LDS temple work and name extraction.   It greatly blessed his life.

Conclusion

I’m comfortable with being an ultrarunner.  I know the general population thinks it is crazy because their conclusions are from their own experience and prospective.  They don’t understand the facts.   I’m at the point where I just avoid trying to debate it with close friends or relatives.  Ok, I have that off my chest, now I can go do something better with me time, like go running.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Mar 14, 2009 at 16:31:50 from 97.117.75.12

Amen to all you said. Well written and addressed, Davy. Can I borrow some portions of this and put it in a post in my blog?

From crockett on Tue, Mar 17, 2009 at 17:28:00 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, no problem borrowing portions for you blog

Race: Rex Lee 10K (6.2 Miles) 00:43:17, Place overall: 65, Place in age division: 2
Total Distance
7.00

I ran in the Rex Lee 10K race in Provo that helps benefit cancer research.  My 12-year-old son ran in the 5K.  There were 521 runners in the 10K and 1,470 in the 5K.  At the start line, I found my speedy brother-in-law Ed Johnson and we warmed up together.  The course is pretty fast.  It has some hills near the beginning and ends with a steady gentle climb, but I set my goal to set a PR and break 43 minutes.   I was a little skeptical about this goal because I had raced 50 miles hard only 7 days ago.  But I felt confident.

The George Q. cannon roared, and away we went.  During the first 1/4 mile I ran with Ed.  I joked around and bumped him a couple times telling him he was going slow and pushed ahead a little, but couldn't keep that pace long.   Ed went up ahead and I tried to keep pace with the other runners around me.   I forgot to start my watch, but I think the mile markers were grossly misplaced because when I did start it at mile 1, my mile 2 was very slow and my mile 3 was blazing fast.  It didn't make sense.

On the downhill I tried my best to keep my foot speed up.  At about the three-mile mark I noticed a guy pass me who looked like he was in my age group.   I tried to keep up but at that point I started to struggle a little.  The legs felt heavy, a result of the race last week.  Some runners started to slow down and because of parked cars along Center Street it became frustrating trying to pass slower runners who insisted to run side-by-side.  Finally I chastized two, telling them to not run two-abrest if they are going slower.  They shouted back, "What?"  Oh well.

After mile five the course merges with the 5K runners.  These runners are going significantly slower (30-minute 5K pace), so I had to swing wide to the left in order to continue to have room to pass them.   I was delighted to catch up with my son Connor.  He was doing great!   He tried to keep up for a little while but then faded.   I poured it on the best I could and entered onto the track.   I had to swing wide in order to pass dozens of 5K runners.  Then with 100 yards to go, some young runners decided to sprint like crazy and swing in front of me.  I didn't have much left in the tank and just pushed hard to the finish.   The clock said, 43:13, but the official time ended up being 43:17, in 65th place.   I was pleased.  It was a PR for me by almost a full minute.   I earned a second-place medal for my age group and that one guy was the only guy older than me to finish ahead of me.

Connor came in a couple minutes later with a 29:34 5K finish.   Pretty good for a kid whose only training was a one-mile run a couple days ago.   My speedy brother-in-law Ed finished 26th in the 10K, 40:08, 2nd in his age group.

Comments
From kelsey on Sat, Mar 14, 2009 at 17:44:15 from 68.35.237.127

Nice job, congrats on a big PR!

From jun on Sat, Mar 14, 2009 at 20:43:00 from 71.213.41.66

That's really cool you got to run with your son. I have a 10 year old and look forward to the day when he wants to run with me.

Nice job on the PR. Speedy.

Total Distance
9.00

5 walking miles during lunch up City Creek, over above the capital, and back to work.

With a 100-mile race coming up in 12 days, motivation is low to train hard right now because I know it won't make much of a difference at this point.   I have no injuries to recover from.  I set a PR in the 10K on Saturday, so the foot speed is good.  I ran a very good 50-miler a week ago and could have continued on much further, so distance isn't a concern.  So, I think I am pretty much ready and should be in taper mode at this point anyway.  So I will probably just do runs and walks to stay tuned and phych myself up to have a strong showing at the Moab 100.   My goal will be to achieve a 100-mile PR time.   That would be to beat 22:28:00.    Last year I ran it in 23:33:00, so I'll need to shave off more than an hour.  I can think of many things I can do different for a stronger performance this year.

4 miles with the dog.  I'm still amazed how this little dog loves to run.  She doesn't really want to stop to sniff things, she just wants to keep her head forward and run and run.   She likes roads better than trails.

Total Distance
20.00

I left the house at 3:55 a.m. in 44 degrees F.  There was a half moon out and it was very pleasant.  I ran a route that I had not run all winter because of snow and mud.  But this morning the route was completely dry.  I proclaim that winter is officially over!   Yipee! 

When I plotted out my route on Google maps, I have to chuckle.  It roughly looks like an inverted map of the United States.   Pretty funny.   My run was about 10.5 miles.   I ran my usual three miles out to the Lake Mountain ridge that runs north-south, kind of dividing Saratoga Springs from Eagle Mountain.   This morning I ran the entire ridge to the power lines, descending towards the homes in the Ranches, and then jumping on a motor cycle trail that traverses a slope and then runs on top of descending ridge.    I descend all the way to a low pass, run down into a neighborhood, and this morning, I decided to run straight across the massive Church farmland on a dirt road.  

For that segment, about three miles, I turned off my flashlight and ran by the half-moonlight.  It was a great challenge.  It required me to pay attention closely and use my feet to feel the trail.  I had to trust my feet, that they would make the adjustments quickly as they felt the contours of the road.  I would try pushing the speed at times to make it even more challenging.   The view ahead is spectacular, with the lights on the other side of the lake.   Once I hit Redwood Road, I crossed it and ran along the development trail back home.   It took me 2:10.   A nice leisurely run, with periodic spurts and some good short climbs.

5 mile walk during lunch around capital and down City Creek Canyon

4 miles with the dog after work.

Comments
From Bonnie on Tue, Mar 17, 2009 at 20:31:15 from 128.196.228.134

you know, I wouldn't have even see the resemblence to an inverted US if you hadn't have pointed it out ... I am thinking you are a little geekie? Very cool, regardless!

From crockett on Wed, Mar 18, 2009 at 10:17:33 from 216.49.181.128

My kids call me a nerd when I notice stuff like this.

From Smooth on Wed, Mar 18, 2009 at 10:33:17 from 71.36.65.79

What a COOL run! Wow!!! Love that inverted US map. I would be too chicken to run in the dark and let the feet feel the running surface. You even push the pace. You are AMAZING!!! When I first read 2:10, I was like: WOW, Davy ran 20 miles in 2:10 until I realize it was 10.5 which at first I thought was one way mileage. You work and live in nice places, City Creek Canyon sound like a great place for a lunchtime jog. I love reading about all your adventures. I live vicariously thru you. Keep up the great work.

Total Distance
13.00

This morning a neighbor wanted to try joining in, but didn’t show, so at 4 a.m. I just went ahead and did what I had planned, throwing in an extra mile.    I did a nine-mile run out to the Lake Mountain ridge (gotta find a better name for that.  Hmm…., historically before Eagle Mountain came to be, the area was called Tickville, maybe I should call it the Tickville ridge).   I ran out on the dirt road around the Church farm and then headed up a motorcycle trail, doing a loop counter-clockwise on two spurs of this trail, connecting them by running on top of the ridge.   I was amused to see the bikers had posted some new signs telling people to keep their horses off the trail.   They even spent time putting some obstructions across an area I usually run through.  I paused a couple minutes to clear the path.  I can appreciate that they have spent a bunch of time maintaining these trails, but it isn’t their property and they can’t tell people who can and who can’t use it.   I took a wrong turn and added a little more fun on a side spur I had only been on once.   Coming down was great fun.   I completed the loop and decided to again run straight across the Church farm on the very soft and flat dirt road.  I like running across there to end a run because it is so soft and there are no rocks to trip over.  I pushed the pace harder for awhile doing 8:00 pace.  For the last mile, I turned off the light and discovered, even with the moon behind the clouds, I still could run in the dark.  There was enough light from the city reflecting to let me still run fast in the dark, using my feet to feel the road.   I finished at 6:00 a.m.  

On Google Earth, I discovered a motorcycle trail in the lowlands near that area that I have never tried before.  I’ll have to explore that tomorrow.  Looks like it could be some fun.

4 mile walk during lunch along 2nd North and then back through downtown.

My priority before the next race is to lose a little more weight.  Any pound saved makes a huge difference in 100-mile runs.   I've come down 4 pounds since Saturday.   Pretty easy, just put in a high mileage week while cutting half-way back on the food.   I also do this training without taking carbs with me.

Comments
From jun on Wed, Mar 18, 2009 at 11:39:06 from 66.239.250.209

Fantastic run. I was in Lehi last Saturday and kept looking up at those hills, knowing that is where you train and jealous that I wasn't up there.

Monday I am planning a run of Grandeur Peak, down into Church Fork and than down the road and back to my car. Hopefully it will go well.

From crockett on Wed, Mar 18, 2009 at 11:51:22 from 216.49.181.128

Grandeur Peak is a very tough run, done it a couple times. Hopefully the snow has mostly melted. I look forward to tougher climbs after Moab 100 in 10 days.

Total Distance
18.00

I woke up early, couldn't get back to sleep so decided to go out for a long run. I hit the road at 2:30 a.m. It was 49 degrees F and very pleasant. I ran to the west, climbed up and over the Lake Mountain Ridge, and ran down the valley in to expansive Cedar Valley. Since I had extra time, I decided to run clear to Eagle Mountain City Center. I stayed on dirt roads that went behind the back lots of many homes until I reached Sweetwater Rd and then ran that very straight road all the way to Unity Pass. There is a paved trail that parallels the road, but I ran mostly below that in a soft, smooth ditch, very nice trail running. Only a couple cars passed by me, probably wondering what a guy was doing out there with a green light. It was about 4:15 a.m. Once up to Unity Pass, I took a usual route back into the hills on dirt roads and the climbed up over a ridge and descended down into the Ranches foothills. Finally I ran up and over a low pass on Golden Eagle Rd and then straight across the Church Farm back to home by 6 a.m. My run was about 17.5 miles. The pace was a good steady 12:00 miles. It felt like I could run all day.   My route looks like a hand gun.  

 

Comments
From Smooth on Fri, Mar 20, 2009 at 11:11:11 from 71.36.65.79

That's quite a "son of a gun" run there, Davy. Did you bring fuel or drink? Just curious. You made running an 18 miler in the dead of night like a walk in the park (er, hills and valleys). You're home, showered and ready to go to work before the world even wakes up. AMAZING!!!

From crockett on Fri, Mar 20, 2009 at 11:17:07 from 71.36.67.252

Before leaving, I drank to large cups of water. I only took one water bottle (with water) with me and almost finished it. I was a little hungry by the time I reached home.

From tarzan on Fri, Mar 20, 2009 at 11:57:32 from 63.255.172.2

Wow, Davy! You have done some great runs this week. I want to get out and run tomorrow - hopefully I will be feeling up to it.

From jun on Fri, Mar 20, 2009 at 12:42:33 from 66.239.250.209

Inspiring run. It's so cool you can get that many miles in that early in the day (or should i say night?).

Race: URC/FRB St. Patricks 10k (6.43 Miles) 00:44:38, Place overall: 3, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
8.00

On a busy stake conference day (stake split day), at the last minute I found a gap between meetings which would let me go to Provo to run in Mary Ann's URC/FRB St. Patricks 10k that runs along the Provo River Trail to Utah Lake and back.   I was surprised to see how many people were in the park when I arrived, so I jumped in and just started helping people register.    Mary Ann is going to need more help as her races grow.

I’m in taper-mode, getting ready for Moab 100 next Saturday, so I was going to just treat this as a tempo run and enjoy the beautiful day.  Several runners introduced themselves to me at the start.  That was great.   I heard “twinkies” in yellow (Matt)talking to a friend about his finish time goal and it registered to me that we would probably run about the same pace.

Away we went, running down the beautiful trail by the river.   For the first mile, I hung with the two leaders, one was running the 5K, and the other was the 10k leader, a tall runner in black.  After awhile, I was passed by a runner in green.  I noticed that my splits were about 6:40 for the first couple miles.   The trail splits at a turn in the river and the runner in green took the wrong turn.  I didn’t pay attention and followed him.  We probably went an extra 100 yards.  Oh well.   No one passed us, and probably a few followed us.  

As we neared the lake, I was very surprised to see the leading 10k runner already returning.  That was impossible because I knew he was only a minute or two ahead.   I asked him if he went along the lake to the right.  He shouted back that he turned around at the parking lot.  I shouted back, “No, that’s wrong.”   Oh well.  He had cut off about a mile or more.    I continued to try to keep up with the runner in green.   We finally reached the turnaround and I noticed our time was over 22 minutes.  There would be no PR today.   It was fun to see and greet all the other runners.   

So, I was running in 2nd.   I looked behind me and could see a couple runners on my tail, including the runner in yellow.   My legs were feeling great, but my lungs were breathing hard.  I didn’t want to push it too hard.   The runner in green again took a wrong turn, same place as before, but he got on pace again. Funny how he was making it easy to stay up with him.  But he pushed it ahead and eventually disappeared.

Once the other runners caught up to me, we leap-frogged several times.   A few times I cranked it up, pushing ahead of both to see if they could keep up.   But I would quickly fade and they both would indeed catch up and pass.   I noticed a mile split of about 7:08.  

Finally with the turnoff to the park in sight, I kicked it in hard and passed them both.  I thought I heard the runner in yellow let out a groan.   I kept the pace going this time, but the other runner in white caught me and had a nice fast kick going.   I didn’t have the motivation or the speed, so I watched him go ahead.   I finished in 3rd overall (assuming the runner in black was DQed).   44:38 or so.   I jumped right in the car and rushed back home, and back to stake meetings, back just in time to see a new stake president come out of his calling interview with a glaze in his eyes.  Ha, ha.   We had a good conference attended by more than 5,600 people, broadcast over the Internet to 10 buildings on Sunday. 

Comments
From jun on Sun, Mar 22, 2009 at 16:27:53 from 71.213.41.66

Great race Davy. It was really cool to meet you. I hope to see you at a few more races this year.

Next possibly opportunity - Sapper Joe!

From crockett on Sun, Mar 22, 2009 at 16:36:54 from 71.36.76.169

Good to see you too. I still need to send my registration in.

From twinkies on Sun, Mar 22, 2009 at 18:22:58 from 207.155.176.10

It was fun playing leap frog with you. You finished strong.

Total Distance
5.00

Its 100-mile race week!  Saturday morning is the big day.   It is all about taper, rest, and hopefully no weight gain.  To avoid the aches and pains that come from tapering, I will continue to do tune-up runs but nothing very tough.

This morning I slept in until 4:45 a.m. and just went out for an easy 5-mile run up into the foothills of Lake Mountain.  I almost whimped out and went to the threadmill, but it was 38 degrees out and I cracked open the door and didn't feel much wind.  The storm had not arrived yet.  So out I went.   I run up Clay Pit road and into the gravel pit to continue on the dirt road heading toward Lott Canyon.   Before the canyon I split off and ran a loop on some rolling trails and returned on the powerline trail.   Back on Clay Pit road, I was surprised to see a runner coming up the road with a headlamp heading up toward the foothills.  I've never seen another runner at this time in the morning up there.   We'll see if he goes up there some more.   On the return, the northerly wind kicked up and it was brrrr.....cold.   Wind chill in the 20's.   I was motivated to get finished fast and hit the hot shower.

So, now my attention is turned to the Moab 100.   I'm getting my pacing goals together and trying to mentally prepare.   Competition will be tougher this year and I don't expect to win it again this year, but I hope to do pretty well.   A 100-mile PR is certainly possible.

 

Comments
From tarzan on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 12:17:05 from 63.255.172.2

Best of luck on your race this weekend. Do you use pacers on your long races at all - or do you go it solo?

From jun on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 12:21:38 from 66.239.250.209

Good luck sir. You seem to be in prime shape for the race this week. You'll do well.

From azdesertmonsoon on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 12:23:12 from 63.228.146.159

Good luck. I look forward to reading your always well written report.

From crockett on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 13:20:30 from 216.49.181.128

Pacers - I now usually only use them to give friends an ultra experience. Generally, I've had mixed results using pacers. About half the time they end up slowing me down somewhat for various reasons. The ones that make a difference are experienced at doing it and know me very well. My best pacers are actually three backpacking buddies who aren't really runners. But they know me so well and understand the routine, that they can speed me up. In fact I get a huge kick out of trying to leave them in the dust if I can (after I've already run 70 miles), and they enjoy encouraging me to try. Otherwise, I'm fine without pacers. I do so much night training that I don't really need one at night. Crews is another matter. A good crew can always cut down the time.

From BradC on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 16:08:04 from 67.50.46.98

Your pacers get a huge kick out of being told you're doing to drop us "like a bad penny" and then easily keeping up with you. Of course I've only done that once, and that was after you'd already gone 60 miles.

From crockett on Mon, Mar 23, 2009 at 17:16:22 from 216.49.181.128

That "bad penny" is going to be dropped around Dog Lake this year at Wastach 100. You better study the trails so you don't get lost without me.

From Carl on Tue, Mar 24, 2009 at 08:41:34 from 96.255.155.103

"304 inbound" said the guy at the entrance to Half Moon Aid Station. "Just a pacer" said the poor sap struggling to keep up with his runner. Laughing while shouting, "Nevermind!" said the guy at the entrance to Half Moon Aid Station.

From Smooth on Tue, Mar 24, 2009 at 21:43:03 from 71.36.65.79

BEST of LUCK to ya! I look forward to reading your report. It's like an adventure story...ah the pain and joy, a life well lived.

Total Distance
4.00

Total Distance
0.00

I am starting preparations to head to Moab to again run the Moab 100 on Saturday. There were actually three types of races running at the same time on the same 5.37-mile loop course. In addition to those running the 100-solo event, are runners running the 24-hour solo (as many miles as you can do in 24 hours), and 24-hour relay teams. Any 100-miler who doesn’t finish, is credited a 24-hour finish for the miles completed in under 24-hours.

Last year somehow I won the Moab 100 with a time of 23:35. Basically the runners who were ahead of me all quit and I was the last one standing. Four runners finished behind me. This race is tough mentally because you can return to your comfortable car every 5.37 miles and also if you quit early, you still get credit in the 24-hour version of the race.

The Moab 100 course is laid out on the Monitor and Merrimac Loop, a popular trail for jeepers and mountain bikers. The course is a loop with an out-and-back tail, like a lollipop. The route goes clockwise around the loop on odd laps and counter-clockwise on even laps. It first passes by the ruins of the historic Halfway Stagecoach Station. It then ascends up and down over a small ridge via a rutted jeep trail with scattered rocks. With huge Courthouse rock on the left and gigantic Mill-Courthouse Mesa on the right, the route crosses through several deep sandy washes and then climbs up a slickrock ramp to the base of the Mesa. The views below are terrific. The route then heads south toward Camel Butte which we would circle around on the slickrock, giving us views of the Monitor and Merrimac mesas named after the Cival War ships, off on the horizon. Most of the first half of the course up to this point is a runnable uphill 450-climb. From there it is mostly downhill. First up is a long run down a massive slickrock slope that leads to the Mill Canyon dirt jeep road that rolls up and down through a beautiful canyon with occasional small stream crossings. Finally you reach the main dirt road that passes by campsites and leads you back to the start/finish area.

Most of the Utah ultrarunners will be running in the Antelope Island Buffalo Run which will be the largest trail race ever held in Utah. I decided to instead go back to Moab and attempt to defend the title. However, I realize that this year it will be much more competitive.

My experience at Across the Years three months ago will go a long way to help me in this loop-format course. I’ve just got to keep my pace up and not waste time between loops. This year they took my suggestion to alternate the course direction each lap, and I think that will help my competitive spirit, because I will be able to see the competition much better and gage my pace better.

I’ve put my pace goal together and I am shooting for 22:30. I believe that is very possible on their course but I just cannot afford any long stops or slow sleep-walking. My laps will start at around 50 minutes each and eventually slow to about 1:30. I will try to keep my average lap time below 1 hour each for at least 8 laps. That is 8 laps in 8 hours, or 43 miles in 8 hours.

Weather should be great. Nice and cool. At night it will push down toward 30 degrees, so I must stop to dress warm after lap 11. I must not lose energy during the night through heat loss. I made that mistake last year at Bear 100 and also at Across the Years.

Training-wise, I’m ready. My mileage base has been good. I had a very good 50-mile race three weeks ago. I’ve tapered well this week, only going nine miles. I have no injury. My only regret is that I’m about seven pounds heavier than I had hoped. That is a bunch of weight to carry around for 100 miles and probably will cost me about an hour.

This race put together a poor aid station last year, not much in it, so I will bring all my food and drink with me. They will have some warm food at night, hopefully some soup.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Mar 26, 2009 at 21:18:12 from 97.117.61.64

Good luck with your race, Davy. I will be thinking of you nice and warm down in Moab while we freeze on Antelope Island.

I know what you mean about the weight issue. I am going into my race 5 pounds heavier than I want to be.

From Smooth on Fri, Mar 27, 2009 at 14:26:59 from 71.36.65.79

Davy, THANKS for sharing your pre-race insight and description of the race. GOOD LUCK in defending your title. You will do AWESOME. Can't wait to read all about it!!!

From leslie on Fri, Mar 27, 2009 at 14:50:41 from 76.23.61.78

Good Luck! It will be fun to hear your race report!

From huans32 on Fri, Mar 27, 2009 at 14:55:36 from 138.64.2.76

Wow that is going to be quite the event. Hope you are able to hang in there again and retain your title. Good Luck!!

Race: Moab 100-mile Endurance Running Race (100 Miles) 24:42:00, Place overall: 4
Total Distance
101.00

My full race report is now on my blog: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=143

Recovery is going very well.  My muscles survived better than usual. This morning I could go mdown stairs with very little pain.  Sleeping last night was a bother.  My right hip just couldn't feel comfortable.  But I should be running again by the end of the week.  The main problem is my stomach.  It took a beating.  No appetite yet, but I did force myself to eat a lunch.  My feet came out great, no blisters.   I do have a large bruise on the side of my left foot.  I can't figure out how I got that.  I must have hit a rock hard.  I guess I didn't notice because there are so many other painful things to worry about when your run 100 miles.

 

Comments
From tarzan on Mon, Mar 30, 2009 at 18:15:52 from 97.117.61.64

Davy,

Good job on finishing the race. The bonking and the barfing periods don't sound too fun. I hope I can be an ultra fiend like you some day. I'm really struggling after DNF'ing my first 50 miler.

Look forward to reading your race report.

From Smooth on Tue, Mar 31, 2009 at 16:25:40 from 71.36.65.79

CONGRATS for taking 4th in a competitive field. Sorry about the tummy issue. You're amazing. Recover well!

From Nevels on Tue, Mar 31, 2009 at 16:33:39 from 131.204.15.93

Congrats on a solid race. I had electrolyte issues during the Pinhoti 100, but you appear to have recovered much better than I did during the race. Best of luck on your recovery.

What's next?

From crockett on Tue, Mar 31, 2009 at 16:52:38 from 216.49.181.128

Next up is a 50-mile race on April 18th in Colorado. My next 100 won't be until late June.

From jun on Tue, Mar 31, 2009 at 17:01:09 from 66.239.250.209

Unbelievable. Sounds like a fantastic race. I can't wait to read the official race report.

From Nevels on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 12:12:01 from 131.204.15.93

This post is a tad bit different from the one you put on the Ultra List. You left out the part about "the galaxy in Orion's belt."

Hhhhmmmmm.....

(Happy AFD)

From crockett on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 12:24:28 from 216.49.181.128

ha, ha. Gotta have some fun with those listers.

From Nevels on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 12:25:06 from 131.204.15.93

Amen to that!

From Joe Judd on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 16:18:33 from 199.45.162.210

Dang Davy, I'm really tired of you whoopin' me! Maybe, in a few more years when I'm in my fifties, I'll have a shot. I have to admit, I did enjoy being in front of you for a while. Even if it was from 2 laps back.

You seemed to be pushing hard, ever time I saw you. Nice effort and a great finish.

From crockett on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 16:21:36 from 216.49.181.128

Joe, did you catch my April Fool's version of this race on the ultra list? You came out the hero.

From tarzan on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 16:31:24 from 63.255.172.2

Davy - where is your ultralist posting?

From crockett on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 16:50:40 from 216.49.181.128

Here is what I posted on ultralist

I'm not going to publish my normal verbose report because I just don't

want to recall too much about the experience this weekend at the Moab

100. The course is beautiful, a 5.37 loop on slickrock and dirt

roads. The weather was perfect, but my execution was not. Things

went well for the first half of the race, I reached the 50-mile mark

in under 10 hours and was cruising along. But after night-fall

everything fell apart. Glow sticks faded and somehow I went of course.

At that point I was in serious trouble, bonking, getting cold,

exhausted, cramping, dizzy, feverish. I started wandering through

the desert, up and down slickrock, mostly down. Somehow Joe Judd,

another fellow lister recognized that I didn't show up at the start

after my lap and he never saw me on his next lap. He went searching

for me where he last saw me. I don't know what happened, but Joe

found me lying down on some slickrock babbling, looking up at the

stars in the sky talking about "the galaxy in the belt of Orion." He

picked me up and slowly for the next two hours guided me back to the

start where I warmed up and slowly recovered. I wasted over two hours

of Joe's race and DNFed my race. After returning home I was so

discouraged and alarmed, realizing that ultrarunning is indeed

unhealthy, that I have packed away all my running stuff. I tossed out

all my ultrarunning magazines, and vowed to my wife that I have

retired from the sport. I'm going to put my time into more productive

pursuits like my music composition career, and taking care of my

neglected lawn. Thanks for all the encouragement and memories. Be

careful on those trails.

From tarzan on Wed, Apr 01, 2009 at 16:55:37 from 63.255.172.2

That is great! Thank you for the laugh - I so needed it after my current week and my DNF.

From dave holt on Thu, Apr 02, 2009 at 10:16:55 from 204.113.55.41

Great job - I have always respected the ultra monsters like you, but now that I am trying it out a little more I see a whole new side to it. You're great!

From TylerS on Fri, Apr 03, 2009 at 00:23:58 from 66.119.143.249

Awesome job on the race. I have 40 miles of the wasatch 100 and I can tell you that was enough for me! And I was only pacing someone!

Total Distance
2.00

I've finished my race report for the Moab 100. You can read it at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=143

I'm ready to start running again. My appetite is back and I feel fine. Tomorrow morning I'll try to get out on the trail.

Total Distance
6.00

It was my first time running since my 100-miler last Saturday. Snowing and cold, I hit the treadmill at the rec center. Tim, who is there almost every morning, commented, "I thought I wouldn't see you here until next winter." I frowned, looked outside, "It is next winter." After two miles on the dreaded machine, my right knee started to hurt. It feels like some minor cartilage bruising in my bad knee from the 60+ miles of pounding on the slickrock last Saturday. I'll need some more time to let it heal. Walking is not a problem, but running causes the pain.

Comments
From tarzan on Mon, Apr 06, 2009 at 10:04:06 from 63.255.172.2

Make sure you let yourself heal completely. I need to have lots more of your adventures to read about in my spare time.

Total Distance
13.00

I ignored the alarm clock at 3:40, but did roll out of bed a half hour later without any good excuse since I was wide awake. It was 28 degrees out and a bring waxing moon was setting to the west. I did an eight mile loop out to the Lake Mountain ridge. There were puddles here and there that reflected the moonlight ahead of me. The moon set and I pushed the uphills a little harder than usual, thinking about how hard I pushed them last weekend at the Moab 100. My knee started to hurt again around two miles, but I ignored it and it was just an anoyance, not a problem. By the end it didn't hurt. Great. Looks like I'm back at it and look forward to doing to tought training. Next long race for me is a 50-miler in two weeks in Fruita, Colorado. I believe it will be similar to the Moab runs.

4 miles in the evening with the dog.

Comments
From jun on Mon, Apr 06, 2009 at 11:54:27 from 66.239.250.209

Your recovery time is amazing. Great job this morning. You'll do great in your 50 miler.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Apr 06, 2009 at 21:59:29 from 97.117.61.168

Great recovery, Davy. Do you run the dog into the ground?

Total Distance
25.00

Out running at 2:30 a.m. this morning. The moon was wonderful and for some long stretches I was able to run without a light. This morning I again ran the 18-mile "hand-gun" route (called that because the map of it looks like a gun.) I ran clear out to Eagle Mountain city center. It was peaceful and pretty uneventful. While running north through Cedar Valley, there was a mild head-wind that made it chilly on the hands so I ran without a light and hands in my vest pockets. It was 38 degrees when I left and returned to home, but in pockets I could tell that it was below freezing because there was some frost here and there. I only took one water bottle filled with water, and no food. Toward the end I was getting pretty hungry. I did the run 12 minutes faster than last time, 3:20. Home before 6:00 a.m. I had a very nice nap on the bus heading into work in Salt Lake City.  It feels like I have fully recovered from my 100-mile run 10 days ago.

 

3 miles walking during lunch and 4 miles running with the dog before dinner.

Comments
From jun on Tue, Apr 07, 2009 at 11:42:31 from 66.239.250.209

2 things I don't understand about you: 1. What time do you go to bed (I'm jealous)? 2. Where do you work? I thought it was at BYU, but that definitely isn't the case.

Nice run today. I'm jealous of your trail workouts.

From crockett on Tue, Apr 07, 2009 at 12:33:41 from 216.49.181.128

Sleep time varies. Last night, sleeping about 9:30, up at 2:30, nap on bus. I work in Salt Lake City, drive into Lehi and catch express bus. I've learned to nap on the bus for 20-30 minutes.

From crockett on Tue, Apr 07, 2009 at 12:38:16 from 216.49.181.128

Other nights I will sleep 8-9 hours and skip the morning early run. I usually don't string more than three early morning workouts together.

From jun on Tue, Apr 07, 2009 at 14:01:35 from 66.239.250.209

Interesting. I know it fits your training needs, so that is all that is important.

From Smooth on Tue, Apr 07, 2009 at 22:40:38 from 207.200.116.73

AWESOME night run with Mr. Moon again! YAY for 12 min. faster than last time and full recovery! I'm amazed at how well your body adapt to running such long distance with so little fluid and NO food.

Total Distance
0.00

Zero day, rest day.  Nine hours of sleep.

Total Distance
10.00

Woke up at 3:40.   Poked my head outside and saw a slight drizzle coming down.   I decided to head to the rec center to wimp out on the treadmill.   However....   My electronic key worked fine getting in, but I set off the alarm and high-tailed it out of there.  The problem is that the alarm is reset to for day light saving time, but the electronic access isn't, so they are an hour apart.   All winter I could get in there at 4 a.m., but now it looks like 5 a.m. is when the alarm disables.   Oh well, just another reason to keep me away from those dreaded machines.  

So, instead, I put on another layer and decided to run on the Jordon River parkway, starting at Utah Lake.   This is a paved trail.  With the rain, the real trails would be a muddy mess, so this would be better and I was glad to be away from the streets and homes.   I didn't have to use a flashlight because there is nothing to trip over.  I was enjoyed running in the dark along the Jordon River.  This is a popular running route, but of course at this time in the morning, I had it all to myself.   I reached the point where they are constructing a new huge bridge over the river, for the eventual new parkway to the freeway.  I dodged the fence (noticing that many have done this before me....worked my way across the contruction area, and dodged the fence on the other side, and was back on the paved trail.

One fun feature of this run was that I kept startling wildlife.  First, I heard a huge noise on the river.  It was a flock of geese that I startled.   Next I head a big noise in the brush, probably a deer, but couldn't tell because it was dark.  I next noticed some big critter running in front of me on the trail.  I was hoping it wasn't a skunk, it wasn't.   I crossed under Lehi Main Street SR 73, crossed the Willow Park, and continued along the river until I reached 9600 North.   Then I turned around and headed back.  

As I reached the construction zone, I knew I would need to turn on my light, but the chain link fence across the trail arrived sooner than I expected.  I bounced off the the fence....boing!   Thankfully, the fence wasn't tight, just a temporary fence, so I did actually bounce and didn't get hurt.  Pretty funny.    I crossed back over and made it back to my car.  I ran the 10 miles in about 1:45.

I had a good time running in the dark.  When my work moves to Riverton later this summer, I look foward to long runs into to work along this route.

Comments
From jun on Thu, Apr 09, 2009 at 14:36:33 from 66.239.250.209

I ran that section a few weeks ago, the day they were going to close it. My brother and I got through ok, but several hours later, when I was on a bike ride with my son it had been closed. Closed ever since.

Fun trail though. I think I like that whole section of trail even better than the Draper/Sandy/Midvale section.

From crockett on Thu, Apr 09, 2009 at 15:22:36 from 216.49.181.128

Yep, I've run it many times. To even extend it further, when I reach the Jordan Narrows, sometime I will continue on a canal road (There are several). I've gone as far as 90th South in Salt Lake. I haven't run that Draper/Sandy/Midvale section.

From tarzan on Thu, Apr 09, 2009 at 15:31:29 from 63.255.172.2

I love running that section of the parkway. I also like the section in Sandy/Murray.

Have you done the Draper Canal Trails/Porter Rockwell at all? I like the amount of equestrian trails alongside that so when the snow isn't too bad I can run on those.

I wish I dared run trails in the middle of the night. It is just a little too scary for me as a female.

I'm just picturing you bouncing off the fence. :0) Good thing it wasn't electric! Zzzzap!

From crockett on Thu, Apr 09, 2009 at 15:45:39 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, as I was running in the dark there this morning, I was thinking that it probably wouldn't be a good idea for females. I guess some guy could still jump out at me, but I'm pretty sure I could out-run any mugger.

I'm not familiar with that Draper Canal Trails/Porter Rockwell run. Point me to a starting point.

Total Distance
18.00

Stayed home with a cold/sinus infection.  Usually a long run cleans out the head, so for the morning, I went did an 18-mile run, similar to my "hand-gun" route, except I didn't run across the Church farm because I would have been run off by the workers.  I rarely run this route in the light, so it was a different experience.  While in the wilderness between Saratoga Springs and Eagle mountain, I was surprised to run into a female runner.  She was wearing a Salt Lake marathon shirt.  She shouted, "Its nice to see someone else running out here."  I replied, "Yes, I rarely do."  In fact I don't think I ever have seen another runner out there.  But that isn't too surprising because I'm usually out there between 4-5 a.m.  The run was pleasant and pretty uneventful.  It became a little warm out in the middle of Cedar Valley, but then cooled as I climbed back into the foothills.   The run felt easy.  I was out for 3:10.  

 

Race: FRB April Fools 10K (6.2 Miles) 00:43:47
Total Distance
17.00

I ran in Mary Ann's April Fools 10K on the Provo River Trail.  Well....kind of, not really.   Dumb, me, I didn't double check the website and didn't know the start time had been moved up two hours.   So, when I arrived at 10:30 a.m., Mary Ann was cleaning up.  She felt bad, but had no reason to.  She encouraged me to go ahead and do the run since the course was still marked and she would put me in the results.  Why not, I agreed.   It would be interesting to see if I could push myself hard enough alone.  Since I had already run 11 miles this morning, I didn't have high expectations.   I thought I would run well over 45 minutes.  I didn't push the first mile too hard because I didn't want to burn my lungs, but it probably was about a 6:45 pace.  The second mile was 6:55.  I was feeling good and wasn't pushing it too hard, dodging some walkers and joggers along the way.  I reached the turn-around at 21:31:02, which I knew was almost a minute faster than last month on the course, on a 43:02 pace.   "OK", I thought, "let's push it harder and see what I can do today."   The return is a gradual uphill all the way.   My legs felt surprizingly great, to I pushed ahead.  I had a mile split of 7:06 and then a lazy mile split of 7:22.  After that I kicked it into gear and finished strong with a 43:47.   I was pleased.  If I would have had competitors to push me, I'm sure I would have done much better, but I still was almost a minute faster than last month on this course.   So, I got everything I hoped for, a nice tempo run in great running temperatures and a much better time than expected.

Here is what I did earlier in the morning.  

With a storm coming in today, I decided to go punish myself on the treadmill for a little while.  I did 7 miles mostly at 10% incline or higher.   I did tough spurts up at 25% incline.  Ouch.  Felt good afterwards.   When I went outside to my car, the dawn was approaching and it felt warm at 45 degrees, so I decided to put in 4 more miles along Utah Lake.   The geese and birds were really making a racket in the rushes along the lake.   I noticed a big flock of geese overhead in formation heading northwest.  All of a sudden, something spooked them.  They fell out of formation and were flying in all directions making distressful honks.   They kept doing this for a couple minutes but then finally calmed down and resumed their journey.  Pretty cool.   The cold air was a bit nippy on my bare arms, so I pushed the pace pretty hard to stay warm.    It has been a good week of running, 83 miles in five days this week.

Comments
From Jon on Sat, Apr 11, 2009 at 15:20:09 from 75.169.139.217

I guess the name of the race was appropriate- April Fools day on the start time!

From Burt on Sat, Apr 11, 2009 at 17:43:42 from 98.167.151.26

Great job.

Maybe a laser pointer spooked the geese.

From Mary Ann Schauerhame on Sun, Apr 12, 2009 at 03:51:23 from 71.219.99.39

Ha ha Jon! That's what my sister suggested I do anyways, just not show up as an April Fool's joke! I feel bad that we make changes so soon before fun runs though. Next year I will plan the races more in advanced so that the Utah Race Guide will be more accurate and my times won't change so dramatically.

You are nice for not being mad. I would have been mad if I had missed a race and had a temper tantrum!

You placed 2nd overall though! You're in the results now. Do you think you could have caught the leader?

I'm impressed with how many miles and how hard you work out. And to think you started running so much later than most runners really surprises me. Keep up the great running. You're lucky you're not injury prone or you're very smart about training! I didn't know you were famous, name aside! :)

From crockett on Sun, Apr 12, 2009 at 11:56:15 from 71.36.84.83

Thanks Mary Ann. I am very careful about avoiding injury in my training. But also I think I have fresh legs on an "old" body. I hope to inspire other middle-aged runners that it isn't too late to jump in with all the youngsters and reach high for goals.

From MichelleL on Sun, Apr 12, 2009 at 16:42:06 from 71.35.250.102

Nice job. To be able to push it on your own and still beat your time from last month is impressive.

From crockett on Sun, Apr 12, 2009 at 21:46:11 from 71.36.84.83

Thanks Michelle. Hope you heal up soon. I feel your frustration.

Total Distance
4.00

Four mile walk with the dog, scouting out my tomorrow morning's crazy run route.

Total Distance
27.00

This morning, I did something pretty crazy.  I ran a marathon before dawn, making it into work at the normal time.  Right above my house is a ridge that the locals call Rattlesnake Ridge because of so many rattlesnakes that like to make their homes in all the cracks in the cliffs.   Around that ridge is a pretty flat dirt road that loops around the ridge.  The loop is about 1.035 miles, very close to a mile.   The loops are fairly smooth except for an area that is being crowded by new development.  They have dumped some mounds of rocks as they are constructing roads a little lower.  So the trail through that section is a little more technical, with some rocks to trip on.  The entire loop has about a 50-foot elevation climb/descent.  

 

From my house the approach is 0.7 miles with a 250-foot climb.   So, to get a marathon in, I would need to do the approach, run 24 loops, and return home for 26.24 miles.   I was up for the challenge and hoped to finish it in about 4:15.   It would be a challenge because it  would all be in the dark and include a total of 1450-feet of climb/descent.   4:15 seemed to be a good goal to get it done without pushing too hard.

I left the house a little after 1:30 a.m.  My wife is out of town so no "you are crazy" comments would be forthcoming.   I took up with me three bottles of fluid and some Reeses for some energy along the way. 

A nice moon was out to light my way.  I decided to alternate the direction of each loop, which would help me keep track of the numbers and help my legs to have some variation.  I felt funny about using my bright flashlight much up there at this time in the morning, for fear of attracting attention from the overly ambitious Saratoga Springs police, who have their offices less than a half a mile from my loop.  I could just see a police cruiser coming up there and then having to explain my crazy adventure.   So, for the first 12 miles or so, I ran almost entirely by the moon-light.  It slowed me down somewhat, but was a great challenge.   It was neat to look down to the neighborhoods lighted below.

After 4 a.m., I was more confident about turning my light and started to for a least a half a loop.   On the west side of the ridge, which is usually very quiet because you can’t hear any noise from the homes or roads below, I heard a strange roar of an engine above me.   I was very surprised to see a truck driving down from the ridge.  Someone had spent the night up there.  Last evening, I noticed a young man rappelling of the cliff up there.  It must have been him.

By 5 a.m., the homes and roads below were waking up as more cars were on the roads making their way to work.  I only had a few more loops and I pushed the last loop pretty hard.   I finished the 24th loop, gathered my stuff and headed home.   My finish time was 4:17:47 for my early morning trail marathon.

climb 9:06
1 8:56
2 9:15
3 9:06
4 8:59
5 9:29
6 9:40
7 9:59
8 9:37
9 9:53
10 9:56
11 10:06
12 9:57
13 9:34
14 10:14
15 10:30
16 10:38
17 10:06
18 11:17
19 10:14
20 10:45
21 11:53
22 11:31
23 11:12
24 9:29
return 6:28
total 4:17:47

Comments
From maurine/tarzan on Mon, Apr 13, 2009 at 13:21:32 from 63.255.172.2

Wow, Davy. That is crazy....and so cool! I wish I could claim that same mileage before work.

I am very impressed and very jealous. Keep up the awesome training.

From jun on Mon, Apr 13, 2009 at 14:56:14 from 66.239.250.209

Hahaha. That is so awesome. What a great day to start the week. In a strange sort of way that sounds really fun; to do something that crazy with such good results.

Total Distance
0.00

Another zero day.  This is a taper week for me because I will be running in the Desert RATS 50-miler in Fruita, Colorado on this Saturday....more desert slickrock and dirt road running.  For 50 or 100-milers, I have found it really does not help at all to run very much during the week before a long ultra.   I ran that marathon distance training run on Monday morning, at that is really plenty.  I had no soreness at all from that run. The only thing that normally helps during my taper weeks is a few easy miles to keep the muscles happy so I don't feel those phantom taper pains.

After this race, I'll need to figure out my training strategy for my next two races.  First Ogden Marathon, and then Squaw Peak 50.  Both are totally different, requirely radically different training.   I'll need to hit the hill training hard for SP50, but also need to do tempo/speed training for the flats of Ogden.   It should be an interesting challenge.

Total Distance
0.00

Another zero mile day today.  That is four in a row!  Gee and some people think I'm always running.  Tomorrow is race day in Fruita, Colorado.  The weather looks like it will be very similar to my other two desert races this year, perfect weather.  High around 63, low around 36 at start time.  Partly cloudy. 

I've never run this Desert RATS 50-mile race before, but I have heard that it is fun one.  Looks like most of it is on tough mountain bike trails which some good single track.  I'm taking two of my sons out with me.  They will bike around and have some fun while I race.

I do plan to race (as opposed to just finishing).  It will be tougher, since I don't know the course, but I think I'm ready.   I hope for about a 10:30 finish which would probably be a top-15 finish out of about 60 starters.  I also hope to win the 50+ age group since my buddy Todd Holmes won't be there.   But running with mostly Colorado runners is tough.  They are fit and fast, and have altitude on their side.  There is also a 25-mile race going on at the same time with about 150 runners.   My planned 25-mile split time (4:40) will probably rank about 40th among those runners.   After completing the 25-mile loop, we will have to do the loop again in the opposite direction.

Race: Desert RATS 50-mile Trail Run (50 Miles) 10:46:16, Place overall: 24, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
51.00

Full race report now at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=145

I finished the Desert RATS 50 in Fruita, CO in 10:46:16, 24th overall and 1st in the old foggie 50+ age group.  It was a wonderful run.  The temperature was great (high about 65), but I still became badly dehydrated at one point. I need to do more afternnon training.  I also took a wrong turn and wasted 5 minutes or so.  I had a great time.  Two of my boys came with me and mountain biked while I ran.  Home in the evening.  It was a fun Saturday.   The course was easier than expected even with the 8,000-foot elevation gain/loss. My full race report will come in a few days.

A few quick details.   This race is run on mountain bike trails above the Colorado River.  The terrain is similar to Moab but with less slick rock.  The 50-mile race runs concurrently with a 25-mile race.   The 50-milers run the loop twice, the second loop in reverse direction.  About 40 miles of the course is smooth single-track.  There is about 8000-feet of climb during the two loops, most on four long climbs from the desert floor up to the plateau.   On the first climb I was frustrated that I couldn’t keep up with the top 30 runners, but once at the top, I was able to blast by a long train of 20 runners who just didn’t have the technical speed on the downhill.  Because it was on single-track, the only way for me to pass them was to go "off road" and do a slingshot sprint around 4-5 runners and then swoop back in line.  It felt like I was racing Nascar.  I eventually passed them all and and had "clean air" in front of me to run as fast as I pleased.  I reached the first check-point (mile 5.9) at 53 minutes.  That was nine minutes faster than planned, so I now understood why I was having trouble keep up.  It was just too fast.   The next 12 miles or so was a blast, rolling trails on a shelf above the Colorado River.  I discovered that I struggled to keep up with the runners around me until the trail became more technical, then I had speed about 50% faster than the others and could catch up or press ahead.   At mile 9.2 I made a blunder and took a wrong turn out of the aid station.  I recognized my mistake after a few minutes.  I probably wasted about 6 minutes and fell behind about  one-half mile from those I was running with.

The elite front-runners came running toward me at the 21-mile mark.  They were eight miles ahead.  Amazing.   I finished loop one (25 miles) in 4:42, just two minutes slower than planned.   By mile 30.9 I was back up to 5-minutes ahead of my planned pace.  But then the afternoon became warm and the climbs were tougher.  I spent the next couple hours picking off runners ahead of me one-by-one.  I pushed very hard from miles 34-37 to pass a couple runners.  In doing so I became pretty seriously dehydrated.  I noticed heat-stroke symptoms.    Chills, light-headed, not sweating.  I quickly took action, took two electrolyte pills and pushed the fluids.  I backed off my pace significantly.  I had built up a big lead over anyone behind me, so no one caught up to me, but I took an extra 10 minutes off my pace to recover.   Within a half hour, I felt much better.   It was only about 60-65 degrees, but I just wasn’t drinking enough and taking in enough electrolytes.  Also, I just haven’t trained much in these temperatures so far this season.

During the final huge climb at mile 45-46, I was really lazy.  But then I recognized Milada Copeland from Utah, hot on my tail, less than 3 minutes behind.   That woke me up and I started to push much harder.   Once on top, I knew that no one would catch me during the last three-miles to the finish.  It was mostly downhill and I still had good downhill speed.     I finished in 10:46, which was 16 minutes slower than my goal.  I knew where I lost those 16 minutes (6 minutes from wrong turn, 10 minutes from dehydration episode).

 

Comments
From ChrisM on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 08:52:39 from 86.164.192.15

Awesome job! Well done on winning your age division too! Have a well-earned rest :)

From Adam RW on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 09:31:08 from 98.202.223.65

First time on your blog. Impressive stats. Do you have your nine 100-mile races picked out for this year?

From Burt on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 11:18:51 from 98.167.151.26

Way to go Crocket! Impressive as always.

From crockett on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 13:46:00 from 71.36.78.23

I'm "backing off" this year an only going to run 7 100-milers this year. Well, maybe 8.

From Adam RW on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 15:59:39 from 98.202.223.65

I'm trying to talk myself into doing the Wasatch 100 one of these years. I had initially always planned on doing an Ironman, problem being I don't swim and I have biked a century in over a decade... So I've been gravitating toward a 100-miler to replace that goal. I'm thinking I'll wait until I give my sub-2:30 a real shot. It is great to see what you have done and I'm sure when the time comes I'll be pestering you for advice.

From jun on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 21:26:13 from 71.213.20.61

Impressive, as always. Those Colorado boys are pretty fast, especially when they have home court advantage. You never fail to impress though.

Congrats on winning your age division and doing so well overall.

From crockett on Sun, Apr 19, 2009 at 22:05:08 from 71.36.68.34

Adam, I used to be in good swim shape a couple years ago and probably could have finished an Ironman. My mile swim was down to 32 minutes (in a pool) and I could swim 2 miles without too much difficulty. But keeping in swim shape is tough, you lose it so fast. I have no real interest to do tris, etc. Yes, tough to train for both a speedy marathon and ultras. Ultras are great for us slower, older types. When you are interested I would be happy to give you tips.

From dave holt on Mon, Apr 20, 2009 at 09:39:47 from 204.113.55.41

Another great job!

From Enoch on Mon, Apr 20, 2009 at 20:48:09 from 97.117.120.113

You are obviously a very talented guy. Way to go!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Apr 20, 2009 at 23:18:38 from 97.117.75.171

Excellent job, Davy! Glad to hear you made it through safely. I can't wait to see your full report with maps and pictures - hopefully your sons took some good ones of you.

From crockett on Thu, Apr 23, 2009 at 00:32:05 from 71.35.211.54

Full race report now at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=145

Total Distance
1.00

I still haven't bounced back from the 50-mile race on Saturday.  That is a bit unusual for me.  Oh well, I'll keep resting.   I still feel a little drained, have sore quads and calfs, a sore foot and not a great appetite.  I should feel better tomorrow.  

On Saturday I plan on running in the Bonneville Shoreline Trail marathon, a yearly free event that most of the local ultrarunners run in.   It is a lot of fun.  Hopefully the weather will be OK.  Come join the fun.  See: http://www.users.qwest.net/%7Ecirnielsen/bstannouncepage2.html

 

Comments
From jun on Thu, Apr 23, 2009 at 00:06:54 from 71.213.13.250

Free? How did I miss out on that? For a free marathon I'd run for sure. Unfortunately, I'm going to be out of town this weekend. That would have really been fun to try.

From crockett on Thu, Apr 23, 2009 at 00:29:49 from 71.35.211.54

Yes, BSTM should be on the calendar of all local trail runners. You can even just run the first 10.6 miles. We bring aid station goodies and have a nice feast at the finish. It isn't an official race, just a fun-run, but some of the best in the world have run it.

Total Distance
1.00

My race report is up at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=145

Feeling much better, but nursing a sore foot.  I believe this is just a very low ankle/foot sprain, hopefully not a stress fracture.  The pain has bugged me for a month or so since twisting the ankle one morning, but it never bothered me much while running normally.  I never felt it during the race on Saturday, but a day later it started to hurt.  The pain does seem to originate near the base of the 5th metatarsal, a common location for a stress fracture.  No swelling, no bruising.   I'll continue to lay off and hope that I can run on Saturday.

Comments
From tarzan on Fri, Apr 24, 2009 at 17:21:07 from 63.255.172.2

Please, please, please don't run the marathon tomorrow if there is any chance it is a stress fracture!

From crockett on Fri, Apr 24, 2009 at 17:22:00 from 71.36.68.214

Pain almost totally gone, nothing serious.

Race: Bonneville Shoreline Trail Marathon (10.6 Miles) 02:16:00
Total Distance
11.00

I ran in the Bonneville Shoreline Trail Marathon, a free but very challenging marathon-length run held in the hills above Salt Lake City.  Much of this runs on a trail established above the ancient Lake Bonneville Shoreline.  This race attracts many of the top ultrarunners in the state.  Karl Meltzer, one of the best in the world came to try to beat his course record.

I drove up with Mark Ellison and we both were concerned about the rain falling as we drove up.  It could be a very wet, muddy run this year.  This would be my third run in the event.  I never push hard during this race because I have always run a very long race just the prior week.  The same was true this time, since it is just one week since my finish in the Desert RAT 50.  The race start up above the homes about 7th East.

We arrived just in time, said some quick hellos and were off.   Karl quickly took the lead and I joined in with a group of about eight runners trying to keep up.  Within only 100 yards, my left foot slipped a little in the mud, causing it to twist just a little and I again felt the bad pain in my foot that has bothered me this past week.   That confirmed things in my mind.  It was a foot/ankle sprain on the lower outside of my foot, under the ankle.   I had twisted it badly about six weeks ago, but it hasn’t been much of a problem until this week.   Today the pain was bad enough that I knew it would be a concern.    I slowed down a little, let a couple people pass, but when we hit the downhill into City Canyon.  The mud was slick, but I pushed away caution and let gravity take me.  I could see that those who were trying to brake, were slipping.  I just blasted down as fast as I could.

Once down at the bottom of the canyon, we crossed the road and headed up the shoreline trail.  As it started to climb, I backed off a little but tried to keep the pace strong.   The foot wasn’t bothering me too much.   Eventually the climb became intense and most of us started to power hike.   Once up above all the homes above the capital, the trail started rolling and I could kick the speed up a notch.   The feet were wet from splashing in puddles.  As some descents arrived, I was disappointed to discover that I could not push the speed hard any more.  The foot pain held me back.   I was again passed by a couple runners.  Once over the saddle near Ensign Peak, the road turned into some shoe-sucking mud.  Everyone started to slow and I felt sorry for those behind because we were really tearing up the best routes.   Finally the road headed down and I started to catch up to some runners, but just couldn’t push it hard.   Then the huge climb came.   I really couldn’t push a trot up the steep hill because when I push huge pressure on the toes, again the foot hurt.  I just power-hiked the best I could and kept my position.

As we climbed higher and higher, we entered the clouds.  It was very cool but a bother because I could no longer see the runner ahead of me.   Soon  buddy Brent Rutledge from Lehi, caught up.  It was great to see him.  We had not run together since last September.   He pushed on ahead and I tried to keep him in sight through the fog.   I finally caught up to him as we crested over the top of the mountain, ready for the steep descent back down into City Creek.   Brent stepped aside, “Go ahead, you are faster on the downhill.”  I encouraged him to keep up and he did a pretty good job staying within about 100 yards.   I blasted down as hard as I could and soon passed a woman runner who was being cautious in the mud.  Near the bottom of the canyon, I tripped over a rock, caught myself, but felt bad pain in the abs that made be slow to a walk to quickly recover.  

Once on the flatter trail, still descending down the canyon, I could tell my foot was not happy at all.   I slowed more and eventually Brent caught up again.  I cheered him on and complemented him on his great downhill speed.   I debated in my mind for awhile, but I knew that I would have to cut my race short and stop after the western loop of the course.  The foot pain wasn’t calming down, only getting worse.  It wasn’t worth it.   So I slowed down some more, and headed back up the other side of the canyon.  Mark caught up, I told him the news and retrieved his key to the truck.   I complete my 10.6 mile loop of the race in about 2:16 with about 3,100 feet of climbing.  I knew I was making the right choice to instead heal from this injury and call it a day.

I drove to the next aid station behind the Huntsman Cancer Institute and had a great time for the next three hours helping at the aid station and talking to the volunteers and all the runners as they came through.  It was great fun making fun of the runners covered in mud.   When Brent came into view, I decided to make it look like I too just arrived at the aid station.  He exclaimed, “How did you get ahead?”   I replied, “Oh you must have taken a break or something.”   I encouraged him to make a fast stop so we could run together.  We left the aid station and I continued to kid him about how I was ahead of him.   But then as we climbed, I broke the news that I had really dropped out seven miles back.   Ha, ha, great joke.   When the trail leveled out, I discovered there was no way I could keep up, the foot was hurting too bad, so I bid him goodbye and hobbled back down to the aid station.   Mark later arrived, and he was struggling because of allergies.

A triatholon was also being held on the trail near the aid station.  The mountain bikers were riding very fast on the trail.  But when the back of their pack arrived, a few started to stop at our aid station and taking drinks and stuff.  We just played along.  We had so much stuff at the aid station it didn’t matter.  A few asked if we were part of the race after they partook, but we just laughed and said we would send them a bill.

After Brent and Mark both return, I drove back to the finish and enjoyed watching runners come in and talked to so many.  It was great fun to socialize with this great group.   Karl Melzer was there.  He did finish in a course record time of 3:47.  That is amazing.  I still haven’t broken 6 hours on that course.  Brent came in about 5:40 and Mark in about 6:20.   It was a little disappointing that I didn’t finish the entire course, but it had been a very run morning.   Thankfully the rain stayed away during the race, but it was one of the muddiest years for the race.   Everyone’s lower legs were caked in mud.

Well it looks like I will have to hit the pool for the next week or so.  Pool running, swimming, etc.  Booooooring.....keep me away from sharp objects, I may slit my wrists.

Comments
From fly on the wall on Sat, Apr 25, 2009 at 23:18:42 from 166.70.192.189

Sorry you had to drop out but I'm sure it was the smart choice. I suppose we saw each other at the aid station or somewhere on the first loop but I really don't know what you look like. At least not well enough to recognize you. I have looked at your other blog. A friend at work, Jason Berry, showed it to me.

Get healed up so I can read about your next crazy adventure.

From tarzan on Sun, Apr 26, 2009 at 11:33:19 from 97.117.57.193

Sorry to hear about the foot (and abs). Glad you made the wise choice instead of using valor. I'm sure you will do better cross training this week than you would pushing it and possibly causing the sprain to get worse and not heal for a long time.

From jun on Mon, Apr 27, 2009 at 15:10:00 from 66.239.250.209

Sorry to hear about your foot. Hopefully, it will heal quickly and you'll be back to your old self; running marathons before work.

Total Distance
0.00

Well, the foot is very sore today.  I could hardly walk, and can’t without a big limp.   What is strange is there is no noticeable swelling and no bruising.   The source of the most pain seems to be what is called the peronial tendons.  One common cause is “running on uneven surfaces.”  Hmmm…OK, I do that just a bit. “It can result from running on sloped surfaces or running in shoes with excessive wear on the outside of the heel.”  Yep, I checked the shoes, they are worn out, probably 500 miles, outside heel worn. Caused when “foot and ankle are rolled inward,”  Yep that happened pretty bad about a month ago or so.  I didn’t appreciate this wise crack:  “In general, older people are at a higher risk of developing the condition.”   Older?  Come say that to my face.  Let’s race up Timp and see who is old.  Treatment, “Cease any activity that is likely to hinder the rehabilitation process.”  Ya, ya, ya, I know.  “It may take 6 weeks or longer to recover.  Yikes, don’t say that!   How to prevent this from happening again, “When running, choose level surfaces and avoid rocks or holes.”   Pretty funny.  Next thing you will tell me is stick to running on roads.  It’s not going to happen.

You have got to love the psychology of an injured runner.  We have visions of never being able to run without pain again.  We see someone jogging in the neighborhood and get very jealous.  We worry that just a few days without training will get us out of shape.  All are silly thoughts.  Healing will take place, just be patient.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Apr 26, 2009 at 18:37:31 from 97.117.57.193

It cracks me up that you appear to be talking back to a google search.

I have had several surgeries on one of my ankles - mainly tendon related. I spend a lot of my time when I am playing guitar hero/ ironing/ etc. standing on a balance board and I find that helps keep my ankle problems down.

Good luck!

From Turd'L on Tue, Apr 28, 2009 at 22:44:00 from 71.219.152.198

tough luck Crockett

Total Distance
0.00

The foot a little better today.  Yesterday it times it felt like I needed crutches.  Today, I still can't walk without a limp, but healing is taking place.  Running isn't even an option.  I made an appointment with the podiatrist for Thursday.   Its been almost three years since I've seen him.  He'll at least get a kick out of hearing about my running and looking at my toe nails.  But I bet by Thursday most of the pain will be gone....hoping.   Once I can rotate it without much pain, I'll start hitting the pool.

Afternoon... can walk without a limp now!  My doctor visit Thursday will help rule out stress fracture and hopefully rule out ruptured tendon.   What I have learned is that one week of rest won't heal this.  If I go back out on the trail after just one week, I'll set it back again.

Comments
From jun on Mon, Apr 27, 2009 at 16:25:37 from 66.239.250.209

My fingers are crossed for you. There is nothing worse than a nagging injury. It looks like your next race is the Ogden Marathon. The good thing is that you still have 2+ weeks to recover and the surface is flat and steady. Hopefully, you'll be better by then. Best of luck.

From crockett on Mon, Apr 27, 2009 at 17:47:51 from 216.49.181.128

Yep, I had the same thoughts. To get back into the saddle I'll probably have to ease in with roads and treadmills. I should be able to do Ogden Marathon fine. But the worry is lack of training for Squaw Peak 50. You can't train for that on roads or treadmills.

Total Distance
0.00

Hit the pool this morning.  Half hour of pool running with hand floats, half-mile swim in 20 minutes and then hard kicking on my back for 10 minutes (great for the hamstrings).   Frustrating, because I wasn't tired and it didn't feel like much of a workout.  I guess I will have to double the time.   I'm walking without a limp but do feel pain.

Comments
From jun on Tue, Apr 28, 2009 at 15:16:32 from 66.239.250.209

At least you are staying active. Are you planning to go to the FRB race this Saturday and help out again? I doubt you'll run, but I thought I'd ask and see if you'd be there. I signed my son up to race the 1 miler. I won't be running, I'm just going go down to take pictures. I'll hit the BST in Draper on my way home probably.

From crockett on Tue, Apr 28, 2009 at 16:01:15 from 216.49.181.128

I won't run Saturday and will probably miss coming too. My daughter is home from college and needs help fining a car....joy.

Total Distance
0.00

I hit the pool at 4:00 a.m., well, not really, I had forgotton my pool running hand floaties (they look like dumb bells), so I drove home, got them and came back at 4:15 a.m. I had the entire pool to myself until 5:50 a.m.   The pool at Saratoga Springs is a private community outdoor pool but is a large 25 meter pool with six swim lanes.   It is heated by thermal heating from the springs so they don't worry about the cost of heating it, thus it can get too warm for hard swimming.   This morning it felt like it was about 92 degrees, a bit warm.   It actually helps me somewhat by adapting my body to hot-weather running.  The pool is open year-round.  I've have swam in it when it has been below zero outside. (It is cool too see your hair freeze solid).

I first did 40 minutes of pool "running" in the deep end, doing mostly a cross-country ski type exercise with both arms and legs.   To keep me from being total bored, I rigged a mini radio on the strap of my goggles and listened to Mike and Mike in the morning on ESPN radio.

After that I did a one-mile swim (64 lengths) in 44 minutes without stopping to rest.   Not blazing fast, but very good for only my second day swimming in over one year.   I was surprised that it felt pretty easy.  Obviously my cardio fitness is already at peak, so that isn't a problem, but I thought my upper-body and shoulder strength would be a problem and it would take my quite a while to work up to a mile. Not so, it went very well.

One reason my pace isn't that fast is that I have quite a bit of drag in the water.  I choose to wear knee-brace sleeves while I swim.   With all the kicking, I have found that my knee caps get loosened.  When I go back to running, that becomes a problem as the knee caps slide around.  So the sleeves keep the knee cap tight into place and I can kick as hard as I want.  But it does create lots of drag making me slower.  Also, I'm not doing flip-turns.  As my upper-body strength improves, I'll add those in.  But it isn't about speed, it is about workout.

I've never been a great swimmer, but swimming does seem to be in my family genes.  All my kids have been on the high school swim teams, being good enough to be captains of those teams.  I had a daughter to placed very high in the state.   I was on a swim team for a couple years when I was 10-11 years old, but didn't really excell.   I'm just better than average and can swim very far if boredom doesn't kill me.

The morning was was fantastic as I finished up.   I heard and saw a couple geese honking overhead.  I looked out across the lake and could see Venus rising before the dawn glow.  It really is an impressive sight at the pool in the morning.

The foot continues to improve.  Tomorrow I will see the doctor.

Total Distance
0.00

Hit the pool at 4:05 a.m.   Did 50 minutes of pool running and then did a one-mile swim.   The pool was blazing hot this morning, at least 96 degrees.  For whatever reason they have trouble regulating the pool temperature and at times it climbs high.  It is extremely difficult to swim hard and long in a pool that hot, but I got the mile done.  Talk about heat training!  It felt like I was training for the Badwater race in Death Valley.   I did the mile in 48 minutes, but about six of those minutes were spent on the pool deck cooling my body temperature down in the 36 degrees morning air.  I finished up the workout by doing about ten minutes of tought deep kicking on my back, really working the hamstrings.   I returned home really feeling like I had a hard workout.   My body temperature was messed up for awhile.

I went to the podiatrist. My self-diagnosis was correct. I have a peroneal tendon strain on the outside of my foot. He took an X-ray and there is no stress-fracture. The doctor gets a kick out of listening to my running history. A young college intern was with him today and the kid couldn't belive what I was saying, talking about 100-mile races. The doctor as a former runner gets it and knows I understand foot-care, injury recovery, etc. He says I really need six weeks of recovery. He gave me a boot to help the tendon rest and an ankle brace to use once I start running again. I mentioned the marathon in 16 days and didn't realize that I said, "its only a road marathon." They both laughed, pointed out what I said. He said that was up to me, but I would likely be hurting after it, setting back the healing. But he quickly said, "I know you understand how to care and treat things like this." So, my plan is to still run in the Ogden Marathon, but I won't enter Sapper Joe 50K which is the following week. Instead I will volunteer for it if they need it. That will give me three weeks of more recovery until Squaw Peak 50.

Comments
From jun on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 09:32:06 from 66.239.250.209

Amazing cross-training. Low impact and high yield. Nice work.

From jun on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:39:13 from 66.239.250.209

Shame about Sapper Joe. It should be a good time. But good luck in Ogden.

From Nevels on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:42:05 from 131.204.15.93

Granted, I'm a little biased toward trails, but I bet it would hinder healing less to run the 50k (assuming it's a trail 50k), than pounding the pavement for 26 miles. In any case, best of luck with it, and best of luck at Squaw Peak.

From crockett on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:47:38 from 71.36.70.73

Actually the opposite is likely true. The tendon receives less stress on flat roads. Trails require the foot to tilt side to side which involves this tendon much more. I expect in a few days I'll be able to run smooth surfaces without any pain. That's why I'm guessing a road marathon won't be a big deal. If it is, I can always pull out, no big deal.

From Nevels on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:51:44 from 131.204.15.93

Interesting. I guess if it's on the side of your foot, that makes sense, because the only injuries I've ever had that were more conducive to running on the road than the trails were the nastily turned ankles. Like I said, good luck. When's your next long (i.e. >100k) run? (assuming good recovery/healing)

From crockett on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:55:47 from 71.36.70.73

Yes, I orginally twisted the foot/ankle inward from jumping off a rock while descending a trail in the dark. Since then I ran a 100-mile race and 50-mile race without problem. But after my 50-mile race it really flared up. I blame worn-out shoes. My next 100 is Bighorn 100 in June.

From Nevels on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 14:57:18 from 131.204.15.93

What type of shoes are you running in (trail)?

From crockett on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 15:01:39 from 71.36.70.73

For the long races 50-100 miles, Vasque Velocity. They work great but I need to retire them at about 400-500 miles.

From maurine on Thu, Apr 30, 2009 at 15:05:37 from 63.255.172.2

I can totally relate to the 'it's only a road marathon' - because there is such a big difference.

I ran for a few months one year using one of the ankle braces and found that it helped a lot to allow me to continue running and still have the tendon heal.

Glad to know it isn't a stress fracture - but make sure you keep up on the icing and bracing. I'd hate to see you have to have ankle surgery like I did one year because of constant aggravation to the tendon causing other issues.

Total Distance
1.00

I wore the boot sleeping last night, seemed to help the foot rest. Couldn't bring myself to wear the thing to work.  Probably should. I still feel pain walking but can walk normally now.  The family won't give me sympathy when I wear the boot.   I suggested that I get a bell for them to come running at my beck and call, but that didn't fly.  When the phone rings I even still have to get up.   There is no respect for the old-man runner who injures himself.

I did the same routine this morning.  45 minutes pool running and a one-mile swim.  The pool was much cooler this morning, thank goodness.   I did the mile in about 44 minutes and then did vigourous deep kicking while on my back.    I had the pool to myself for almost two hours.   Two ladies showed up as I left.

I can feel my swimming strength returning with three straight days of mile-swims.   The shoulders are starting to feel stronger.  Also, it is fairly easy to lose weight swimming, easier than running.  I've lost about three pounds this week.  On the downside, my skin is starting to be affected by all the chorine and soaking.  They over chorinate this pool and my skin doesn't like it.   That is one reason I don't usually swim regularly.    I'll try to put up with the itching.

I doing fine and actually enjoying the break from running for a little while. 

P.M.   I walked a mile on the way back from a meeting.   It was very discouraging at first.  After a quarter mile the pain was almost enough to make me limp.   But after a quick stop at a store, I felt much better for the last 3/4rs.  The ankle and foot felt good and strong and the pain was minimal.   That was more encouraging.   I did see a couple runners on the downtown streets and I couldn't help to think to myself jealous thoughts, "Show offs!"

Comments
From maurine on Fri, May 01, 2009 at 10:44:00 from 63.255.172.2

Great job getting the workouts in while injured! I was thinking about the doctor saying that you didn't have a stress fracture. It is often the case that stress fractures do not show up on an xray or don't appear for a long period of time. I had one for about 4 months and it was finally diagnosed with a tuning fork making me jump through the ceiling - but never did show up on the xrays. So - it might not hurt to wear the boot while you are up and about for a week or two.

From Smooth on Fri, May 01, 2009 at 10:55:11 from 71.36.87.147

Glad to hear you're able to get in good workout in the pool. You're so dedicated. Keep up the rehab and positive attitude. I know all about the "no sympathy from family" when the runner gets injured. They always say: "It's SELF-inflicted." Ha, we're not asking for sympathy; but a little respect would be nice!

From crockett on Fri, May 01, 2009 at 11:06:16 from 216.49.181.128

Thanks Smooth, and congrats on you great Boston run. Maybe I'll be there next year.

Total Distance
1.00

I did a tough workout this morning.  I swam 2 miles in the pool.  The first mile was 44 minutes and during the second mile I stopped at each quarter mile to do vigorous deep kicking.  I'm rather amazed that I'm already up to 2 miles in just my first five days of swimming in over a year.  That is encouraging.  That makes 5.5 miles in the pool this week.   Also, I've lost four pounds this week.  I had forgotten how easy it is to lose weight swimming as compared to running.

A couple friends came to the pool during my second mile.  One of them will run in the Sapper Joe 30K.   After all that time in the pool, I went to the rec room and did a little eliptical.  I felt no foot pain, so that is great.  However, I hate elipticals.  The motion just is too far away from the running motion and those machines affect my knees poorly.  They put too much pressure on my knee caps in the wrong way if I do long workouts on them.  I shifted over to the stationary recombent bike and did a tough hard ride that got the quads burning.   Then I did toe lifts to get the calfs burning.  The foot didn't hurt during them.  In the pool my vigorous kicking on my back got the hamstrings burning.   So overall, I think that workout was great.

I'm very encouraged about the foot this morning.  I now feel very little pain while walking.  I think running 10 miles of the BSTM last Saturday set my recovery back 8 days.   I've almost made that up and I will be careful this time during the second week of recovery.

So things are looking up.  I'm trying to keep a postitive attitude and just think of this as a nice long taper.   With all the miles I've run the past two years I deserve a little break.

Comments
From jun on Sun, May 03, 2009 at 16:05:19 from 71.213.11.7

Sounds like you are really staying on top of things. I won't lie, I was kind of hoping that I was the only person running the 30k at Sapper Joe. Was hoping everyone else was running the 50k. Just trying to reduce my embarrassment. Ha.

From crockett on Sun, May 03, 2009 at 17:39:58 from 71.36.86.97

My friend running the 30K is a fast marathoner. I'm not sure how much hill training he has done. I noticed his treadmill run after the swim was on the flats.

From frank Bott on Sun, May 03, 2009 at 18:05:12 from 70.144.88.243

lost some weight swimming; that is good news. i really think that is a big factor for me and my feet. The less weight they have to carry around the better they seem to perform over long runs.. Keep up the work.. I found the leg press, used correctly and in correctly have really helped my bones become stronger in my legs..

Total Distance
0.00

This morning I swam two miles at the Saratoga pool.  I've never swam that far prior to work before.   My quarter miles splits were 10:29, 11:00, 11:05, 11:02 for 43:37:46 for the first mile.   Mile 2 was 11:34, 11:53, 13:04, 11:38 for 47:09 for mile two.   It was a good 90 minute workout.  The foot feels good this morning, very little pain.   It tends to feel better in the afternoons, typical for tendons.  

Total Distance
1.00

I swam 2.5 miles before work this morning.  This is the furthest I have ever swam in one stretch and it felt pretty easy.  That boggles my mind because I have only been swimming for one week.  In the past I thought it takes weeks to work up the swiming endurance and I thought I had miserable upper body strength, but I guess, not so.  The shoulders feel great and I have no soreness at all.  Perhaps my technique is better than in the past.

My split quarter mile (400 meter) times today were: 10:19, 10:25, 10:54, 11:03 for 42:41 for mile 1.  9:46, 11:17, 11:05, 10:43 for 42:51 for mile 2.   10:57, and 11:11 for the last two splits.   I did take a little break after the miles to drink Gatorade.   Those splits are a good improvement from yesterday.   I through in some flip turns now and then to improve the speed.

The pool got pretty crowded during my last few laps as it approached 6:00 a.m.  There were eight people in the pool trying to swim laps.

The foot progress is discouraging.   I checked the foot last night like the doctor did and the tendon is still pretty painful but the strength is better than last Thursday.   I can tell if I tried to start running again now, I wouldn't last long and would really irritate the tendon.   This is a very slow heal process.  I just hope it can heal without surgery.

Comments
From jun on Tue, May 05, 2009 at 16:44:59 from 66.239.250.209

Are you starting to question running Ogden or are you still pretty solid on that?

From crockett on Tue, May 05, 2009 at 16:55:44 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, starting to question Ogden. Coincidentally today someone asked on the ultrarunning list about the very same injury I have. People piped in that it took months to recover from. Early next week I'll test it out.

From Bec on Wed, May 06, 2009 at 11:08:59 from 205.123.38.151

I am really sorry about the tendon. Injuries are frustrating, I'm facing one as well. Keep up the swimming, that will help maintain a good fitness level.

Total Distance
0.00

Swam 1.5 miles this morning.  My 400-meter split times were: 10:20, 10:31, 10:35, and 10:55 for 42:21 mile.   Next splits were 11:02, 10:33.    I then did some leg work.  Tough kicking on back for hamstrings, and then 12 hard minutes on the stationary bike.   I plan to start doing more leg work.   Foot feels a little better today.

11-straight days without running.   This is nearing PR territory for me.   My last long running break was in March 2007 when I took off 14-days to let a shin splint heal.  Then I jumped in and ran 80 miles on the 14th day.

P.M.  Walked briskly downtown to and from meetings.  Very little pain felt....encouraging.

Comments
From maurine/tarzan on Wed, May 06, 2009 at 17:46:23 from 63.255.172.2

Davy - I know you aren't wearing the boot much. Are you using the brace at all when training/walking?

From crockett on Thu, May 07, 2009 at 10:39:59 from 70.56.101.61

I wear the boot while sleeping at night. That seems to help. The brace puts too much pressure on the tendon right now and causes pain. Maybe next week.

Total Distance
0.00

I swam 5k (5000 meters, 200 laps(lengths)) this morning.  That is the furthest I have ever swam in one stretch.  My 400 meter splits were 10:24, 10:33, 10:47, 10:35 for 42:19 for the first mile.  I took a couple minutes break to drink Gatorade.  My next splits were 10:44, 11:01, 11:02, 11:01 for 43:48 for mile 2.  My next splits were 10:56, 11:01, 11:20, 11:38 for 44:55.  My final 200 meters were 6:15.   The total 5K time was 2:17:18.   I started to cramp in my left calf for some reason toward the end.  I guess all the kicking adds up after awhile.

Skin and hair care is a bother.  With all the products I have to use it affects my man-hood ego.  The biggest irration is to my skin.  Despite all the hyrdation gel, cream, etc.  My sensative skin goes crazy after awhile from over two hours in the over-chlorinated pool.  I hate iching.  I'm going to have to find something else to help to stop the itching.   I also take care to dry out the ears to avoid swimmer's ear (fungus).  That can be very painful.  Drying out the ears or putting vinegar in them afterwards helps dry things out.   I do use ear plugs while swimming, but still some water gets in.

The foot is feeling very good.  I think I may try to experiment with barefoot treadmill walking.

I've set a PR for the most miles swimming in a one-week period.  11.5 miles.  That is roughly equivelent with about 70 miles of running at the pace I usually do on trails in the morning.

Total Distance
1.00

I slept in, no pool work this morning.   OK, it has been eight days since I've been to the doctor for the foot.  I've seen some progress but am discouraged because I am so used to recoverying fast from minor injuries.  This one is not recoverying fast and thus is probably not minor.   I worry that the tendon could be torn.  If so, it wouldn't heal from just laying off.  I guess I'll give it another week before asking the doctor for an MRI.   I am seeing improvement, but it just isn't as fast as I want.

Comments
From Bec on Fri, May 08, 2009 at 11:18:05 from 205.123.38.151

Hold on man! This injury sounds really scary, keep it under wraps.

From maurine on Sat, May 09, 2009 at 17:43:53 from 97.117.66.96

Davy - I know it is hard - but you are being nice and cautious now. Too bad you can't go back and skip the first 10 miles of the trail marathon, huh?

Keep being cautious. I had tendon surgery after years of pain from constant injury and I hope you don't have to go through that.

Total Distance
3.00

I ran for the first time in 14 days, and the first time without bad pain in 21 days!   I’ll get to that later.   I started off my day in the pool at 4:00 a.m. and I swam a PR distance of 4 miles!   I had the pool completely to myself for the first 3 miles and until the “soakers” came to the pool to chat and pretend like they are exercising.  Well, at least they are getting out.

It was a little depressing to see how beautiful the early morning was with a nearly full moon out.   If I wasn’t recoverying from my foot injury, I would be out on the trail, probably running about 35 miles.   But instead, I put on my goggles, ear plugs, and dipped into the waters.

My 400-meter (quarter mile) splits times were:  10:44, 10:41, 10:50, and 10:54 for 43:08 first mile.  Next, 11:03, 11:15, 11:33, 11:15, for 45:04 second miles.   11:34, 11:20, 11:24, 11:26, for 45:45 third mile.  11:30, 11:30, 12:00, 11:42 for 46:42 fourth mile.   Total for the four miles was 3:00:53.   The energy for doing that was roughly the same as running 21 miles.   I felt good afterwards and felt like I could have continued on for quite awhile.   However, three hours in the chlorinated pool really takes its toll on my skin and hear.  Clarifying shampoo helps the hair and a host of skin products helps the skin, but what a hassle taking care of both.   I finished of the morning in the pool by doing ten minutes of tough deep kicking while on my back to work the hamstrings.

The morning view was wonderful.  It was a beautiful as the sun rose above Mount Timpanogos to shin on the clear blue sky.   Some people arrived to do some fishing and a family launched their sail boat from the marina.  It was beautiful to watch the boat float out into Utah Lake.

I next went into the exercise room and timidly decided to try running on a treadmill.   With this injury, I have read that barefoot running is possible at some point.   Running barefoot does not put as much stress on the injured tendon.   At first my pace was only a 18-minute mile pace with a timid jog.  Great, no pain at all.   I eased up the pace slowly and eventually reached a 10-minute mile pace.   Still no pain.  During the second mile I experimented pushing the pace clear up to 8-minute mile pace.  Not bad, but I’m not used to running barefoot, so my foot placement wasn’t smooth enough.  I backed off.   I then tried to run at 5% incline, but pretty quickly started to feel some pain, so I returned to the flats.   After two miles, I peddled on the bike for 15 minutes and then returned to run one more mile.   My feet bottoms aren’t used to the barefoot running.  It will take a little while for them to get used to that.

So, I was very encouraged.  It was very nice to feel the running muscles working again.   I had visions of never being able to run again without pain.   There now is hope.   I’ll continue to be very careful. 

Wow, up to 7 miles for the month!  900 miles for the year.  But in the bright side, I swam a PR one-week distance of 13 miles.   That is roughly equivelent of running 68 miles.  I am maintaining my overall fitness and the swimming is helping the core get stronger.

Comments
From maurine on Sat, May 09, 2009 at 17:44:29 from 97.117.66.96

Yay - to a little bit of running. I bet that felt good to be able to do a little of that.

From jun on Sun, May 10, 2009 at 00:11:30 from 71.213.1.42

You are the epitome of making the most out of what could be a very negative situation. Very inspiring. Thank you for sharing.

Total Distance
3.00

I walked  three miles with the dog this afternoon to experiment with the foot.  Usually with tendonitis, after the tendon gets warmed up the pain decreases.  I was curious how it would feel on a long walk.  The first mile was discouraging but I noticed on the second mile that I was thinking about other things, not the foot because the pain decreased.   Mile three was even better.  I tried some power walking to increase the pace and it worked fine.   But there is still a main location for the pain.  It seems to be the insertion point of the peroneal longus tendon at the 5th metatarsal that passes through the plantar ligament.  I’m encouraged that the pain doesn’t go far up the tendon.  A rupture is usually a longitutal tear, and I don’t think I’m feeling that.  It likely is a strain with fraying near the insertion point.

 

After the walk, after sitting and getting up I felt very little pain at all, felt better than at the beginning of the run.   But going in bare feet still feels much better than shoes.

 

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, May 10, 2009 at 22:00:19 from 97.117.66.96

Glad to hear it is doing a little better. Have you decided anything on Ogden yet?

Question for you - my right leg (somewhere around the hamstring/IT Band) started bothering me last night. I think I upped my mileage a little too much last week. Anyway - it was bothering me again tonight when I walked my dog. What do you think my best shot is as far as training this week to make sure I can recover and finish Ogden? I was thinking of just doing stretching and massage and ice tonight and tomorrow and then trying some light running (3-5 miles) on Tuesday to see if that helps it recover. Any suggestions?

From jun on Sun, May 10, 2009 at 22:54:27 from 71.213.1.42

If your foot feels better when going barefoot, what are you options of wearing Birkenstocks? They have a very flat foot-bed and might help a little.

From crockett on Mon, May 11, 2009 at 16:36:48 from 12.35.79.2

Jun: Well, the problem with barefoot running is that I can't do it very far because of the lack of arch support.

Maurine: My guess is that you don't have anything serious. I get pains at time in the hamstring near the knee and they never amount to anything. Yes, this week you shouldn't do any hard training. It won't help you do better on Saturday. Just take it easy. I do little tune-up runs before a big race just to keep the muscles happy. That also keeps away the taper aches and pains that start to worry you. This might be one of those.

Total Distance
8.00

One mile walking in downtown San Francisco.   Seven miles on the treadmll in the hotel!    Wow, most miles in ages.  It felt very easy.  The leg muscles wanted to go on and on. Averaged about 9-minute miles.   Pushed it up to 6:45 pace for awhile.   Mild pain in the foot, but I did run six of those miles in shoes, a fist during this recovery.   I couldn't run in my La SportTiva Fireblades because they are a little narrow and put pressure on the sore tendon...probably part of the orginal problem.   So I had some old Montrails with me and they worked well.   I'm going to need to buy some racing flats if I run Ogden on Saturday.

I ran the last mile without shoes, in socks.  That felt great, no pain, but I was stupid and ended out with a blister on the bottom of one foot.  Oh well, that will force me to not put on too many miles before I am ready.   They also have a nice lap pool at the hotel, so I can keep doing my ultra swimming while I'm at this conference.

Total Distance
10.00

Swam a mile in the hotel lap pool at 6:00 a.m.  Unfortunately it doesn't open before 6 a.m. so I didn't have time to do more.   Took a walk downtown during the lunch hour and was surprised to feel zero pain in the foot.   What's up with that?   Nice.

In the evening I ran 9 miles on the treadmill. I was delighted to not feel the foot pain at all until the last mile. I averaged 8:00 miles. One of the miles was a 6:40 mile. I'm delighted that it seems like my recovery is at a point where exercise is now accelerating the recovery. I did feel some pain on the tendon above the ankle, but I think that is more from lack of use over the past four weeks. Hopefully I can start strengthening the ankle now.

Running dreams are funny. I had a very vivid running dream a few nights ago. I dreamed that I was running in the Wasatch 100, but it was all screwy of course. I arrived at an aid station, but had to run through a house. On the other side of the house I went out the door but the course was no longer marked outside the house. I found myself in Washington D.C. I along with other runners were frustrated not knowing where to go next. It seemed like we had to circle around the National Mall, but I wasn't sure what road to take. I was confused that this mountain course was in the city. Still lost, I returned to the house and organized several other runners to go through the streets with me. We each took a different street hoping that we could find some course markings. The race volunteers at the house were of no help and refused to tell use the right way to go. This approach didn't work and I returned frustrated again to the house. I had now wasted several hours. A T.V. was on and a reporter was interviewing the winner of the Wasatch 100. Wow, he had already finished. Hold it, it was still light outside. How could he finish a 100-miler before sunset? I thought, gee, the front-runners knew the course, they have done it before. But that thought confused me because I realized that I had run the course before a couple times. Very strange. Why was I in Washington D.C.? Finally I woke up in a state of running confusion. Got to love those 100-mile race dreams. I'm always getting lost.

Total Distance
9.00

Up at 5 a.m. Ran 7 miles on the treadmill. Mild pain in the foot the entire time. That it typical for mornings. The tendon insertion point passes through the Planter Fascia, so in the morning it takes a little while for the foot to warm up in that point. An hour after the run, the foot felt fine. Also swam one mile in the lap pool. Gave up when a big guy decided to swim on his back between the two lanes and couldn't stay in his lane, hitting me.

Gee, it is nice to see my name on the first page of the mileage board this morning.  Haven't seen that in several weeks.

If things continue to go well, looks like I will run Ogden on Saturday.   However, turning sub-7 minute miles for very long may be a problem.  I do need to find some new shoes.  None of the shoes I have will work with my foot problem.

In the evening, walked two miles in downtown San Francisco. I had a nice dinner at a Turkish resturant with my older sister who lives in town and I only see about once a year. It was great to see her. She has been doing a little trail running and will run in an 8K on Saturday.

Comments
From jun on Wed, May 13, 2009 at 10:53:59 from 71.213.1.42

Good luck. I hope it works out with your foot.

Total Distance
3.00

I'm in taper-mode now, resting for the Ogden Marathon on Saturday morning.   I believe I will be fine once I find the right shoes that don't put pressure on the tendon.  I'll go shoe shopping on Friday afternoon.

I ran two easy miles on the treadmill, just enough to warm up the muscles and foot.  No pain this morning during the run.   I then swam one mile in the lap pool.  Feeling good.  In the hot tub I ran a jet over the foot and can issolate the pain area on the tendon.  It is less than yesterday.   The ankle feels weak (weaker than usual...usually it is very strong.)

I've started to do some ankle exercises...foot drills that make a lot of sence.  See: http://www.coachr.org/the_foot_drills.htm

The only drill that is painful is walking on the inside of the foot.

I walked a mile in downtown San Francisco and at the airport.  I'm on my way back home.

Comments
From RivertonPaul on Fri, May 15, 2009 at 12:57:39 from 67.42.27.114

Best wishes.

Total Distance
2.00

All systems are go for Ogden Marathon tomorrow.  I found some road shoes that feel good and don't hurt the tendon, Mizuno Elixir.  Did an easy one-mile job outside, my frist mile run outside in three weeks.   Felt fine.  The quads were telling me to run faster.  "Hold back, just wait until tomorrow."   This should be interesting with the huge taper I've had for the last five weeks.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 2.00
Race: Ogden Marathon (26.2 Miles) 03:24:49, Place overall: 149, Place in age division: 6
Total Distance
27.00

I ran in the Ogden Marathon, in Ogden, Utah, a fast beautiful race that is mostly downhill.  It would be only my third attempt at a road marathon in comparison to 46 finishes at the ultra marathon distance.  I was nervous going into this race, for good reason, because I had not fully recovered from a non-minor foot injury.  I had really not run seriously for five weeks, when I last raced a 50-mile race.   I had only started to do some treadmill miles a few days earlier.   My theory for going ahead with this race is that the injured tendon is not very involved in straight ahead flat road running.  On the other hand, on trails, the tendon if very involved to keep balance.   So I decided to go ahead and give it a try.   How would I do without any significant running training in five weeks?   I did swim many miles in the pool to keep my fitness up, but I was nervous that my leg muscles weren’t tuned well enough to maintain the fast intense speed of a marathon.

I set some goals for the race.   I wanted to at least break 3:25, which would be a PR time and a Boston qualifier time for me by ten minutes.  Looking at the results for the past couple years and knowing a few runners in my age group who would likely run, I also set a goal to finish in the top 7 for my age group.  If I had a perfect race, a top-3 finish would be within reach, but I knew that was very unlikely given my injury.   I don’t really train for road marathons since I mostly stick to the trails and run longer distances.  So it is an interesting experiment to me when I give one of these races a try.

I got up very early and left my home around 3 a.m. to drive up to Ogden.  I arrived with 45 minutes to spare before the buses would leave.  Instead of standing around in the cold to wait for a bus, I sat in a warm hotel lobby and watched the enthusiastic runners making preparations.  The bus ride was long and intimidating.  It drove nearly the entire course and it sure seemed very long.

The start area was next to a wide open field at 5400 feet.   I noticed frost on the grass and quickly made my way over a warm barrel fire and kept warm for an hour waiting for the 7 a.m. start.  The course would drop about 1,100 feet and end in downtown Ogden.  

Even with all the ultrarunning I do, I feel like quite the rookie at road marathons.  That makes it somewhat interesting to me, learning something new. 

I lined up between the 6-7 minute-mile flags.  I wouldn’t keep that pace going for long but wanted to start out that fast.  Shortly after 7 a.m., we were away, following the South Fork of the Ogden River.  The morning was beautiful and the temperature was perfect.   I was a little tentative as I tested out the foot, but it seemed to behave.   I had bought some new road shoes that didn’t put much pressure on the outside of the foot where the tendon is.   I was so pleased to be running again. My first few mile splits were 6:18, 7:03, 6:49, for about a 20:30 5K time.   That split over 7 minutes got my attention.  I really wanted to keep my splits less than 7 minutes as long as possible, then under 8 minutes as long as possible.

I noticed the foot would complain a little when the road sloped to the inside or outside on turns, so I tried to stay on the more level portions of the road, which meant that I wasn’t cutting the corners very close.  I also noticed pain on the steeper downhills.  But so far, things were going well.   I had some good time to observe the other runners around me.  I saw several with fastrunningblog jerseys who I recognized but didn’t know.

My next splits (miles 3-6) were 7:06, 6:10, and 6:51 for about a 41:15 10K split, which would have been a PR by over two minutes if we were stopping there.   That 6:10 split is very suspect.  I think they had the mile marker in the wrong place.

I started to slow somewhat into a more sustainable pace. I noticed that runners who could keep a 7-minute miles were passing me left and right.   My next few mile splits (miles 7-10) were 6:56, 7:27, 7:48, and 7:33.   I carried a hand-held water bottle, but I knew that wouldn’t last so at each aid station I tried to grab a quick drink.   At certain aid stations those in the relay race would jump in a take over.  This was a little confusing because more people would start passing me.   The views were wonderful as we circled around Pineview Reservoir where I had water-skied many years ago. 

I did start having a problem.  My right calf felt like it was going to get sore and cramp.  This is my challenge in past marathons and I knew it would be a problem since I haven’t done enough recent tempo runs.   When I tried to push a 7-minute mile pace, it got worse, so I had no choice but to back off the pace.  I didn’t want to finish with a strained calf.

From miles 11-15 the course is more generally uphill, with one half-mile steeper hill after mile 14.  At the top was an aid station and someone yelled out my name and waved.   I couldn’t tell who it was.   It was good to hit downhill again, run over Pineview dam, and then hed steeply down Ogden Canyon.   My splits from miles 11-13 were 7:47, 7:34, 8:01, for about a 1:42 half-marathon split.  There was a big crowd at this location, where the half marathon race started.  My splits from miles 14-16 were 7:54, 9:06 (hill) and 7:44.   I was a little discouraged because it was now very tough to keep the splits under 8 minutes. 

I had now been running for nearly 2 hours and had about ten more miles to go.  My energy level was suffering so I started to take gels more often.  That seemed to help.   I did notice that runners were passing me multiple times.  It appeared that several would lollygag at the aid stations.

I really enjoyed running along the Ogden River as it roared down the canyon.  We now had high canyon walls on either side covered with pines.  My splits for miles 17-22 were 7:53, 8:08, 8:14, 8:32, 8:12, 8:42.  I was now really struggling.   I was keeping the cramping at bay.  An S! cap helped.  I wished I had brought more.  But my quads and hamstrings were complaining.   I was also breathing hard.  I was really giving it everything I had.  I never had any lazy stretches.    We caught up and passed many half-marathon walkers who gave us nice words of encouragement.

We entered the Ogden River Parkway, a beautiful paved trail that winds and rolls along the River.  As I looked at the time, I knew I had a sub-3:30 in the bag as long as I didn’t cramp up.  But I just couldn’t find any sub-9-minute speed.   Miles 23-24 were 9:09 and 9:02.  OK, just 2.2 miles to go as I was at 3:05.  If I could keep the pace up I could reach my goal of a sub-3:25.  I couldn’t have any miles over 10-mintues. At the last aid station, fellow-ultrarunning Cory Johnson yelled out a greeting and took a picture of me.

Mile 25 was 9:05.  As we reached the one-mile to go mark, a guy next to me gave me a high five.  “One mile left!”   We were all excited and tried to kick it up another notch.   We spilled out on a long straight city road.  I was so pleased that this marathon only had one mile of city streets.   The last mile was tough.  It felt like I had a bad blister on the ball of my other foot.  I did my best to ignore it and just pushed ahead as hard as I could.   Mile 26 split was 9:13.   The finish line was now really in sight with big crowds on the left and right.  The guy on the loud speaker was mentioning breaking the 3:25 mark.   I did it, I finished in 3:24:49!

I was pleased.  Despite my injury and lack of recent training, I had set a PR by 11 minutes and requalified for Boston.  I finished in 6th place in my age group (out of 75) and 149th overall with a large field of about 1,800 runners.  I reached all my goals for the race---barely.  My foot felt fine and I managed to finish without any muscle pulls.   People who finished around me mentioned that it had been hotter than expected.  I really didn’t notice the heat and managed to keep well-hydrated.

I think I could squeeze another ten minute improvement on this course, but I really have no interest in chasing marathon minutes.  I would much rather chase ultramarathon finishes.   I next need to get my foot healed enough to attack trails.  Squaw Peak 50 is in only three weeks.

Recovery has been interesting.  My legs seem more sore than after a typical 100-mile race.  Probably from the lactic acid buildup or the lack of recent training.   But the big different is that after a 100-mile race, I am physically drained for a few days, loss of appetite, taste, sinuses whako, etc.   These marathons have no such effect.  I feel great but the legs sure are sore.  The injured foot was a little sore for the next 24-hours.  Probably only set recovery back a day or two.  That is good news.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00
Comments
From maurine on Sat, May 16, 2009 at 17:34:06 from 63.255.172.2

Wow, Davy! I am very impressed with your race and especially because of your injury/recovery that you have been going through. Congratulations on the PR and BQ!

Are you still going to do Sapper Joe next weekend?

From crockett on Sat, May 16, 2009 at 17:35:56 from 71.32.235.204

Nope, no Sapper Joe. Still not ready to run on trails. I will be there to help out somewhere.

From jun on Sat, May 16, 2009 at 19:12:47 from 71.213.42.125

Congratulations on the finish. That is really great that you BQ'd. You can check that goal off the list.

Sorry you won't be running in Sapper Joe. I had gathered you weren't going to be there. I'm actually getting a bit nervous as this will be my first trail race . . . and a tough one at that.

Congratulations again!

From Smooth on Sat, May 16, 2009 at 23:20:30 from 71.36.78.246

WOW, Davy!!! WHAT AN AWESOME race and performance with injured foot. How in the world did you run that fast! CONGRATS on meeting all your goals. BQ, and 6th in your AG, I am so impressed. You are one heck of a talented runner. Speedy recovery. You're an inspiration! BTW, thanks for your help and advice on my ITBS.

From crockett on Sat, May 16, 2009 at 23:21:53 from 71.36.65.137

Smooth, were you at the start? I thought I saw you there right before we got going, but then I thought it couldn't be you.

Total Distance
0.00

Wow, I am still sore.  This is a big surprise.  Takes my mind off of the sore foot, which isn't very sore at all.   Looks like I'll be running again in a couple days.

Total Distance
0.00

Still pretty sore, but at least not walking funny today.  I was going to get up and swim before work, but didn't get to sleep until midnight, so I slept in.  Maybe tomorrow.

Total Distance
4.00

I swam 1.5 miles this morning.   Could have gone further, but I just lost interest.  Too boring.  My speed is increasing as my arm strength gets better.   My 400m splits were 10:40, 9:38, 10:07, 9:53, for a 40:18 mile.   I was pleased to see to splits under 10 minutes.  My final splits were 10:54 and 11:33 as I lost motivation.   I'm ready to try running dirt roads.  My foot still has some pain, but the marathon I ran Saturday didn't set it back.  I have less pain this week than last.   I'll first try running some smooth dirt roads with hills that won't have much risk of rolling the ankle.

The leg soreness from the marathon is greatly improved.  Calfs a little sore and a hamstring, but nothing terrible.

I'm encouraged about my injured foot recovery.  I know I can run roads again (Gee, I ran a PR marathon last Saturday by over 10 minutes!), but when will I be able to race on trails again?  I still can't see the light at the end of that tunnel.   Squaw Peak 50 is in only 17 days.   Bighorn 100 is now 31 days away.  I'd hate to skip Squaw Peak since it would be my fifth finish.   I guess I better start looking for an ankle brace that will work for running 50 miles.

After work, ran slow miles with the dog.  The calfs were still tight, so I took it very easy.  After a couple miles, things felt better.  I looked up into the hills and the legs begged me to take them up.  So I ran up a road and ran on some roads in the foothills.  I decided to really do some testing, and ran down on a dirt road.  The uneven surface immediatly started to work the bad foot/ankle.  It was discouraging at first but then things became better.   The weakness in the ankle is pretty obvious.  Will I ever be able to run trails with great speed and strength again?

Well, the legs aren't quite ready to boost long fast miles, so I'll hit the pool again in the morning.  It is pretty interesting that a 3:24 marathon takes me as long to recover from as a 10 hour 50-miler.   I'll be back in the saddle to run smooth roads on Friday.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 4.00
Total Distance
1.00

I swam two miles in the pool this morning.  For the first time since I took up swimming again a few weeks ago, I broke 40 minutes for a mile.  I know, not blazing fast, but an improvement being seen.  400m splits were: 9:59, 9:50, 10:09, 9:56 for 39:54.  I took it easy for the 2nd mile, 11:26, 11:31, 12:09, 12:43.

The morning was beautiful in the outdoor pool.  I could see a crescent moon with Venus close by rising above the notch of Provo Canyon far away to the east.  With each lap, the glow in the sky increased and the moon and planet rose higher in the sky.

The injured foot has increased pain this morning.   I don't know what the deal is.  This is discouraging.  The summer racing schedule is getting closer.

During the morning I walked several blocks over to another building.  I was very discouraged.  The pain in the foot is similar to what it was two weeks ago.  Yesterday there was hardly any pain.  What is going on?   I do recall waking up last night after I stretched the foot in my sleep and feeling a little painful pop.  Maybe I need to sleep with the boot on again.

After the tendon warmed up it felt quite a bit better, but still, on the way back I opted to take Trax instead of walking.   I'm having visions of pulling out of Squaw Peak 50, Big Horn 100, etc.   All those race fees could go wasted.   Maybe it is time to find another sport, like synchronized swimming.

Comments
From maurine on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 13:52:55 from 63.255.172.2

Davy (or do you go by Dave?),

I'm sorry for your frustration - I can totally relate to the wasted fees.

I think you need to take it a race at a time - but it doesn't sound like Squaw Peak would be a good idea - especially with the climing and declines you would have to do. It sounds like you are realizing that yourself. I would be afraid that if you did do SP that you might push the injury to the point that it won't heal all season.

Have you thought about looking at a round of steroids or cortisone shots for the inflammation to see if that allows the tendon to heal more?

What does your wife say about this? Have you seen a second doctor for another opinion?

From Jon on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 16:54:33 from 198.60.103.104

Davy- what did you think of the Rocky Raccoon? I am looking at doing it as my first 100 in Feb and was looking for any insights/opinions on it.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 16:57:58 from 216.49.181.128

RR100 is a great 100 for a first 100. It was my first 100 finish and really boosted my confidence. The loop format makes it easier logistically to plan out drop bags, etc. The trails are soft and weather usually good. They talk about challenging roots, and yes there are roots, but they are less challenging than our Utah rocks.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:01:32 from 216.49.181.128

Also, looking at your speed, RR100 is right up your ally, a fast course. Your danger would be blowing up trying to run the entire way. The whole course is runnable.

From Jon on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:20:49 from 198.60.103.104

Yeah, I've heard about the roots- good to know they aren't any worse than our rocks. I'm very excited for it.

I'm not planning to run the whole thing, even though it is relatively flat. I'm planning on a 9-1 or 8-2 run/walk the whole way. But I don't know a goal time- ideally, 16-18 hours if I was experienced. Since it is my first, I'm thinking more 18-20 hrs.

By the way, I enjoy reading your crocketclan blog. Your quint Timp sounds crazy yet fun. And I'm reading your 2008 Bear report right now- very detailed and enjoyable, with nice pictures. I actually worked the Richards Hollow aid station with Paul (from the blog), so I'm recognizing lots of names.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:30:05 from 216.49.181.128

They did alter RR100 somewhat last year, I think more single-track but jury out whether it is faster or slower. I ran it again in 2008, really thought I could get close to 22, but the heat got to me and I slowed down for the last 50. This year I heard it was even a bit warmer so I'm glad I didn't go. I like it cool.

You would probably also be very fast at Umstead 100 and Vermont 100.

From MichelleL on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:31:17 from 71.219.40.17

I'd try to focus on the healing and try not to get too worked up about the races that are passing you by. I have to say goodbye to my racing plans too, though they aren't the crazy races you are targeting :)

Are you swimming tomorrow morning? Maybe I'll join. I plan on breaking 10 min for a 400 tomorrow, though I'll only be swimming 600m likely.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:48:13 from 216.49.181.128

Michelle, hate to burst your bubble a little bit, ha, ha. The Legacy Center pool is a 25-yard pool, so a little shorter than 25 meters. Saratoga pool is a meter pool, one of the very few around.

Yep the bad part about skipping these crazy long races is that they are so expensive to enter and usually not refundable.

From MichelleL on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 17:54:43 from 71.219.40.17

For heaven sakes - that means I have to do 437yds to get to 400 meters. Ok I am way far off from being able to break 10min, and that means you are sooo much faster than me (besides being able to swim 2 miles to boot), oh well.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 19:13:21 from 71.35.211.223

Ha,ha, knew that bubble would burst. But still, your pace is good. With 10-minute 400s, as you increase your distance you are on pace for a 45 minute mile which is super for a newbie. I'm slow compared to those serious tri-athletes. I only swim when forced to because of injury...it is so boring. Don't push the speed, first push the distance until your back is fine.

But, I am amazed how swimming can help maintain the fitness while injured, expecially for runners like you with a huge mileage base. It will come back fast. For instance, I basically didn't run for five weeks, yet for two of those weeks I swam like crazy. Then I went out and ran Ogden without any serious training and beat my PR by ten minutes. I guess if I can't run the trail races, I'll have to enter the road races.

From crockett on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 19:32:10 from 71.35.210.135

Jon, as you venture into the world of 100-milers, you will want to learn how to run trails fast during the night with a good lighting system. It really is an art, learning to feel the trail with your feet. And of course the most important thing to learn is proper fueling. I would be happy to give you pointers as you push further into your ultra training.

From Jon on Thu, May 21, 2009 at 19:47:42 from 198.60.103.104

That would be great and much appreciated. Even though RR isn't till Feb, I'm already planning- I'm thinking of buying some Hammer Perpeteum, and experimenting with different gu's to see what works best.

For lights, do you do one handheld and one headlamp?

From crockett on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 09:00:55 from 71.36.72.76

I'm a strong believer in using a hand-held. The problem with headlamps is the angle of the light hitting the rocks on the trail. You just can't see the shadows good enough. Buy holding a handheld lower, the shadows are very distinct and can pick out the rocks easily. Thus, you can really increase your speed. In 100s, if you can keep your speed up at night, you have a huge advantage. It does take getting used to always holding something in your hand, but most of the elite front-runners use handheld bottles and hand-held lights. Some will also use headlamps. I don't like them because they also attract moths, bugs, and wear on the eyes. I've had my handheld for four years now, dropped it dozens of times, works great. A diver's light with 14 LED bulbs.

From crockett on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 09:06:33 from 71.36.72.76

Another advantage to using handhelds is protection from face-plants. Falls happen as you are agressive. I go down once or twice each race. By holding bottles or the flashlight, your hands are protected. The bottles take the force instead of fingers and palms. My hands have been saved many times.

From maurine on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 09:39:11 from 63.255.172.2

So -is the green light you talk about your handheld? What brand do you use?

From Jon on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 10:04:38 from 198.60.103.104

I've found the same thing with headlamps- no depth perspective. But I assumed most used a light/headlamp combo.

I'll email you as I get closer. I'm sure you'll run out of time for me long before I run out of questions for you :) But I appreciate any help.

Total Distance
9.00

OK, after all the whining on this blog yesterday, by afternoon I had no pain in the foot.  Go figure.   One theory is that my dress shoes that I wear to work are bad for the tendon.  I'll go get some new ones.

This morning I forgot to set the alarm so didn't wake up until 4:45.  The foot was still pain-free, so I headed to the rec center to run the treadmill.  As I arrived, I thought to myself how stupid this was.  It was 51 degrees out and the morning was perfect.  Why not run outside?  So I turned around and drove home.  

I'm still not ready to run trails, but if I am going to run Squaw Peak in two weeks, I need to start doing more hill training.  So, what I did was run up a paved road called Grandview Blvd that goes for one mile and climbs 300 feet.   I ran up and down it three times.  I was tentative, because of the foot.  I felt more pain on the downhill but it was very mild.  My mile splits for the last two trips were: 10:52 (up), 10:22 (down), 11:15 (up), 10:25 (down).   The sore muscles from the marathon last Saturday are almost gone...just a little in the calfs and hamstring.

On the downside, the neuroma in my right foot is a problem.  It really flaired up during the marathon and still is a problem after five miles. Pavement flairs it up a lot more than trails.  A neuroma is a bunching of nerves in the ball of the foot that shoots bad pain up into your toes.  It can hurt terribly.  If it flairs up during ultras, usually after 7 miles is calms down, probably because the rest of the foot swells a little and protects it.   But right now it is about as bad as it has been.  Stupid pavement.   I wish I could get off it.

Tomorrow I'll go volunteer at the Sapper Joe 50K which is only a few miles from my home.  I was going to run this race, but instead I will volunteer.  This is the first race I will miss because of my injury.  I hope emotionally I won't be too bummed out.  I will make sure I wear jeans instead of my running gear to prevent myself from running with friends.

P.M.  Three more miles with the dog including up and down the Grandview mile (300 feet climb).  Splits 9:14 up, 7:20 down.   Felt pretty good to work the legs a little harder.

 

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00
Comments
From maurine on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 09:41:18 from 63.255.172.2

Good call on Sapper Joe. I hope you can still run Squaw Peak. However, you need to learn to stop earlier - although I know that is hard as an ultramarathoner.

I'm considering your race in October as a possibility instead of the OV50. I like the price and I like trails.

From crockett on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 09:50:47 from 71.36.72.76

Yes, come join us for Pony Express. We have great fun. You just need to find a crew to drive along, a great way to share the experience with others. And anyone can jump out of the crew vehicle at any point to run along with you.

From maurine on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 10:06:39 from 63.255.172.2

I have a brother-in-law who loves to drive the Pony Express Trail and has more vacation days than he can ever use.

From jun on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 10:23:58 from 66.239.250.209

It's too bad you can't run Sapper Joe tomorrow. You'll probably be at one of the 50k aide stations that isn't shared with the 30k, so I may not even get to say 'hello'. In any case, it should be a very enjoyable race. Pony Express sounds and looks awesome, although I think it is a little early in my career to run that far. Planning to run my age on my birthday this year (also in Oct.). That will be my first ultra.

From maurine on Fri, May 22, 2009 at 10:29:38 from 63.255.172.2

(Babies - pah!).

Me too - that's why I want to do a 50 miler before 2010 ends :)

Race: Sapper Joe 50K (31 Miles) 06:00:00
Total Distance
23.00

I  ran in the Sapper Joe 50K held at Camp Williams, Utah in Bluffdale, about six miles from my home.  Well, actually I ran 23 miles on the course during the race. I never entered the race, but I’ll get to this.  This is a new race run entirely on a military base on dirt roads normally closed to the public.  But thanks to Lt. Colonel Milada Copeland, a talented ultrarunner, this new race became possible.

My childhood friend, Jim Kern drove down and spent the night at my home.  He would be running in his second 50K.  As we arrived at the base, we were immediately impressed with the number of “volunteers” involved, guardsmen doing parking and helping all the runners get ready.  They were all dressed in fatigues. They had their huge military vehicles warmed up and ready to go out on the course.   There are a whole series of hills and valleys within running distance of my home that I have never been able to explore.  This race would open up these roads and trails to be experienced by the public.

But, I didn’t enter the race.  My foot injury prevented it.  I hoped to help out with the race and at least go out on the course.  I told people that I wouldn’t even bring my running gear.  However, at the last minute, I threw it in the car.

Before the start, I jumped in Phil Lowry’s car.  He was going out to the first aid station to take pictures.  I was thrilled to see these new valleys, hills, and ridges that were within sight of my home and my training territory.  We watched the sun start rising over the ridges and set up a location to shoot pictures.   I decided to go down to the aid station and help the military personel get ready for the onslaught of runners.  Runners would be arriving for both the 30K and 50K.  It was fun to hear them call each other “sir” and “mam”.  Milada as ranking officer was clearly respected and in charge.

I was surprised how long it took for the first two runners to complete the 5.7 mile leg.  But I would learn how difficult that first leg was.  It included a steep descent down a ball-bearing-like hill.  As they were running along the foothills, we could see two deer running ahead of them, as if they were pacing them.  It was quite the sight.  Phil was nearby and shot some nice pictures.   Karl Jarvis and Christian Johnson were the first two to arrive.  It was great fun to see so many of my friends arrive. I kept explaining why I wasn’t running.  The foot was feeling pretty good, but I knew it was the right decision to skip this race.  The aid station got very busy and I did my best to help, especially for runners I knew.  I wanted to give them special treatment.   I was very impressed how fast Craig Lloyd (jun) arrived.  Looking at the runners who arrived before and after him, I think I would have had a tough time keeping up with him. Jim was among the final 50k runners to arrive.  It looked like he was doing well.

After everyone left, I was impressed to watch the military efficiency as the immediately torn down the aid station and cleared out the area.   I drove back to the start/finish with Phil and we watched the first 30K runner finish with an amazing time of 2:42.

I then could not resist.  I went to my car, put on my running gear and headed out to run the course backwards.  This would be great fun to greet every runner on the course.  This was the first time I had attempted any serious running on a trail in a month.  I soon ran into Craig and reversed direction to run 100 yards or so with him.  He had an impressive race for a rookie.  Not far after him was neighbor Will Nielson.  I also ran a bit with him.  It was fun to talk with him for a few minutes and hear about the course.   I continued this pattern over and over again for any runner who I knew well.

After the long climb, I arrived at aid station #4 in just over an hour.  The servicemen there were surprised to see me and thought I was crazy.   I helped out at the station until the front-running 50K runners arrived.  Karl Jarvis was in first, followed by Christian about a half mile behind.  Christian mentioned that he blundered in only running with one water bottle.  It was starting to get a little warm.  After Christian left, I continued my run, heading  toward aid station #3 about six miles away.  

When I arrived at a steep hill, I started seeing many of my running friends.  I had fun doing “hill repeats.”   I would run down the steep hill until I found a friend and then reverse direction to run with them back up the hill.  It was a tough climb.   I probably did that about five times.   I was glad to get the hill training in.  The views were amazing.  I saw views of my home valley that I had never seen before from these military base ridges.

How was the foot doing?  So-so.   I did feel some pain with every step but it wasn’t bad.  I learned that if I put more weight on the outside of the foot, the pain would decrease.   I also learned that I just couldn’t run at top speed.  When I tried, the pain would go up, so I took it generally easy.

After fooling around, socializing with everyone, I noticed my one water bottle was almost empty.   I needed to get down to business and try to reach aid station #3 before Jim came through.  If they tore down the aid station before I arrived, I would be in a bad position without fluid.   Well, I almost made it.  With less than a mile to go, I found Jim.   I had no choice but continue on.  As I ran hard down to the aid station, I could see that they had already packed everything up.  They were kind and let me fill up and grab some food.   I then asked if I could hitch a ride back to catch up with Jim.  Even if I ran very hard, I probably couldn’t catch him for over an hour.   So, a kind volunteer gave me a ride for a couple miles until we found Jim who was the last of the 50K runners.   I guess I would play the role of being the course sweep.  

Jim was having some serious ITB problems and just couldn’t push the speed.   I eventually ran ahead to the aid station and reported that there were just two runners behind me.  (I had passed another runner struggling).   I almost stepped on a snake croassing the road, but it didn't look like a rattler. I scarfed down a bunch of food, felt much better, and waited for the two to arrive.  They were both thinking of dropping even though they made the cutoff by three minutes.  I encouraged them both to continue and they did.

Well, I had had enough of the slow running, so I kicked it into gear and ran the last downhill 5.5 miles as fast as my foot would allow, descending a beautiful desert canyon back toward Camp Williams headquarters.   I passed another runner and finished that leg in only 50 minutes.   Cheers were heard as I arrived, but I sheepishly explained that I wasn’t in the race.   Milada asked, “Davy, what are you doing?”  She knew I was injured.  I explained that I ran 23 miles.  She wanted to give me a finisher medal but I refused.

For the next half hour or so, I enjoyed talking to all the guardsmen about running and the fine day.   A few of the “volunteers” wished that they didn’t have to be there, but most seemed to really get into the experience.   Jim finally arrived after a tough 9:25 finish and received his finisher award.   I was amazed to watch that within five minutes, with military organization, the finish area was taken down.   Everyone drove away before us.   It was a wonderful day and and great success for a first-time race.   I really hope that it will continue.

How is the foot?  I know, I shouldn’t have done this.  Don’t yell at me too bad.   Both feet were sore by the end of my run because I ran in road shoes and the course was rougher than expected.  The tendon is sore but I’m not limping, yet.  Tomorrow will tell me how bad and whether this will set back my recovery.  It still was a good test.  This will help me figure out how to approach running Squaw Peak 50 in two weeks.

 

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 23.00
Comments
From jun on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 20:17:12 from 71.213.18.126

I won't get mad at you, I can only imagine how hard it would be to resist. It was a brilliant course and tons of fun. Congrats on getting some mileage and I hope the foot isn't impacted negatively too much. Thank you for your kind words. I really appreciate them. It was an amazing experience for me. I can't wait to do more.

From maurine on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 20:30:53 from 97.117.70.124

I won't yell at you because I seriously considered trying to run this one. However, I hope you haven't set back your recovery.

Pretty good speed for a gimp!

From crockett on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 20:36:23 from 71.36.72.76

Jun, there is a nice short 8K trail race next Saturday at Canyon Glen Park in Provo Canyon. I ran in it last year. Short but sweet. Just $12 without the shirt. 8 a.m. start.

From crockett on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 20:37:09 from 71.36.72.76

URL for 8K is: http://srcevents.com/cascadia/

From jun on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 21:14:32 from 71.213.18.126

Thanks. If I can work it out with my dear wife, I'll go.

From crockett on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 21:30:03 from 71.36.72.76

Yes, don't neglect your cute young family.

From JAGrunner on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 21:38:35 from 67.172.254.195

Hey, Davy, good times. Rest up now.

From twinkies on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 23:49:44 from 67.166.71.60

Great run. I don't know if you noticed but you are 1 mile away from 1000 for the year.

From thedude on Sat, May 23, 2009 at 23:56:47 from 71.199.1.53

Were you the guy wearing the Wasatch 100 shirt, and coon skin hat at the first aid station?

Let me know when you decide to run "The Alamo"...

From Kelli on Sun, May 24, 2009 at 11:53:07 from 71.219.85.34

Holy cow, quite the day! Take care of the injury, I hope it survived the day!

Total Distance
0.00

After feeling pain in the foot all last evening after my 23-mile trail run, I slept with my boot on to stablize the foot and ankle during the night. I feared that today I would be limping badly.  When I woke up early for me Sunday meetings, I tentatively stepped on the foot.  Huh, no pain.  I walked, no pain.   I later put on my shoes, no pain.   This really is strange.   The foot feels better than it has in weeks.   I have to only theorize that it has healed enough to allow me to put stress on it.  This will strengthen it and help it to heal faster.   I'm greatly encouraged.

Comments
From jun on Sun, May 24, 2009 at 17:19:02 from 71.213.18.126

Congrats. That could have easily gone the other way.

Race: Striders Memorial Day Half Marathon (13.1 Miles) 01:37:01, Place overall: 6, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
15.00

I wanted to get in an early Memorial Day run, but with an evening downpour, I knew the trails would be slick and I couldn’t risk twisting the bad ankle. So instead I discovered that Striders was putting on a half marathon up in Syracuse. That would be a nice tempo run and wouldn’t do any damage to the foot, so I got up early and made the drive up north. It had only been nine days since I ran Ogden Marathon and two days since I ran 23 miles on the Sapper Joe course. Oh well, I would give it a try. The course is out on country roads and a beautiful paved parkway trail near Great Salt Lake. The morning had cleared up nicely and the temperature was in the 50s. It looked like there were about 150 runners out for the event. Away we went and three runners shot out ahead along with a 12-year-old who I had heard at the start talking about running a 1:30. It wasn’t very long until he started falling back, he had only been dreaming. I was running in 5th place. I could see that two of the runners ahead were setting a blistering pace that couldn’t be matched by a runner in black. By mile two I had passed the kid and wasn’t very far behind the runner in black. But my main challenge started hit me right away as the calf muscles started to tighten up, still not recovered from the Ogden Marathon. My first three mile splits were: 6:30, 6:53, and 7:04. I knew that I would need to back off the pace. The calves just couldn’t handle 7-minute miles. Another runner caught up, passed me and the runner in black. For the next few miles I would play leap-frog with the runner in black who would slow down and then speed up when I would pass him. Soon the heat got to him and his hot black shirt came off. The course turned onto the Parkway trail and rolled along. Another runner passed me with a young runner in tow, but I quickly was able to re-pass the second runner and he fell behind. When we reached Antelope Drive, the underpass was flooded and we had to bound in a long pool of water over a foot deep, splashing me clear up to my waist. It was great fun and I didn’t mind having wet feet. The heavy shoes did slow me down a little but they quickly dried up. My splits (miles 4-7) to the turn-around were 7:25, 7:29, 7:28, 7:32, pretty consistent. At the turn-around I was in 5th place overall. The runner who used to be in black passed me again as we turned around and headed in the opposite direction on the parkway trail. I could now see the runners behind, the next runner was the first-place woman. I didn’t notice any old guys like me close behind. After another mile, the woman runner passed me, running strongly. I pushed harder, trying to stay close. It worked because I passed the runner who used to be in black for the last time. My next few splits (miles 8-10) were 7:26, 7:37, and 7:51. I was able to keep the first-place woman runner in sight and at times would gain on her quite a bit but then would fade. The tight calf muscles just wouldn’t let me push much harder. I didn’t want to risk a muscle strain, so just went as fast as the legs would allow. I looked behind and the next runner wasn’t too close. The final miles took us back to the park and then we did a big final mile loop and then finally headed on the final mile to the finish. I could see a runner behind gaining on me so I pushed much harder. I didn’t want to give up my hard-earned placement. My final mile splits (11-13) were 7:54, 7:49, and 7:18. I was pleased with the effort on that final mile. I was also pleased to see that I didn’t have any splits over 8 minutes. I crossed the finish line in 1:37:01. Not blazing fast, but a very good effort on this course that had no real downhills. I finished in 6th place overall and won my old-fart age group (50-59). Not bad. In fact if I was 20-29, I would have finished in second, in the young-buck age group. I had a good time talking to some runners including the first-place woman runner who finished a minute ahead of me, telling them about my crazy ultrarunning. I think without the sore calf muscles, I could have improved about three minutes. I received a first-place medal. It was a fun morning and a good workout.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 15.00
Comments
From maurine on Mon, May 25, 2009 at 18:46:56 from 97.117.70.124

Wow, Davy - great job especially because you don't like roads and are injured. I'm hoping you know what you are doing and am cheering for you.

From Kelli on Mon, May 25, 2009 at 23:02:06 from 71.219.85.34

Oh my heck, you have had quite the incredible last 9 days! I am so impressed with what you have done, both in Ogden and since, and hurting! WOW is all I can say.

From jun on Mon, May 25, 2009 at 23:15:55 from 71.213.18.126

Uh, I don't even know what to say at this point. I am awe-struck at the things you are able to achieve. You have once again set the bar beyond reach. Fantastic race and congrats on your finish.

From crockett on Mon, May 25, 2009 at 23:29:40 from 71.35.209.185

Yep I know, kind of crazy. Just trying to make up for lost time because of the injury. I have only this week to tune up for Squaw Peak 50 and then need to go into taper again. Still afraid of running trails with the foot/ankle.

From maurine on Mon, May 25, 2009 at 23:33:49 from 97.117.70.124

I personally think you should do one of your trail 50 milers (like the Pony Express) that is easier on the ankle instead of Squaw Peak. I've run about half of that and your feet are never on the level, it seems. Just a suggestion - but you have so many BIG races coming up that it might do to miss one or two of the next ones in order to get that ankle back. I know you won't quit running, but another couple weeks of non single track might be the ticket.

From jun on Tue, May 26, 2009 at 11:05:33 from 66.239.250.209

Are you planning to run the Gruesome Grizzly this Saturday to test out the foot? My wife gave me the green light. I think I'll run it.

From crockett on Tue, May 26, 2009 at 11:08:17 from 216.49.181.128

jun: Probably a good chance to do that. If I'm chicken to do the trails, there is also a 10k up and down the parkway that starts an hour later.

Total Distance
1.00

Two miles swimming.  400m splits were 9:42, 10:08, 9:45, 10:07 for a 39:42 first mile.  I then took it easy with sore shoulder: 11:31, 11:44, 11:43, 12:08.

Total Distance
9.00

Tested the foot with an early morning trail run on uneaven dirt roads and a stretch of single-track trail.   Minor pain was there just as a reminder, but I was pretty tentative and protective of the foot, always leading off with the other on difficult sections, and favoring sections of the road the sloped to the left.   The after effects are discouraging.  The foot is more sore today.  We'll see if it calms down by afternoon.   It sure was nice to be out on the trail today and watch the dawn arrived.  I even through in a bushwack up a hill and across a wheat field.   It was nice to run without a flashlight for a time before 6 a.m.  I did run in old shoes, need to get some new ones delivered.

I'm pondering about Squaw Peak 50 in only 9 days.   This will be my 5th year running it.  My finishes have improved every year, 60th, 57th, 49th, and last year 28th.  Not bad considering 280 entrants.  My best time has been 11:40.   I really want to get my 5th finish, but I may reinjure the foot that hasn't totally healed.  It is a big risk.   Much of the course is "foot fiendly" but some isn't, like the traverse around Baldy and the section around Windy Pass.  Even the early section in the morning going up Squaw Peak will be a challenge.   I can usually reach the top of Hobble Canyon Road in under 5 hours.   I doubt that will happen this year.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, May 28, 2009 at 11:58:47 from 66.239.250.209

Did you decide what you are going to do on Saturday? I guess I'm signed up for Gruesome Grizzly. I friend signed me up, so I'm committed now. Keep babying that foot so that it is ready for Squaw Peak (that's the right race, isn't it?).

From crockett on Thu, May 28, 2009 at 16:07:51 from 216.49.181.128

I probably will run Gruesome Grizzly as a final test to decide if I will run Squaw Peak 50 a week later. If it goes well on the foot, I'll just rest the entire week. I added some notes to this entry about Squaw Peak 50.

From maurine on Thu, May 28, 2009 at 23:12:13 from 97.117.70.124

That section up past Bridal Veil Falls (is that going up Squaw Peak) is so steep - that could be a real tendon torquer. I wish you well making your decisions.

From crockett on Fri, May 29, 2009 at 13:02:33 from 216.49.181.128

The intial climb on Squaw Peak 50 is huge (3-4000 feet), but not really that big of deal because you are still fresh. It isn't too steep. I usually run 3/4th of it. Last year it did start snowing near the top, making it interesting.

Total Distance
10.00

Yesterday morning's trail run seemed to leave my foot a little too sore.  But by evening there was no soreness (when walking...but can feel a little pain if I rotate it) and when I woke up this morning it wasn't sore.  So I decided to stick to the roads this morning. 

I did hill repeats up Grandview Blvd, a one-mile stretch that climbs about 300 feet.  I did that five times for ten miles.   My mile splits times on the uphill were: 11:10, 10:26, 10:48, 10:31, and 13:27.   My mile splits on the downhill were: 8:51, 8:44, 8:40, 9:03, and 11:53.   It was a good workout.  I didn't push it too hard.  The foot felt fine afterward.  I can tell there is weakness in the ankle.

I plan on running Gruesome Grizzley 8k tomorrow in Provo Canyon to test the foot out pushing the speed on a trail.   I think there is an 80% chance that I will run Squaw Peak 50 in a week.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 10.00
Race: Gruesome Grizzly 8k (4.85 Miles) 00:42:50, Place overall: 28, Place in age division: 2
Total Distance
11.00

This blog software is very lame.  I wrote up a good race report, hit submit and it was lost.  Maybe I'll write something later.   It was a fun race, I ran it at a typical 50-miler pace for me to test out the injured foot/ankle.   I enjoyed meeting some of the bloggers, jun, Twinkies, etc.  They ran very well.  I felt slow, old, fat, and out of shape.  But still beat my time from last year somehow.   They had non-standard age groups and I was in the 41-50 age group.  How offensive.  I've worked very hard to stay alive for 50 years and have earned the right to compete against the old-foggies, but here they put me in with the kids!  I still finished in 2nd.  They guy right ahead of me who I knew was younger, got first.  Bummer.  I should have reeled him in afterall.

I did have fun on the flat canal road up above the canyon.  I was finding some good foot speed, reeling in Twinkies and others fast.  I backed off once I saw the downhill coming, planning to blast down it like crazy, but it didn't happen.  I got within about 20 yards of Twinkies, but the foot pain became more intense and Twinkies did great blasting down the hill.   I maintained a good pace and eventually finished in 42:50.  This year I didn't take a detour near the finish.

The foot test was a failure.  By afternoon, the foot was sore and I was almost limping.  This is discouraging.  I'll bet it will feel fine tomorrow, but still, why can't it just heal up and go away. I'll start Squaw Peak 50 next week, but there is a 50-50 chance I won't finish.   We'll see. I don't want to miss it because it is a chance to run with so many of my ultra friends.  I'd rather run SP50 than Bighorn 100 which is only in three weeks.

I'm planning to stay off the foot all week and taper.   My uphill speed will probably be pathetic, but if the foot cooperates, I should be able to blast down the dirt roads next week.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 11.00
Comments
From Twinkies on Sun, May 31, 2009 at 00:15:57 from 67.166.71.60

Nice race Davy. It was fun to see you at another race. Take care of that foot.

From Enoch on Mon, Jun 01, 2009 at 10:40:12 from 76.164.28.30

Injuries are the worst. I can't imagine you not finishing though. You are a die hard.

Total Distance
5.00

Ah, it is a new month.   It is discouraging to see how low my mileage has been the past two months, but overall, it isn't that bad for the year.   I'm about 140 miles behind last year which was my all-time high mileage year.  But I'm right on pace with 2007.

This will be a non-running week to further heal the foot.   This morning I swam two miles in the pool.  The pool was a little hot, perhaps over 93 degrees so it made it tough to go fast.  400m splits were 10:36, 10:52, 10:21, 10:46, 11:10, 11:42, 11:31, and 10:57. (Same energy as running 11 miles).

I also need to lose weight this week.  Starting at 183, ten pounds over my desired racing weight.

P.M.

Walked 5 miles during lunch.  Discouraged.  There is a little lump that I can feel on the bottom of my foot where the tendon inserts through the planter ligament to the 5th metetarsal.  It gets annoyed.   I'm going to experiment with a notch in an insole.  Perhaps that can take away some pressure on it.

Comments
From jun on Mon, Jun 01, 2009 at 11:15:06 from 66.239.250.209

93 degrees, wow. That should help you lose the weight. That's almost like sitting in a sauna.

From maurine on Mon, Jun 01, 2009 at 11:15:15 from 63.255.172.2

What do you do to drop weight right before a race?

From crockett on Mon, Jun 01, 2009 at 13:27:42 from 216.49.181.128

Jun: Yep, it the temp can be tough. It is brutal as it approaches 98 degrees. On those days I have hot and cold "flashes" the rest of the day...body core temperature all messed up.

Maurine: I really shouldn't try to drop weight before a race, can risk losing muscle mass, but since I race all the time, need to try to drop some weight sooner or later. What do I do. This week, plan to swim every day and eat less. Also, a danger is when I go into drop-weight mode, I tend to catch colds.

From Smooth on Mon, Jun 01, 2009 at 19:46:35 from 71.36.65.116

Hope you get rid of the lump and fat weight. Not that you have any fat to loose. Do you strength train? Be careful with all that swimming and catching colds. I can't believe the pool is that warm. Better tell the manager.

Total Distance
4.00

Swam in the pool one mile.   I had time to do three miles but the pool was very hot today, probably about 96.  It felt like hot mollases.  It was great heat training but just brutal having your upper body in it for a long time.   The pool is heated by natural springs and somewhat difficult to regulate.  Hopefully it will be cooler tomorrow.    After the mile swim I did plenty of kicking on my back, working the hamstrings.

I walked four miles during lunch.   Today is a good foot day.  I feel less pain today than any other day so for.   On my insole, I did carve out some of the cusion material in the location that affects the tendon.   Sure enough, that seemed to help a bunch.

Yeserday I received in the mail a new pair of trail shoes.  I run in Vasque Velocity, and I bought the new VST model.   I tested them out with a walk and they look like they will work very well and don't put much pressure on the tendon.   I'll work on the insole to make them fit even better.

I'm feeling better about Squaw Peak 50.   They aren't allowing big drop bags at the critical aid station at Little Valley, so I will need to adjust my strategy.  I was going to put a waist belt there in order to carry three bottles, but I may just go with handhelds and really drink as much as I can at that aid station.  We'll see.

Weight (after hot pool): 179

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Jun 02, 2009 at 16:49:48 from 71.36.64.213

That explains why the pool was so HOT! Glad to hear you got the cushion to work alleviating the foot pain. The weather should be good this Sat. for Sqaw Peak, unlike last year's snow and mud. I'll think of your run up there while I do my little race in Springville. GOOD LUCK! Can't wait to read all about it.

From Davy Crockett on Tue, Jun 02, 2009 at 20:55:46 from 173.128.158.48

Thanks Smooth. Yep that is one hot pool. Once I complained very hard and even got the health department nvolved. They lowered the temperature down to normal levels but so many people (pool soakers) complained about it being cool that they decided to ignore the fewer complains from the lap swimmers. Oh well, I think of it as heat training, and it actually does help get ready for hot summer runs.

I'm going to be pretty nervous about Squaw Peak 50. It has been a long time since I have been nervous about any race.

From Susanna Lew on Tue, Jun 02, 2009 at 21:40:24 from 71.36.64.213

Why are you nervous about this race? Are you worried about the foot?

From Davy Crockett on Tue, Jun 02, 2009 at 21:47:48 from 173.128.158.48

Yes. Nervous about running injured. Can't control the outcome. You know the feeling, you just did it.

From Susanna Lew on Tue, Jun 02, 2009 at 21:58:40 from 71.36.64.213

Yep, I know the feeling. Keep the faith. Do the best with what you've got. You have trained hard and prepared well. There is always risk associated with a race even when going in healthy. You might be surprised by how well you'll do. Nothing venture nothing gain. I'll be praying for you.

Total Distance
0.00

Swam 1.5 miles in the pool.  The pool temperature was back down to a nice cooler temp, proably around 90 degrees.   Still very warm to anyone who swims in normal pools, but great for those of us used to this hot pool at Saratoga.   My 400m splits were 10:08, 10:27, 10:17, and 10:22.   I lost interest for the next half mile, just too boring, so slowed the pace and toward the end did laps doing kicking only giving the legs a good workout.

Weight coming down nicely.  Down to 177.  About two pounds a day.  Feeling fine.   One more day of this and then start carb loading for Saturday.

Total Distance
1.00

Swam one mile this morning.  400m splits were 9:55, 9:29, 9:42, and 10:10.  Gee, almost had them all under ten minutes.  Mile time was 39:16.  Weight is down to 175.  Good, I successfully lost 8 pounds in four days.  I should be lighter on the feet for Squaw Peak 50 on Saturday.  The foot is doing fine.   I bet if I stayed off it for another two weeks it would be healed, but no, I need to go punish it on Saturday.  I don't feel any pain when I walk and very little pain when I rotate the ankle.  I can feel the quite a bit of  pain if I walk on the inside of the foot.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jun 04, 2009 at 13:18:24 from 63.255.172.2

Love your attitude, Dave! Good luck on Saturday.

Total Distance
0.00

Just a few notes about how I prepare for a 50-mile race such as Squaw Peak 50.  Because I’m so anal about split times, I like to construct a spreadsheet that contains a list of the various aid stations, mileages, my goal time, and any previous year times if I have run the race before.  I analyze the elevation profile and set a time goal to arrive at each aid station.  Surprisingly I can usually come very close.  I always tend to start faster than planned, but usually always back off back to my planned pace.   I usually keep a close eye on the clock during a race.  It helps me to push myself at times when I get lazy.

Pace

So, for Squaw Peak 50, I know the course very well.  This will be my fifth time running it.   I’m planning my split time goals as if I didn’t have my foot injury.  I’m just hoping that it won’t bother me.   For the past couple years, I’ve tried my hardest to squeeze out more minutes during the first 26 miles.  However, I’ve concluded that I have squeezed that melon as hard as possible.   I’ll be content to arrive at the top of the paved Hobble Creek Canyon road in 5 hours.

The key to my race is the second half.  I usually slow down way too much and get lazy.  I was hoping to go run that portion of the course a few times in training to prove to myself that I can do it fast, but my foot injury threw those plans out the window.   So, as I’m leaving aid station #6, I plan to yell at myself, “Davy, you lazy bum, don’t you dare take it easy on this next stretch!!!”   Another stretch I want to push much harder is the climb after Little Valley, going up to Bald Knoll.  Push it, push it!   Then for the monster snow climb, I may try using my Kahtoola microspikes.  I fear my weak ankle will have trouble climbing the snow.  I just can’t walk like a duck putting pressure on the inside of the foot.  Usually that is how I get up that slope.  I won’t be able to do it that way this time.

After Windy Pass, it is all about foot speed and ignoring the pain.  I should be able to run the last 9.4 miles in less than 1:50.   The final 4.4 mile road must be fast.  I’ve run that section during very fast road races, so I know what it possible.   I need to remember those times and not that time I almost threw up right in front of a wedding in the canyon just as vows were being exchanged.   I held it in.   I do have evil thoughts how funny it would have been if I would have heaved big-time back then.

Drop Bags

I used to put lots of junk in drop bags for 50s, but now I rarely need anything.  The distance is too short, I can grind it out.  I will put some small zip-locks at stations with bottles of ensure, in case I want to fuel with that.   I may put my waist-pack and microspikes in a ziplock at Little Valley.

Fueling

Ensure, sports drink, and gels can usually get me through 50s.  I will grab some peanut butter jelly sandwiches now and then.  Also, can’t resist the popsicles at the 26-mile point.

Dress

I’ll dress in shorts and short sleeves.  It always gets warm.   It may rain, so a garbage bag in my pocket will do the trick.   I’ll also run with two hand-held bottles.   Waist packs slow me down.   I like having something in my hands for the times when I take face-plants.  The bottles take the damage.

Pacing

I'll use a pacer for the last 24 miles.  I haven't done this before on this race.  It will be sweet.   My pacer has run a couple ultras and know the routine.  He should be able to yell at me when I start getting lazy and make me laugh when I want to cry.

Squaw Peak 50 is a tough, fun race.  I really look forward to it.   My goal time is to break 11 hours.

Comments
From ultrajim on Fri, Jun 05, 2009 at 11:43:50 from 138.64.2.76

Davy,

Good luck tomorrow. I'll have some chocolate chip cookies waiting for you at Windy Pass. One of these days i should run Squaw. John keeps trying to get me to but I love going up to Windy Pass and helping out. One of my favorite days of the year. Hope the foot holds up for tomorrow and for Tahoe Rim. Are you doing Logan Peak again?

From Jon on Fri, Jun 05, 2009 at 11:48:25 from 138.64.2.76

Yes, good luck. We'll be looking forward to the race report.

From Nevels on Fri, Jun 05, 2009 at 14:50:50 from 131.204.15.93

Good luck tomorrow, Davy.

What's next? (assuming all goes well)

From crockett on Fri, Jun 05, 2009 at 14:55:03 from 71.36.73.216

Thanks everybody, I hope it goes well too. I'm glad the weather is looking cooler. If all goes well, the next race is Big Horn 100, two weeks from today. So in a way, Squaw Peak 50 is a training run for that race.

From jun on Fri, Jun 05, 2009 at 16:57:38 from 66.239.250.209

Good luck. I am confident in your foot. I think you'll do well. For some reason I just feel like all the swimming you have done will play a positive roll in your results.

From jun on Sat, Jun 06, 2009 at 21:40:53 from 71.213.18.126

It's Saturday. I'm anxiously awaiting your report. I hope things went well.

Race: Squaw Peak 50-mile Trail Run (51 Miles) 12:05:10, Place overall: 88, Place in age division: 12
Total Distance
52.00

I ran in the Squaw Peak 50-mile trail run, held in the mountains east of Provo, Utah.   If successful, this would be my fifth straight finish at Squaw Peak.  To me, it is one of the greatest 50-mile races in the country.  The views are spectacular and the trails are very challenging. In particular I enjoy it because of all the local participants.

But this year, I was very nervous about running.   I had been battling a foot/ankle injury for the past couple months.  This would be my first ultra since the injury put me on the disabled list.  I went into the race without any serious trail training for the past two months and I knew my hill strength would be a problem.   I had been doing plenty of pool work and some road training, but with this difficult course, I knew it wouldn’t be enough.   I also knew that this type of injury sometimes needed several months to fully heal.  I was taking a big risk running.  It could set me back for the entire summer.

I enjoyed the great pre-race dinner the night before and participating in the usual pre-race laughs with ultra friends both new and old.  The biggest laugh at our table came while 59-year old, Ed Green from Colorado was wondering if we would put up a monument for him if he died during an ultra race.  I suggested that the monument would have to be put out in the brush and would read, "He squatted, but never got up."

Squaw Peak 50 puts on the longest race briefing in the sport and this year featured a long multi-level marketing pitch by the RD and sponsor.  It was the wrong venue for this type of thing in my opinion.  But after that, just a good-night’s sleep was needed to get ready for the race.

I arrived at the start (Vivian Park in Provo Canyon) in plenty of time so I wouldn’t be rushed.   I was disappointed to discover that my MP3 had been wiped of all its music for some reason.  There would be no tunes today on the trails.  I was also disappointed to feel pain in my foot as I walked around.  We started promptly a 5:00 a.m. and began our race by running two miles down the Provo River Parkway past Bridal Veil Falls, roaring above us in the dark.

I knew there would be some very fast runners in the field this year, but I was flabbergasted how fast the field went out.  I like to run those first two miles very fast in order to reach the single track trail before runners who could slow things up.  But this year it seemed like there were at least 20 runners ahead of me.  I did hold back someone because one of my calf muscles started to tighten up from the very fast pace.  I quickly decided that I would not push the first ten miles as hard as I usually did.

Once on the single-track trail, we started a huge climb that would take us up several thousand feet over the next six miles.  Buddies who usually passed me around mile seven were already passing me and commented on the blistering pace.   It would be a good day for speed.  The temperature was cool and ideal for running and the trails were in great condition with very little snow to slow us down.  

Last year I arrived at the Hope Campground aid station (mile 8.5) in about 10th place, but this year it seemed like I was in about 40th place and only two minutes slower.  I had let several long trains of runners pass me on the climb.  I just didn’t have the right conditioning to push the climb very hard.  Also, I dislike leading a train of runners.  Instead I like to be the caboose so I can alter my pace as desired.  The foot was in some pain with each step, but it wasn’t terrible.  I had to be very careful to avoid any type of ankle twist.  If the foot started to twist, I could tell it would cause bad pain and problems.

 

The dawn arrived and near the top of Squaw Peak I was able to look down at the massive valley floor far below and see my home town far across Utah Lake.   Co-worker Bill Francis caught up with me and for the next two hours would kindly run with me.  My speed was a little better than his on the single-track, but his speed was much better on the dirt roads because of all his experience running roads.   He would kindly wait for me in order to have some company.   However, as we were talking during a climb, we missed a turn onto a single-track short-cut.  We ended up following the road up through several switch backs.  I soon noticed the mistake because the scenery was not familiar and I did not see any foot tracks.  But we didn’t turn back because I knew we would finally join up with the course.  We probably did an extra quarter mile or so, but it didn’t appear like we lost any time because the people we passed were not re-passes.  Many runners started the race an hour early and within 3.5 hours we passed most, if not all of them.

View of the windmills

We reached to top, Kolob Overlook (mile 14.6) at 3:10.  I was only four minutes behind my pace from last year.   As Bill and I ran down the long seven-mile road, I discovered that I just could not push the ankle hard.  I needed to be patient and careful.   I estimate that it slowed me on the downhills by about 15 minutes during the first half of the race.   The views coming down are spectacular.  I could even see clearly the giant wind-mills guarding the entrance to Spanish Fork canyon.  They looked very close.

Once we reached the paved Hobble Creek Canyon road, Bill pushed on strongly ahead and I believed disappeared ahead for the last time.   I ran with a consistent pace up the road, vowing to walk very little of it.  I kept leap-frogging a pair of runners who would run the flatter sections very fast and then would slow to a walk.   With about a half-mile to go on this road section, my pacer, Mark Ellison came running down the road to greet me.   It would be great to have him run with me to the finish.

I reached to aid station at the top of the road (mile 26.1) at 5:09, about ten minutes slower than normal.  My stop was very fast and we were on our way climbing up Dry Canyon.  I tried very hard to push this next section and at one point ran very fast and hard, even working Mark hard.  But despite the effort, my split time was about normal, an hour.  We reached Sheep Canyon (mile 30) at 6:11.  Karl Melzer and Scott Mason were working the aid station.  My stop again was very fast.  I wasn’t going to waste any time at the stations.  I never would sit down the entire race.

We next needed to run through the creek bed and make several creek crossings.  This was very difficult for me because of the wet rocks.  My ankle would start to roll many times and I could feel the pain, so I eventually had to slow way down and just carefully pick my way through the stream.  I really enjoy the next section that winds its way up along the canyon floor, crossing open fields and makes its way up to aspen groves.   But I can never do this section very fast as fatigue starts setting it.  It was no different this year and several runners caught up.  However, they were the same cast of characters I had seen for the last couple hours.  I would pass them in the aid stations and they would eventually catch up.  The trail next descends through the trees into Little Valley.  My foot/ankle was really starting to bother me more, so I again had to slow down on the downhill runs.

We arrived at Little Valley (mile 33) at 7:15, about 15 minutes slower than normal.  Shortly after we arrived a stream of runners also came in who I had not seen all day.  That motivated me to make a very quick stop.  At this station runners will typically make a long stop.  I was there for only two minutes.   I was careful to make sure I drank plenty because the next section is really a three-bottle section and I planned to stick with only my two hand-held bottles.

Mark and I ran at a good pace up the road and started the long climb up to Bald Knoll.  A few familiar runners caught up but once we hit the rolling trail around Bald Knoll, I could kick it into gear better and we repassed several.   Finally we reached the base of the massive steep climb that seems to go straight up.   Usually each year we can climb straight up a snow ridge, but this year there was very little snow so we would follow a rough trail through the brush. 

View of the back of Mount Timpanogos

Once we started the climb, there was a slow runner ahead of me going at a slow, but steady pace.  I quickly passed him but then discovered that the altitude immediately slammed me.  I had not done any training above 6,000 feet for months.  Now at 9,000 feet, I just could keep pushing it hard.  I stopped and let him go ahead again.  Once I recovered, I again wanted to go faster but just didn’t want to play the leap-frog game over and over again, so I was content to climb at a slow rate.

Runners making their way up the steep climb

Once on top of the ridge, fellow mountain team member, Eve Daivies caught up and passed me with her dog.  I was surprised to also see Bill Francis catch up.  He had got off course after Little Valley, taking the road up the mountain instead of the Great Western Trail.  Eventually, he turned around and got back on course, but that had cost him at least a half hour or more.

I arrived at Windy Pass (mile 41.5) at 10:01.   I realized there would be no PR today, but I still had a good chance to break 12 hours.  Charlie Vincent and Jim Skaggs were there and they kindly attended quickly to me needs.   I grabbed a couple tasty cookies, filled my bottles up, took some pain killers from Charlie and was on my way to try to catch up with Eve.   But I never did.  The decent was slow as we hit some snow.  I just couldn’t risk sliding and twisting the ankle.  Also, I was developing a couple painful blisters on the other foot, probably because I was over compensating. 

We made patient steady progress down the long trail, an amazing 4,000-foot descent. In past years I could really blast down sections of this and would even do some nasty face plants on the rough trail, but this year it was much slower.  The thing that was slowing me the most was a painful lower back due to poor conditioning. We were passed by several runners along the way.   I noticed that my ankle was feeling pretty good, almost pain-free.  If I could just finish the last single-track section without a twist, I would be in good shape.  As I was descending, I started to think about my next race in two weeks, Big Horn 100.  How in the world could I do that race if I was feeling so poorly after only 50 miles?   I tried to remind myself that these thoughts are typical as I’m finishing a hard race.

Runner crossing field with Windy Pass in background (2008 race)

Finally as we neared the bottom of the South Fork, we ran across a wide, flat field.  A runner passed me and I thought to myself, “Uh…we aren’t on rough trails anymore, why are you being lazy?”   I really kicked it into gear and we started to fly across the field.  We passed that runner like he was standing still and sprinted past some spectators waiting for their runners to arrive.   We came to the last aid station at 11:31.  I knew it would take some very serious speed to arrive at the finish before 12 hours.  I had over 5K left.  I told Mark that I had once run this downhill road section in about 18 minutes during a road 10-mile race.  

We pushed the pace hard and soon could see a yellow-shirted runner ahead.   I purposely kicked the pace up another notch in order to really fly by him.  Our 48th mile was run at about a 7-minute-mile pace.   I noticed that the runner who I had passed in the field had been trying to match our pace, but after that, we left him far behind for good.   Eventually I needed to slow down some.  I could feel a painful blister developing because of the hard road running.   With less than a half mile remaining, I saw my watch click past 12 hours.   Oh well, I would still finish strong.  I made the turn into Vivian Park to the kind cheers of the families and crossed the finish line in 12:05.   Despite all my challenges today, I had finished only 25 minutes behind my PR.  I was pleased that I had been able to finish strong, and had finished without any serious further damage to the ankle.

My pacer, Mark had enjoyed the run.  I needed to drive him back to Hobble Creek Canyon to retrieve his truck so I wouldn’t  be watching many of my friends finish this year.  My feet were in pain anyway, and I was anxious to get home.

So what was the damage to my injured foot?   No real damage!  After 24-hours it was again pain-free.  I suspect the run had actually helped the ankle and foot strengthen.  I'm considering running the Utah Valley Marathon this Saturday as a training run.

I finished my 5th straight Squaw Peak 50!   It was my 47th ultra finish since I started this craziness in July '04. Here are my split times for the five years.

 

  miles 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
Start 0          
Hope CG 5.6 1:06 1:04 1:04 1:02 1:04
Rock Canyon 8.5   2:10 2:15 2:12 2:15
Kolob Overlook 14.6       3:06 3:10
Pole Haven 20.9 4:44 4:17 4:12 4:06 4:14
Dry Canyon 26.1 5:39 5:05 4:58 5:02 5:09
Sheep Cyn 30   6:05 5:57 6:01 6:11
Little Valley 33.5 7:39 7:07 6:54 7:08 7:15
Windy Pass 41.5 10:39 9:57 9:45 9:53 10:01
Big Spring 46.5 12:00 11:25 11:02 11:07 11:31
Finish 50.9 12:42 12:06 11:40 11:43 12:05

Comments
From Jon on Sat, Jun 06, 2009 at 22:54:34 from 75.169.153.187

Nice job, Davy. Being that close to your PR with little training and a bum foot is very impressive.

From Holt on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 00:00:07 from 71.213.8.108

Good job Davy. I can't imagine trying to run that with your ankle bugging you. One thing I really learned is how crucial foot placement and technical trail skills are. Those boys cruised me on that - it something you just don't learn on the road that's for sure.

From Smooth on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 00:45:47 from 71.32.234.77

Davy, I was thinking about you today as I sat looking up Sqaw Peak from the valley. YOU DID GOOD! Consider a bum foot and compromised ankle, your time was so close to your course PR, that's no small accomplishment. I can't imagine running that grueling mountain trail. Sounds like you ran a smart race to prevent any further injury. Speedy recovery to you!

From Twinkies on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 10:21:41 from 67.166.71.60

Awesome race. I can't believe you could do a 7 minute mile after 48 miles. That's amazing.

From MichelleL on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 16:42:03 from 71.219.40.17

Wow. That was an intense 12 hours. I hope your foot isn't worse for it.

From jun on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 17:51:23 from 71.213.18.126

I'm really amazed at how well you did. Fantastic race. I am very happy your ankle held up and is feeling better. I hope it continues to improve for Big Horn. I'm sure you already know to take it easy and just give it time to heal over the next two weeks. Congrts again.

From Kelli on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 18:04:17 from 71.219.74.247

Holy crud, you are hard core. I felt like I was there reading that report! I am super impressed by the pace of mile 48----MILE 48!!!! You are truly an amazing athlete. Nice job and I hope the foot remains pain free.

WOW, 50 miles!!!

From Nevels on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 18:37:59 from 75.143.88.18

Solid run, Davy. Way to gut it out even with the shaky ankle; I know the feeling well!

Congrats, and good luck at Big Horn...

From crockett on Sun, Jun 07, 2009 at 19:55:05 from 70.56.100.144

Thanks to all. I've added several pictures. My recovery went pretty well. The worst part was all the pollon in my system. Feeling "normal today". Normal after ultra: nothing tastes good, sinuses are a mess, and quads sore.

From Twinkies on Mon, Jun 08, 2009 at 11:54:40 from 63.241.173.64

Your full race report was great and I loved the pictures. I have one question though. What's the difference between a normal friend and an ultra friend?

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Jun 08, 2009 at 13:31:01 from 63.255.172.2

Great job on the race, Davy, and great race report. Thanks for all the information and pictures. I'm glad the ankle is doing okay as a result.

From crockett on Mon, Jun 08, 2009 at 17:21:48 from 216.49.181.128

Twinkies, the difference between a "normal" friend and an "ultra" friend is: My ultra friends are very sick people. They enjoy pain and laugh at my pain. They have been there and know what mile 80 feels like. They don't bat an eye when they see you barf all over the trail. They just tell you to suck it up and quit being lazy. Great friends, couldn't do without them.

Total Distance
1.00

Recovery from Squaw Peak 50 is going well. The foot has the usual soreness, but nothing as bad as the days after Desert RATS 50 or BSLT. I'm encouraged. I already have a little spring in my step even with a set of sore quads.

I'm seriously considering running Utah Valley Marathon on Saturday as a training run for Big Horn 100 a week later. My crazy rationale is that a long flat road run won't risk damaging the foot/ankle. Besides, I really like that course. The beginning miles are so very fast and I love running along the river in the city. We'll see.

Comments
From jun on Mon, Jun 08, 2009 at 21:33:50 from 71.213.18.126

Your rationale generally seems completely irrational to me. I think that is why I like you so much.

Question: what is the mountain to the south of the one you live on/near? It looks like it would be a fun run? Ever done it?

From crockett on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 11:54:01 from 216.49.181.128

The mountain to the southwest of me is Lake Mountain. That is where I do most of my training. I've been up to the top many times. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?page_id=96

I've also run around it several times which is close to a 50K run. See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?page_id=100

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 11:57:49 from 63.255.172.2

Davy,

Just one warning about the UVM - the first ten miles this year will be on concrete. Something to keep in mind for the pounding it will provide to your ankle.

From crockett on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 12:04:23 from 216.49.181.128

I won't be able to UVM this year, company coming in this weekend. But what do you mean by concrete? Isn't the route just coming down the South Provo Canyon and then Provo River Parkway? Yes, all pavement...but concrete?

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 12:05:19 from 63.255.172.2

Nope - to avoid a competing marathon - he moved us up the highway to start at the dam and the first ten miles are on the highway - not the trail.

From crockett on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 12:06:47 from 216.49.181.128

Oh, I see. Yes, that is pretty terrible. The shoulder is not fun to run on.

From crockett on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 12:10:51 from 216.49.181.128

So the Provo Riverwoods 10-mile will be on the course I like. I would rather do that, but looks like I will be tied up.

Total Distance
1.00

Still recovering from the 50-mile run on Saturday.  Slept for 9 hours last night which is unusual for me, so I know I need to rest.  The foot is a little more sore today, but not terrible.  Looks like last year after SP50, I was back at training by Wednesday and got in 70 miles of training before Bighorn 100.  That won't happen this year.  I even ran a 1:07:17 at the Provo Riverwoods 10-mile run last year on the Saturday following SP50.   I have no idea how well I can do at Big Horn.  I'll probably just have to set my sights lower.  Last year was a PR on the course, for 26:45.

Total Distance
5.00

 Yes, all morning yesterday I thought it was Wednesday.  Pretty funny.  Twinkies noticed it before I did.  I showed up for a Wednesday meeting and no one was there.   What's up with that!   Well, I have my wits back today and feel better recovered.

Intended to go to the treadmill this morning, but slapped myself at 4:50 decided to hit the road outside.  The rains made the trails muddy, so I had an excuse to stick to the roads.   Did repeats running up Grandview Blvd.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 5.00
Comments
From Twinkies on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 23:07:19 from 67.166.71.60

I can see that you are still recovering from the 50 miler, especially since it is not Wednesday yet.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jun 09, 2009 at 23:51:47 from 97.117.76.29

LOL - I was going to say the same thing. No wonder he gets so many miles ahead of us all.

Davy - give yourself credit for the racing and mileage you have done with a very serious injury that would have stopped mere mortals.

From crockett on Wed, Jun 10, 2009 at 10:15:28 from 216.49.181.128

Yep, I'm an idiot, thought yesterday morning was Wednesday. This happens with old age. I think I have my wits back today.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Jun 10, 2009 at 15:58:29 from 63.255.172.2

Can I borrow some wits? I am plumb out today.

Total Distance
1.00

Swam 1.5 miles, easy pace, the arms just didn't want to work hard.  Did some tough kicking since the legs were willing to work.

Well, I entered the Utah Valley Marathon, held on Saturday.   I'll likely treat it as a tune-up training run for next week's big race.  I know that sounds weird, but thats the way it is.  Looks like rain could be possible.  That would be nice...toughens you up.   The more the better, ha, ha.

Foot update.   Well, good news and bad news.  No pain in lower foot in area of the tendon insersion.  This had been the big problem area.   Bad news.  The pain has shifted up the tendon right by the ankle.   Perhaps that is good news and shows things are healing.  But it seems to hurt more now on flat surfaces.   Now it is indeed ankle pain instead of foot pain.   Strange.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jun 11, 2009 at 10:11:32 from 63.255.172.2

I thought you weren't going to run it. Gosh - and I also thought it was a woman's perogative to change her mind.

From crockett on Thu, Jun 11, 2009 at 10:54:44 from 216.49.181.128

Any vows, commitments, or outrageous statements made within three days of running an ultra should always be discounted. They are always bogus. Typical vows start with, "I will never, ever...." Sanity returns so you can again sign up to do insane things.

From jun on Thu, Jun 11, 2009 at 11:19:10 from 66.239.250.209

I think doing something like this is well within your abilities and recovery period. I think you'll do well, especially if you are going at it with the right mental focus, which I'm sure you are. Good luck.

From Smooth on Thu, Jun 11, 2009 at 21:34:20 from 71.36.86.1

I like your kind of sanity. :)

Total Distance
0.00

Rest day to get ready for the Utah Valley Marathon.  Feeling good.  My upper shin muscles are still a little sore from the Squaw Peak 50, but I don't think shin splints should be a problem.  My challenge in marathons is always the calf muscles.  I've been trying to work those a little bit more this week.  Looks like it will be cool with a good chance of rain.  Perfect!  Well at least for me.  I tend to do very well against competion when it rains.  It doesn't bug me enough to slow me down.

I'll go pick up my packet this afternoon and then head with the family to the temple openhouse.  Should be a fun.

Comments
From Jon on Fri, Jun 12, 2009 at 12:51:22 from 75.169.140.55

Have fun tomorrow. Should be a good run.

Race: Utah Valley Marathon (26.2 Miles) 03:33:11, Place overall: 58, Place in age division: 7
Total Distance
27.00

I ran in the Utah Valley Marathon.   At the last minute I entered this marathon, feeling that I had recovered enough from a good finish at the tough Squaw Peak 50-miler just a week ago.  I thought it would be an interesting experiment to see how I can do.  Besides, all the trails were soaked from all the rain this week and a nice road run down Provo Canyon would make sense.   It would also be a nice last long run before Big Horn 100 on Friday.

I ran in this Marathon last year in its first year.  This year, it looked like it had 10 times the number of entrants (about 800 or so) and now is becoming a new major marathon in Utah.   The course started way up Provo Canyon, near the dam at Deer Creek Reservoir.   The right lane of the highway was blocked off all the way down the canyon for the course.   Then it went on some city roads and eventually joined up with the Provo River Parkway, a paved trail the follows the beautiful Provo River all the way to Utah Lake.  From there it went through a maze of neighborhood roads for six more miles and ended up at the South Town Mall at the south end of Provo.

The first half of the marathon is fast because of all the downhill, but the second half is pretty tough and slow because of all the twists, turns, ups and downs as it passed under major roads.  I think this marathon is 5-10 minutes slower for me than the Ogden Marathon which is mostly a straight shot down the canyon.

Busses took us up the canyon to the start and I tried to keep warm near the barrel fires as everyone arrived.  I was able to meet several fastrunningblog bloggers including Tarzan and Smooth.  

My goal for this race was to come out uninjured, and treat it like a training run.  I expected that I could finish at least in 3:45.  But I knew that once the competitive juices flowed, that I would probably press it harder, especially with the initial huge downhill over the first ten miles.  Caution would be essential.

The gun went off and away we went.  Sure enough, I went out with the top-30 runners.  The first mile was a gentle uphill which wasn’t too bad because our legs were fresh, but then the nice downhill came and I kicked it into gear, passing several runners.   I struggled for the first few miles because I just wasn’t warmed up yet.   The sore ankle behaved itself.  I really only felt it when the road sloped to the right.  My splits for the first six miles were:  6:57, 6:32, 6:48, 7:25, 7:26, and 6:56.  I think the only major hill was at mile 5 and I concentrated on pushing the pace on that.

But by mile six, my calves were complaining.  This always happens in marathons.  I didn’t want to risk a muscle pull so I backed off the pace.  I had finally warmed up and the quads were saying, “faster, faster!”  But the calves were say, “whoa, Nelly!”   By changing my foot placements I could change the pressure on the calves and that seemed to help keep them lose.

My next four miles splits down the Canyon were 7:20, 7:38, 7:38, and 7:48.  Small groups of runners started to pass me.  The course then went by the River Bottoms on a road behind some huge houses.  My splits for miles 11-13, were: 7:57, 7:59, and 7:57, pretty consistent.  I was bummed out that I couldn’t keep a 7:30 going.  I had the strength but the calves didn’t want to do that.   The right calf really started to get tight, so I finally quickly took two Succeed! Caps (electrolytes) and within two miles it felt much better.  I could not feel any bad effects from running Squaw Peak 50 a week ago.  My half-marathon split was 1:37:02, not bad for me.

Elite injured runner, Michelle Lowry was out on the course cheering us on.  I recognized her by her crutches on the ground.   She yelled great words of encouragement to me both times I saw her.  I sure hope the doctors can finally figure things out to get her healed.

The course then made some weird gyrations near University Parkway, going back and forth and around a shopping center.  It finally joined up with the Provo River Parkway.   I did fine at first but once the trail started to dip below roads I started to struggle.  There were two other runners near me, one in orange and one in red.   They were both starting to use walking spells and then run at about a 7:15 pace.   I kept my steady pace going and would almost catch up, but then they would run ahead.   Eventually I passed them for good as their walking spells increased.   My splits for miles 14-16 were: 7:36, 7:42, and 8:02. 

I had my first split over 8 minutes. Around mile 16, the wheels started to come off my race.  I could start feeling the effects of Squaw Peak 50.  It became a significant struggle to keep my pace going.  I took gels and that helped a little.   My splits for the rest of the Parkway by the river (miles 17-20) were:  8:13, 8:54, 9:00, and 9:10.

We now were dumped out onto roads near Utah Lake.  Before the race, I wisely drove this section of the course so there would be no surprises.  This was a good mental strategy.    The final six miles were a terrible struggle.  The gas tank was just running on empty even though I took gels which came back up and out a couple times.  My hips started to hurt badly from last week.   I was just hanging on for dear life.  I didn’t want to croak.  At that point I hear sirens.  “Great, they are coming for me.”  I looked at the clock and knew a PR (sub 3:24) was out of the question, and soon a sub 3:30 was not likely.   I set my sights to at least break 3:35, which would be another Boston Qualifier time for me.  My final splits, miles 21-26 were:  8:55, 9:24, 9:26, 9:25, 9:25, and 10:14.  I believe I saw fellow ultrarunner Leon Deitlaf pass me in the last mile or two.  I just couldn’t keep up. Dang, I just can’t beat him in marathons.  So close this time.

I finished in 3:33:11, in 58th place, 7th in my age group.  Our age group was pretty bunched up, five ahead of me finished within nine minutes before me.   Recovery was rough.  I really gave it all I got without injuring myself.  For the next 15 minutes I had to lie on the grass to find my strength again.   It came back and I enjoyed watching finishers for the next hour.   My 4th road marathon was in the books.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00
Comments
From MichelleL on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 15:23:56 from 71.35.250.200

You toughed it out! Nice to meet you mid race. Hope your ankle doesn't hate you next week.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 15:26:44 from 97.117.76.29

Great job on the race, Dave. It was nice to meet you at the start. You did a good job and I always enjoy reading your analysis of a race afterwards.

From Holt on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 16:39:43 from 75.169.89.6

For one or two runs this week I thought I could get back and try a race. On today's run I realized that I was very happy I didn't try! Great job Davy; you're like a machine!

From LuzyLew on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 18:10:17 from 69.169.165.206

Nice 'training run' BQ'r & 7th place... !

From jun on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 18:28:45 from 71.213.18.126

Fantastic race Davy. I'm glad the foot held up and that you are feeling ready for your next race. Congrats on another big race.

From Kelli on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 18:50:17 from 71.219.76.64

Another race? I am going to submit you for an article in Runner's World, seriously!!

Great job! I must have passed you at some point (running the opposite direction to pick up my husband). Wish I had recognized you, I would have cheered LOUD!!!

So, what race is next??? Take care of the ankle and heal up.

From fiddy on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 18:55:53 from 67.183.153.81

A marathon one week after an Ultra, that's crazy tough!... or maybe just crazy...no, I'm just going to stick withcrazy tough.

From crockett on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 21:00:52 from 71.36.86.81

Well coach, if I would have run SP50 as fast as you (only in my dreams) I wouldn't be able to run for many weeks. For others who don't understand, the recovery time is based on a combination of mileage base, body adjusting to long runs, and how fast you do them. My 12 hour pace at Squaw Peak 50 last Saturday was somewhat lazy because of the bad ankle, so I didn't trash my quads by blasting down the hills. So, recover is pretty fast. If I would have run an hour faster, I doubt that I could have run the marathon today.

Kelli, next race for me, believe it or not will be on Friday, the Big Horn 100-miler race up in Wyoming. I should be recovered from this marathon by Wednesday. I expect the ankle will slow me down again. It will probably take me 28 hours or so to complete this 100. My best time was last year, 26:45, 25th place out of 120 runners. It is a tough course starting with a grueling 3,500-foot climb in seven miles. It is a gorgeous course with wildflowers blooming. Hopefully it will be my 24th 100-mile finish (in 4 years.)

From Jon on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 22:48:49 from 75.169.139.27

You did a 50, then a "warmup" marathon in prep for you 100. Wow.

From Kelli on Sat, Jun 13, 2009 at 23:39:26 from 71.219.76.64

OKay, yup, I am turning you in. You are amazing. I need to come watch one of these ultras. All the pictures are starting to scare me.

I want to try a 50k this fall. Any suggestions of when and where?

From jtshad on Sun, Jun 14, 2009 at 09:58:55 from 12.187.226.130

Congrats on a strong race. Just an easy marathon in between a 50 and 100 miler...incredible!

I hear you on the calf issues, mine started to tighten early on as well.

From Twinkies on Sun, Jun 14, 2009 at 23:25:19 from 67.166.71.60

Great race Davy. I agree with Fiddy. You are crazy tough. Good luck next week at Big Horn.

From Smooth on Tue, Jun 16, 2009 at 15:34:51 from 71.36.79.7

Davy!!! It was so good to see you at the start. You ran a smart "training run" with very respectable time. I'd kill to run a BQ and 7th place in any marathon. You continue to inspire us. Yes, Kelli, you need to turn Davy's adventures to RW. I'm constantly talking about Davy to my hubby and son. You are an inspiration to us. 24th 100's in 4 years. UNBELIEVABLY INCREDIBLE!!! Keep up the good work. AND BEST OF LUCK on Friday.

Total Distance
1.00

Went on a one mile walk with the dog this afternoon before a giant thunderstorm blew in.   The legs feel great.  Soreness as usual in the ankle, and a small knot in my right calf.  I'm amazed how little soreness I feel compared to after Ogden Marathon.  Yes I ran that race eight minutes faster, but still.  I chalk it up to better leg conditioning now that I have started to again run long distances.  That is encouraging.

I'm in a reflective mood today.  As I was walking with the dog, gazing up to the foothills of Lake Mountain (my training playground), I couldn't help reflect on the beauty of the place I live.  The contrast of the mountains in front and the deep dark storm coming in from behind was an amazing sight.  As I watched further, the fingers of rain made their way over the mountain and descended like a cloud racing down the mountain toward me.   Lightning followed with fierce wind.   I made my way back to the house just as the downpour arrived.

I've really lived in some beautiful places, each with their unique beauty.  My youth in the Pacific Northwest, very close to Puget Sound.  My young adult years in upstate New York with its beautiful green hills, in our little house on the banks of the Susquehanna River.  Then, my hardworking adult years in the beautiful Sonoran Desert in Tucson, with giant saguaro cactus out our back yard.  Now in my mid-life years in Utah with its magnificent mountains and redrock desert.   Too bad I only took up running four years ago.  I missed some great trails in those other places I have lived.   It has and continues to be a wonderful life.  My daughter will be home from her mission in two weeks.  It will be good to have all six kids around again.  And its very nice that five of them will be out of the house by fall!  Ha, ha.  Ah, the peace and quiet.   Well, enough reflecting.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Jun 14, 2009 at 20:08:02 from 97.117.76.235

Dave - I think we find things to do in life at a time that we need to. Who knows - if you had started running years ago, you might not appreciate it as much now or you might have been injured.

But - I do agree that nature is the best place for reflecting.

Good luck getting ready for this Friday's race.

So - do you think I could do the Pony Express 50 and the OV 50 this fall if I don't run between them?

From jun on Mon, Jun 15, 2009 at 11:01:04 from 66.239.250.209

Thanks for the inspiration. My wife and I talked a few weeks ago about where we'd like to live if we didn't live here in Utah. Our answer? 'Nowhere'. I am so much in love with this place and its beauty and diversity. Like you, I've lived in a lot of different places, each one very special in its own right. But none of them hold my heart like where I live now. And like you, I wish I didn't start running a year ago, but 15 years ago. I can only imagine. Congrats on your daughter's soon arrival.

Total Distance
1.00

No running today, just walking.   Calf soreness almost gone from the Saturday marathon.   The ankle is sore, but seems to calm down as it gets warmed up.   It is all about rest this week to get ready for Bighorn 100 on Friday.  I don't want to gain any weight, so I'll try to hit the pool some to burn some calories.   This morning, the alarm went off and I chose to sleep in.

The weather forecast looks like it will be dry for the race, and probably hot.   Ten degrees hotter on Saturday than Friday.  The race starts on Friday at 11 a.m. and climbs immediatly up 3,500 feet, so that cools things down.  But, 24 hours later, I'll be coming back down.  I'll finish the race in the early afternoon and the last 12 miles are always the hottest.   I could be on the hot dirt road in nearly 90 degrees.   I hate that.   Running in 90 degrees at mile 95 is torture.  Oh well, I've done it before, I'll just have to prepare for it.

Comments
From Jon on Mon, Jun 15, 2009 at 13:50:50 from 138.64.2.76

Why do they start the race at 11 am?

From crockett on Mon, Jun 15, 2009 at 13:57:54 from 216.49.181.128

This is a very unique 100-miler. Concurrently they also run a 50-mile, 50K, and 30K race. They stagger the starts so all races finish about the same time on Saturday afternoon at a park in Dayton, Wyoming. It actually is pretty cool. Last year was the first time I "beat" all the 50-milers. The front-running 50K runner caught up to me and I kept up with him step-for-step for a couple miles as we blasted down the huge final descent. He was shocked that I was a 100-miler, keeping up with him. At one point during the day, there are about 500 runners somewhere on the course from the four races.

In other years I was slower, so I was finishing the race with mid-pack 50K runners and some of the top-20 50-milers. They are always so kind and encouraging to any 100-milers they see. Our bib numbers and colors tell which race we are in.

From jun on Tue, Jun 16, 2009 at 11:56:04 from 66.239.250.209

That sounds like a fantastic event, even if it means you have to finish in the heat. Maybe it will be something worth looking into in the future. Good luck.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 10:25:15 from 63.255.172.2

I was going to ask you the same question.

That is pretty interesting about the staggered starts so you can all finish together.

Good luck, Dave!

Total Distance
1.00

I swam a mile in the pool, tapering....not running.   Then I tried to do a little heat training in anticipation of my little 100-mile run this weekend in the Bighorn Mountains of Wyoming (near Montana).  Here's what I did.  I spent time in the hot tub (around 104 degrees).   I observed that my resting heart rate (well, after the mile swim), was about 85-90 bpm in that heat.   I tried to pump it up by doing kicking.  I could get it up around 120-130 bpm, but it wasn't enjoyable in that heat.  I just couldn't sustain it very long so I would back off and then try again.   I was in there for 20 minutes.   That was an interesting workout and I have to believe it really helps the body adjust to heat stress.  I'll try to do this some more.

Weight: 176.

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Jun 16, 2009 at 15:17:59 from 71.36.79.7

WAY to prepare for the heat. Did you say running in the 90's at mile 95 on Sat. afternoon? YIKES!!! Makes my little WBR look like a birthday party! :)How's that ankle today?

From crockett on Tue, Jun 16, 2009 at 20:06:24 from 71.36.74.245

Have loads of fun at WBR. I've never done it, and hope to do it one day. The best part is being with running friends, working together during an event. WBR always falls on the same day as the Bighorn 100, so I always have to choose.

The ankle is doing a little bit better today. I'll have some pain but the key is to avoid badly twisting it again.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 10:26:09 from 63.255.172.2

Have you talked to a doctor about a cortisone injection to see if that would help with the healing?

From crockett on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 10:36:17 from 216.49.181.128

No, I avoid cortisone shots if possible because of the damage they can also do to tendons. The ankle feels better this week than last, do healing continues.

Total Distance
1.00

I swam one mile in the pool and again tried to do some heat training in the 105 degree hot tub.  After the swim my heart rate was 68 in the 92 degree pool.  Once I got in the hot tub it jumped to 80.   Did some kicking to get the rate up to 130 and then when resting it would go back down to 90.   It was tough work and I had to get out a couple times to cool off.  Did this for 30 minutes.  Finally I went in the lower hot tub 101 degrees and used a high pressured water jet to give all my leg muscles a deep tissue massage.  It does wonders to loosen things up.   The only soreness I feel from Saturday's marathon is a tiny bit in the right shin.  Calf muscles are fine now.   Looks like I'm good to go.  Two more days of rest before the 100-mile torture run at Bighorn.   Now it is about getting two good night's sleep because I will run through the night Friday night (hopefully not sleep-walking).

Comments
From jun on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 10:46:40 from 66.239.250.209

I need to go to the site for this race. I'm really interested to see where it is hosted and what the terrain looks like. I wish you the best of luck. I hope that you can stay injury free and meet all of your goals.

From crockett on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 10:57:00 from 216.49.181.128

The course is a good one. I think there is about 80 miles of single-track. The 50-mile race is a good one for a first-time mountain 50-miler. It is probably about an hour easier than Squaw Peak 50. I like the Friday start so you don't have to finish on Sunday.

Total Distance
0.00

I know I'm obsessive about my pace during races, but it helps to push me along.  Below is my pacing chart for Big Horn 100 on Friday.  It shows my goal pace and the pace I ran in 2006 and 2007.   I didn't include 2008 because the course was different due to heavy snow pack.  I finished in 26:45 last year and my splits last year have helped me set goals on those sections this year.

  miles Goal Clock 2006 2007
Start 0 0:00 11:00 AM    
Fence Spring 6.25 1:30 12:30 PM 1:34 1:31
Upper Sheep 8.5 2:00 1:00 PM    
Dry Fork Ridge 13.4 2:45 1:45 PM 3:05 3:00
Cow Camp 19.5 3:50 2:50 PM 4:23 4:07
Bear Camp 26.5 5:20 4:20 PM 6:04 5:50
Footbridge 30 6:10 5:10 PM 6:51 6:38
Narrows 33.5 7:10 6:10 PM 8:03 7:43
Spring Marsh 40 9:00 8:00 PM 10:12 9:42
Elk Camp 43.5 10:05 9:05 PM 11:25 10:54
Porcupine 48 11:25 10:25 PM 12:55 12:33
Elk Camp 52.5 12:45 11:45 PM 14:28 14:12
Spring Marsh 56 13:40 12:40 AM 15:31 15:13
Narrows 62.5 15:20 2:20 AM 17:35 17:08
Footbridge 66 16:20 3:20 AM 18:35 18:12
Bear Camp 69.5 17:50 4:50 AM 20:25 19:49
Cow Camp 76.5 19:50 6:50 AM 22:37 22:17
Dry Fork Ridge 82.5 21:40 8:40 AM 24:25:00 24:15:00
Upper Sheep 87.5 23:05 10:05 AM 25:56:00 25:54:00
Lower Sheep 92.5 24:15:00 11:15 AM 27:32:00 27:07:00
TR TH 94.75 24:55:00 11:55 AM 28:27:00 27:53:00
Homestretch 98 25:40:00 12:40 PM 29:22:00 28:41:00
Finish 100 26:00:00 1:00 PM 29:38:00 29:00:16

Comments
From allie on Wed, Jun 17, 2009 at 19:15:56 from 208.110.151.113

wow. so impressive! ultra-running is amazing to me. i can't imagine having that much endurance. best of luck on your race; it looks like you have a solid plan.

From jun on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 10:31:02 from 66.239.250.209

That is really ambitious and yet, achievable. I think it is really cool how you have so many 4 mile splits that are allotted one hour to complete. I think as long as there isn't any crazy hills during those that will be very achievable for that stage of the race. But what do I know? The furthest I have ever run is shorter than a normal workout day for you.

From Vis on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 13:29:50 from 208.88.9.50

Davy, good luck. I actually checked out your other blog and some of the links--3 mormons and a jew and others. I'm very intrigued by what you do. The vistas must be AMAZING. I'm jealous of that, but running 100 miles at a time makes me want to puke. You'll do great. BTW you're quite the road runner as well. You smoked me at the UVM.

From Scott Wesemann on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 14:36:13 from 66.239.250.209

Good luck with your race. Your blog is very inspiring and I have really enjoyed reading it.

From Kelli on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 14:37:15 from 71.219.76.64

Oh my gosh, good LUCK!!! You are so not normal---you are extraordinarily amazing. Have fun and we will all be cheering you on from afar.

BTW, I want to attempt some trail races building up to a 50k this fall after St George. Any suggestions on what to do and which races might be good in Utah at that time. I am super clumsy so it scares me, but it is on the to do list and it is time to get my fanny in gear.

From Smooth on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 14:50:44 from 71.32.232.156

Davy,

I love how you are so methodical and diligent in planning your ultras. GOOD LUCK tomorrow on your 4th Bighorn. You're AMAZING!!!!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 16:15:46 from 63.255.172.2

Dave - I love the information I get from your blogs. I want to be you when I grow up.

Two questions:

- what headlamp do you use?

- what kind of MP3 recorder do you carry to record splits? Or do you use something else?

Have you ever done the SunMart races?

One of these days/years I would like to either do a Grand Canyon Rim to Rim (or Rim to Rim to Rim). If any ultrarunners out there want to get together on this (someday in the future) - let me know.

From Jon on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 16:28:34 from 138.64.2.76

Good luck, Davy! Go get your goals!

From Jon on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 16:29:07 from 138.64.2.76

By the way, we expect mid-race blog updates. Or Twitter updates, or something- that's all the rage these days, right?

From Nevels on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 16:39:18 from 131.204.15.93

Impressive pacing schedule. Does the late start time help out with the night running? I've often wondered what it would be like to run a race that started at, say, 6 or 9pm (I think either Grindstone or Superior Sawtooth does) so that you were fresh going into the night portion, because night is what kills me more than anything. Darn sircadian rhythms...

From crockett on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 18:08:22 from 174.148.95.246

I am in Sheridan WY. Checked into the race and delivered my three drop bags...stuff like socks flashlight Ensure etc. put at three of the aid statons. The course will be muddy and wet. My feet will be wet most of the race like two years ago. Foot care important.

Answers to questions. I always use a handheld light. 14 LED green bulbs. I hate headlamps. The high angle of light cannot cast shadows on rocks. At night I like to run faat if possible. Hanfheld helps greatly.

Late morning start. Wish it were a couple hours earlier to avoid hot afternoon finish. But I like sleeping in before the start. I once started a race at 6pm. Lots of energy at night...but second night was brutal without sleep.

Good fall 50K is Goblin Valley. Pretty easy.

Well now I am ready. Just resting at Alamo Motel. Davy Crockett in the Alamo. lol. Later I will go to pre-race dinner. Our sport is a pretty small group so after several years I am getting to know plenty of the crowd. We enjoy getting together. Ultras are a very social events both on and off the course.

From Kelli on Thu, Jun 18, 2009 at 18:41:38 from 71.219.76.64

Enjoy the rest at the Alamo!

And, really, an easy 50K???? That is an oxymoron, but "easy" is a good thing!

Race: Big Horn 100-mile Trail Run (100 Miles) 33:21:20, Place overall: 64, Place in age division: 13
Total Distance
101.00

Full race report can be read at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=155

Well, I finished the Big Horn 100 for the 4th time.  "Finished."   That is what the goal turned out to be for me.   This turned out to be the roughest 100-mile finish of my 24 100-mile finishes.  I'll get into the gory details in my full race report later this week.  The tough factors were:  Heat, shoes that didn't fit right, mud, mud, mud, and again not dressing warm enough after sunset.  The biggest factor was the poorly fitting shoes.  The ball of my right foot became very swollen by mile 55.  I decided that I would quit once I reached mile 66 so just took it easy.  Once I got to the aid station at mile 66, I told the volunteers that I would likely quit, but I took my sweet time, washed and cared for the feet, put on shoes that fit better, and decided to still give it a go.  By then I was about three hours behind schedule.   The next 3.5 miles went great during a huge climb.  But then the heat slammed me again.  The previous afternoon I had become badly dehydrated and since then any heat affected my system poorly.   Again, I decided to quit the race but had a seven mile stretch to go before I could reach a place to quit.   A friend passed me and went ahead to tell the aid station that I would be quitting.

Well, in answer to prayer, the clouds came with a breeze and cooled things down nicely.  I was going slowly because I knew I was going to quit.  But with all that time to think, I finally decided that my excuse list was much shorter because it was now cooler.   When I arrived at the station I chowed down on greasy bacon and fried potatoes.  I sat in a chair for ten minutes to get a good rest.  Finally I announced I would continue on, but I feared the next long six-mile hot road uphill section.

Then something amazing happened.  With all of the slow moving for the past ten hour or so, my legs were well rested and ready for a good workout.   I ate well at that aid station and now had plenty of energy in my blood.  I decided to treat the last 24 miles like a training run.   I again started to run, I mean really run.  I loved running up the hills and would push them very hard.  During the next six miles I passed about 15 runners, most of them mid-pack 50-mile racers.  They were all shocked to see me cruising.  I passed my friend who thought I had dropped, and I passed him on a very steep hill that I was running up very hard.  He let out a shocked comment as I cruised by.

I reached the next aid station in great spirits.  A buddy from Colorado, Paul Grimm was there helping out, and he turned all his attention to me.   I no longer cared about my finishing time or placement, I now only wanted to finish.   I spent a full 30-minutes in the aid station, again washing my feet, lubing them, and putting on clean socks.  I even enjoyed just talking to people and sharing the experience of the past day, night, and day.

I'll save the details for the race report, but for the next ten miles I REALLY cruised.  I probably passed about 20-30 runners in both the 100-mile and 50-mile racers.   On the four-mile 4,000 foot drop, I put it in full-speed downhill gear and pushed my pace as fast as possible, as fast as I would do on fresh-legs. I don't think I have ever run such a tough, long downhill section that fast. Over and over again, runners would step off the trail and watch me blast down ahead of them.   My split time for that section was faster than all of my four years in the race.

When I reached the aid station at mile 92.5, I plopped down in a chair and let friend Jody Aslett help me recover from that amaing sprint.  She said, "The have been a couple other runners who looked worse than you."  Ha, ha.  

Well, it was 30:30 and I had 7.5 miles to go.   I had plenty of time to reach the finish by the 34-hour cutoff.  I decided to just walk the rest of it in and just enjoy the finish.  I talked to many of the runners who passed me by while I was walking.   I watched the thunderstoms roll in, wishing it would rain, but it didn't.  

I finished in 33:21, walking in slowly to the cheers of so many friends.   I was just happy to finish a race that I had quit twice.   Over 33 hours is just too long to be running.   I have a much greater respect for back-of-the pack runners who normally finish these races in over 30 hours.  Finishing 100 miles in 24-27 hours is much easier.

Comments
From Bec on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 11:22:14 from 67.177.35.60

You are my hero. You are an amazing ultra marathon runner! Your time is really good too. 13th? WOW! One day I MIGHT THINK about doing a 100 miler. Nice work.

From jun on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 11:26:07 from 66.239.250.209

Really fantastic job Davy. You showed true grit and dedication. Huge respect for the finish and sticking to it. Nice job.

From Vis on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 11:32:02 from 208.88.9.50

AMAZING.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 11:54:57 from 63.255.172.2

Wow, Dave. Very impressive. I can't wait to read the full report. And you didn't mention the ankle at all - does that mean it is still recovering well.

I can't wait to try a 100 miler some day so that I can quit a race twice and still finish!

From Holt on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 12:06:21 from 75.169.89.6

Inspiringly tough stuff!

From Jon on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 12:53:50 from 138.64.2.76

Very impressive that you had problems that early and still toughed it out to a finish. Hard core dedication. Nice job.

From crockett on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 14:22:15 from 216.49.181.128

Thanks all. Any 100-mile finish is a success, so I'm pleased. Running six hours slower than planned is a bummer, but I'll save it for another day. Next serious race will be Tahoe Rim 100 which was on of my best races last year, finishing 15th in 25:54. The course is a little easier than Big Horn.

The ankle was a mostly non-issue. Surprise! By about mile 33, I no longer felt pain there. It did slow me down before that. While I was blasting down the mountain at mile 88, I was amazed how it was putting up with tremendous force without pain. Sometimes tendons somehow heal up fast because of a long huge workout like this. I wonder if it just gets more blood flow. I don't know, but today I feel very little pain there even with severe twisting. I think I'm healed. Well, except for all my other sore muscles.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 14:34:08 from 63.255.172.2

Now you know how I feel - I've been last in a lot of races...

I want to do the Logan Peak Run this weekend, but think I will put it off until next year because I am not quite fast enough to guarantee I will finish in time (based off Paul and Celeste Collman's finishing times last year).

From Nevels on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 14:39:43 from 131.204.15.93

Solid run. Way to tough it out to the finish. I've run into mental trouble in the long ones, too, and even after walking a little more than I wanted to, the thrill of still managing to finish one of those 100-mile beasts makes it worth the while.

Congrats again, and good luck at Tahoe; that's one on my to-do list...

From Twinkies on Mon, Jun 22, 2009 at 22:36:52 from 67.166.71.60

Way you to finish. You sure now how to take a beating and just keep on going. You are an inspiration to us other runners.

From Smooth on Wed, Jun 24, 2009 at 15:41:38 from 71.36.70.118

CONGRATS on finishing a grueling Bighorn that you about quit twice. You learn from each ultra, no matter the finish time! WAY TO GET that mental toughness so many would never come close. You're an inspiration! SPEEDY RECOVERY and GOOD LUCK at Tahoe!

From crockett on Sat, Jun 27, 2009 at 13:52:35 from 71.35.209.92

I posted my full Big Horn 100 race report a couple days ago at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=155

Total Distance
1.00

An interesting topic is recovering after a 100-mile race.   The slower I do a 100-mile race, the faster I recover from it.  This past race was a very slow 100-miler for me, thus recovery is going fast.   Today I can already jog without any pain.  The muscle recovery is fast because I didn't push the muscles extremely hard (except for the initial climb and final descent.)

However, there are other body systems that will take longer to recover.  I was badly dehydrated for several hours and that really takes a toll on my system.  I still cannot stand having sunlight hit me, I want to be in the shade.    The endocrine system of the body can really be stressed.  This is a system of glands that releases hormones.  Sometimes after a 100-mile race some of my glands are swollen.  (But haven't noticed that for many races).  The stress put on this system can really effect endurance.  While I can jog without pain, I couldn't go very far before I would want to quit.

Need for sleep is another interesting factor.   Here are my sleep patterns

  • Thursday night (before race): 4 hours of good sleep - very anxious
  • Friday night (during race): 0 hours - never felt drowsy
  • Saturday night (in lots of pain): 4 hours - very restless not deep, strange dreams
  • Sunday night (after long drive): 8 hours - strange dreams (wife says lots of groaning, leg twitching)
  • Monday night: 10 hours - very deep sleep

I woke up this morning feeling like I was hit by a truck, but after a few hours felt better.

Another recovery factor is appetite.   Right after a race my appetite bounces back and I can eat plenty to recover as long as I'm no longer nauseous.  But for the next couple days, my appetite is low.  My taste buds rebell, and nothing tastes good with the exception of some salty foods.   Today (Tuesday) is the first day that both my appetite and taste buds are back in order.

Weight:  Usually I end up weighing more than when I started (unless I finish dehydrated).  But typically during the night while running I retain water because I'm not taking in enough salt, but still drinking plenty.   This was the case at Big Horn.  I was weighed on the same scale, once around 6 p.m. - mile 30 (180 pounds including shoes, etc.), and again at about 9 a.m. next morning - mile 66 (188 pounds).   Eight pound swing up from the night.  I noticed swelling in my hands.   I adjusted by not drinking as much and taking in more salt.  By mile 82 my hands were normal again.

When I returned home, I was up a couple pounds compared to when I left home.  For about 48 hours after the race, my body dumps fluid as it recovers, plenty of trips to the bathroom without drinking much.   I drop a pound or two each day.   Then when my appetite returns, I start gaining weight again.   It is a strange process.

I expect by Saturday I will be fully recovered.  In fast last year, the Saturday after Bighorn I ran in the tough Logan Peak 28-miler and finished mid-pack.  I'm too busy this Saturday, but I expect I'll be out on the trails early in the morning feeling great.

How can I recover so fast?   Through the past few years my body systems have got used to this stress that I put on it.  It has adapted and now bounces back very fast.

 

Comments
From Jon on Tue, Jun 23, 2009 at 14:52:35 from 138.64.2.76

Interesting. Not surprising that slower pace would mean faster recovery. But your aversion to light is intriguing.

Do you take S-caps mid-run for salt?

We'll miss you at Logan Peak this year.

From crockett on Tue, Jun 23, 2009 at 14:57:44 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, I took S-caps, but not enough for the conditions. Friday afternoon starting at mile 10, I became dehytrated (not enough fluids or salt). I noticed it at mile 15 when I couldn't control my breathing, it held me back from running fast. It took me a few hours to recover. On Saturday afternoon it was also hot, but I did better with the fluids and salt.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jun 23, 2009 at 19:58:39 from 97.117.76.235

Very interesting concepts. Our bodies are pretty amazing, aren't they? I'm hoping I can do 30 easy miles tomorrow and then another 15-20 miler this weekend.

I appreciate your good write-ups. They help build my ultra knowledge base.

From ultrajim on Wed, Jun 24, 2009 at 11:51:16 from 138.64.2.76

Davy, bummer you won't be a Logan Peak, but good to do some recovery before Tahoe Rim.

From jun on Wed, Jun 24, 2009 at 11:58:54 from 66.239.250.209

Very interesting post. I am obviously interested in all of these topics as I start to push into ultras. I know there were weird impacts to the body, but to hear some of yours is new to me. Cool all the same. Glad you are recovering well.

From crockett on Wed, Jun 24, 2009 at 12:04:25 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, I'll miss Logan Peak this year. My daughter is returning that afternoon from her mission to Korea. I am pleased that I can start training again on trails. Bighorn was a nice long training run. I should be in good shape for Tahoe Rim 100.

From Smooth on Wed, Jun 24, 2009 at 15:32:01 from 71.36.70.118

Very interesting observation on recovery. CONGRATS to your daughter's homecoming!!! :)

Total Distance
2.00

Feeling normal again.  Ready to get back to training....and to ditch the roads, hit the trails.   Once the 100-mile recovery usual foot-swelling went down, my ankle/foot did start hurting again, however the pain is less than a week ago before my 100-mile run.  So it looks like healing in continuing fine.

Comments
From Smooth on Thu, Jun 25, 2009 at 15:40:35 from 71.36.70.118

Glad to hear you're recovering well. Enjoy your daughter's homecoming and the trail training after that. :)

From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jun 25, 2009 at 20:55:19 from 97.117.76.235

Glad to hear you are back on track and training again.

Total Distance
8.00

Got up to go run on the trails but could see that a drenching rain had fallen over night.  Mud is that last thing I wanted to run through, but I went ahead and ran up Lott Canyon (on Lake Mountain).  It turned out that the dirt was wet, but not muddy.  It turned out to be a slow recovery run.  My endurance isn't back yet, will take a day or two more.  I just wasn't interested in getting my heart rate up yet.  Muscles and joints all felt great.  The problem ankle still has some soreness, but nothing bad.   I wore some new shoes as needed to adjust them a few times to get the right lace tension.  I could still feel the left big toe being jammed against the front of the shoe on the downhills.  It is still tender from the run last weekend.  I always do have numbness in the tip of the toe because of rubbing from the thousands of miles over the past few years.

Anyway, feeling pretty good.  I'm thrilled to be back out doing trail training again after being sidelined for the past few months because of the injury.   I guess that does sound kind of silly because during this injury I did run two marathons, one 50 mile race, and one 100 mile race.

Weight: 176.  My goal is to get under 170 for Tahoe Rim 100 next month.   I was talking with another ultrarunner after the Bighorn 100 and he commented that my weight was almost clidesdale weight for ultrarunning.   I know that sounds silly, but it is true for front-to-mid-pack 100-mile runners.   I'll work at it.

Two miles with the dog in the afternoon.

Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 8.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 10:48:56 from 66.239.250.209

Sounds like a good run this morning. Glad to hear that things are getting back to normal for you.

From Nevels on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 12:53:39 from 131.204.15.93

Alright, Davy, who's your money on at Western this weekend?

I got Jurek and Kimball

From crockett on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 13:13:09 from 216.49.181.128

WS100: Tough be bet against Scott Jurek. I'm hoping for Anton Krupicka to break through.

I'll never run the race. The lottery is too tough to get through....the race has way too much California hype. There are far many better races, and the weather is way too hot. Too many people set their sights on that race, like it is the Boston of ultras or something. No thanks, I'll run other races.

From Nevels on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 13:20:55 from 131.204.15.93

I would get behind Krupicka (I like his style), but I heard he had an injury that sidelined his training for a while.

I'd like to run Western, but I agree, there are other epics out there. One day....Hardrock....

From crockett on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 14:30:29 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, he got injured shortly after passing by me in the Desert RATS 50 race. (We weren't running in the same direction. He was already on the way back.) However, on his blog is looks like he has been doing pretty intense mountain training in Colorado. But you are probably right. He may have even pulled out because Karl doesn't include him in his odds.

And yes, I would bet on Nikki. She is amazing.

Hardrock: Hopefully next year will be my year. Two years of lottery rejects for me.

From Nevels on Fri, Jun 26, 2009 at 14:39:10 from 131.204.15.93

I've been following Krupicka's and Meltzer's blogs, as well. Tony K is a solid runner, and I'd be interested to see how he would do against the field, but given the utter omission of WS from his blog, I was just assuming he had pulled out.

Good luck on getting into Hardrock; I've got to go get myself a qualifier. For some reason, Pinhoti isn't on the list (tongue inserted firmly in cheek)

Oh, well, I'm just anxious to see how it all turns out. Any race with that stacked of a field should be interesting...

Total Distance
9.00

Did a nice early morning run up Lott Canyon on Lake Moutain.  Once up there, the legs felt good and wanted more uphill so I bushwhacked and did a steep long climb up to the top of a ridge I had never been on. (about 2000 feet up). It had great views of Cedar Valley to the west, and Utah Valley to the east.  Amazing views.  The morning was incredible.   As I was descended down a ridge I ran into a little boy scout troop hiking up.  "Oh, I guess we aren't the first ones to ever come up here."  I laughed.  One guy saw my Bighorn 100 shirt and asked if I was training for "the 100 race."   I assumed he meant Wastach and I said yes.  I didn't bother to tell him I ran 100 miles just one week ago.

I descended and took a wrong turn to go the way I came, but that was OK, I descended down the other side into Reformation Canyon and then made a run around Lake Mountain to the North.  The massive wheat fields to the north looked amazing as the tassles are now on the wheat.

On the downside.  My ankle is really still a problem.  Each day this week it hurt more with little activity.  Now it is where it was about 2-3 weeks ago.  I'm started to just resign myself to admit that it will be a problem all summer.   Yes, the run I did this morning was very rugged, each step of that ridge hike/run had a possibility of an ankle twist.  At least after 50 miles it isn't a problem so it shouldn't stop me in a 100 mile race.  I just worry that I'll have far less training on Timp this summer because of it.  Oh well

I entered the Freedom Run 10K with two of my sons for July 4.  I'm hoping to win my age group.  It will probably take a sub-43.   To medal will take a sub-45.   In 2006 I did it in 46:04 and in 2007 I did it in 44:45.   My speed is close to two minutes faster than 2007 so a 42:45 could be possible.

Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 9.00
Comments
From Kelli on Sat, Jun 27, 2009 at 13:54:20 from 71.219.76.64

Way to bushwhack!! Love it. You are AMAZING, for real.

Good luck next weekend. We will be there running the 5k (I say running loosely as I will be pushing 70 pounds in a stroller and urging my 9 year old along----I need to come up with a name for that kinds of running!) I will watch for at the 10k and hope you achieve your goals! You will have to tell us what you will be wearing so we know who to cheer!

Total Distance
0.00

Thinking about my 100-mile race finishes.   I've entered 28 and finished 24.  Hopefully Tahoe Rim 100 will be my 25th 100-mile finish.  I'm so glad I finished at Bighorn 100 a week ago.  I would be kicking myself right now if I didn't.   My DNFs were 2004 Bear, 2005 Vermont, 2005 Leadville, and 2008 Leadville.

 100-Mile Finishes

1 2005 Rocky Raccoon 26:53:00
2 2005 Bear 32:23:00
3 2006 Bighorn 29:38:03
4 2006 Tahoe Rim 28:04:49
5 2006 Wasatch 34:15:00
6 2006 Bear 30:35:00
7 2006 Pony Express 25:29:00
8 2007 Pony Express 23:26:00
9 2007 Bighorn 29:00:16
10 2007 Vermont 25:18:19
11 2007 Leadville 26:15:46
12 2007 Plain 31:45:00
13 2007 Bear 28:13:00
14 2007 Pony Express 24:45:00
15 2008 Rocky Raccoon 25:38:55
16 2008 Moab 23:33:33
17 2008 Bighorn 26:45:31
18 2008 Tahoe Rim 25:54:00
19 2008 Plain 32:18:00
20 2008 Bear 30:51:00
21 2008 Pony Express 24:26:00
22 2008 ATY 22:48:00
23 2009 Moab 24:41:00
24 2009 Big Horn 33:21:00

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Jun 28, 2009 at 00:36:20 from 97.117.78.253

Very impressive resume there, Dave. Are you at all jealous at not being kicked by a moose last weekend?

From jun on Sun, Jun 28, 2009 at 18:35:46 from 97.126.227.142

Seriously amazing, especially considering that you've only been doing it for 4 years. Incredible. Is it bad that I'm a little nervous for Thursday?

From crockett on Sun, Jun 28, 2009 at 20:26:14 from 71.36.85.82

Ya right, I'm a slow old guy with a bum foot. Sounds pretty scary to me. It will be fun to take another runner over to the "dark side" (ultra distance) for the first time. Even more fun when the runner has never run a road marathon before. That's the way to do it. I think I finished 6 100-milers before my first marathon.

From Jon on Sun, Jun 28, 2009 at 23:29:15 from 75.169.153.89

Yes, quite the impressive list of 100 finishes.

Total Distance
16.00

Reading all the race reports over the weekend and following Western States 100 progress made me feel like a slacker, so I got up early to punish myself.  I ran up to the top of Lake Mountain, a 3,200-foot climb up the rought Israel Canyon Road.  It was my 24th summit of that mountain. http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?page_id=96

Boy, the road is really chewed up this year from the trucks during the spring.   My ankle was OK going up but was a problem coming down, slowing me up.   I did it in 2:19 round trip, pretty slow.  My PR is 1:58.  The view from the top of Utah Valley lights below is amazing.   The stars were also blazing this morning.   Birds were on the road snoozing and I kept scaring them.  They scared me too.  I almost stepped on one.   Toward the top it got chilly, long sleeves and gloves.  There was a pocket of  pretty cold air in the saddle where the road goes over the top.  It was warmer on the summit. 

It was a good workout, gets me ready to start climbing Timp.  My feet still are a problem from Bighorn 100.  They still don't feel comfortable in my trail shoes.

P.M.

Six mostly flat miles dirt and pavement in the blazing 95 degree heat.  Felt great.  Legs felt strong, had to hold them back.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 6.00Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 10.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Jun 29, 2009 at 11:58:59 from 97.117.78.253

We are a bunch of psycho masochists - aren't we? Now you have me feeling like a slacker.

From jun on Mon, Jun 29, 2009 at 16:58:59 from 66.239.250.209

Great run this morning. How much of that climb (although I think on the other end of the mountain) do we have to do on Thurs?

From crockett on Mon, Jun 29, 2009 at 21:25:12 from 70.56.100.126

We will cross this road but will not go up it. Our route only has about 3,000 elevation climb for the entire route.

Total Distance
15.00

I was out the door at 2:40 a.m. to get some miles in, less hills this morning, more miles.  Ran out to Eagle Mountain an in the hills south of the Ranches, finishing up by running across the massive Church farm with its wheat.   As I would run past the wheat, I could hear russling follow me in the wheat.   I beleive if must have been crickets or something that I would startle as I ran by causing them all to jump.   Watching the dawn arrive was cool.    My legs felt great.   This was a non-carb/fast-burning run, so toward the end I was dragging pretty good energy-wise.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 15.00
Comments
From AmberG on Tue, Jun 30, 2009 at 15:21:41 from 64.255.88.143

Hey I was up running about that early this morning too. . . crazy runners! I've noticed your name on a lot of comments and thought I'd see who "Crockett" really is. Turns out I'm pretty impressed and you really do know what you're talking about!!! (reference to Holt's comments and discussion concerning Squaw 50). Anyway, you seem like a pretty amazing runner. . . nice to meet you!

From jun on Wed, Jul 01, 2009 at 10:33:39 from 66.239.250.209

glad everything felt great, especially the foot. I hope you are ready to short-rope me around Lake Mountain tomorrow. Ha. It should be a lot of fun. Nice run today.

Total Distance
1.00

Race: Lake Mountain 50K (31 Miles) 05:29:00, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
31.00

Well, not really a race, but a great fun run with jun.  We ran all the way around Lake Mountain, the mountain west of Utah Lake.   See course description.  This was the sixth time I have accomplished this loop.  

We went exactly 50K by eliminating the out and back seen on the map and tightening the loop.  Jun will provide all the details. I'll let him tell the story.  I was pleased to help him go over to the "dark side" of running for the first time, the ultra-distance.  What is impressive is that he has never run a marathon. 

We started in the dark about 4:20 a.m. and took it easy for the first few miles.  We enjoyed watching Venus rise and then the sun.  The views of Utah Lake are always incredible along the east side of the loop.  Jun pushed me pretty good on the east side.   After about ten miles I finally was warmed up and could push the pace hard when I wanted to.   We made a 5-minute bathroom break at Enoch Pass and and 10-minute stop at about the half-way point were we refilled and ate goodies I dropped there the night before.

Around mile 26, in Cedar Valley, my injured foot really flared up bad.  I fell behind jun by about a quarter mile and was limping badly, very discouraged.   I finally figured out that if I ran hard, more pressure would be put on my toes and less pressure on the tendon insertion point on the bottom of my foot.  So I ran that last four miles pretty hard and set the course record of 5:29.   Jun finished in 5:39.   Add 15 minutes for our stops if you want.   It was about 75 degrees when we finished and felt very hot.   I lost about 4 pounds due to dehydration.  We both ran out of water toward the end.

It was a great run.  Jun will provide the details with pictures and video I am sure.  He is now the 6th runner to finish this crazy course.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 31.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 14:11:48 from 63.255.172.2

Good job taking someone over to the dark side. Power to the ultramarathoners!

Is the ankle still improving overall?

From The Howling Commando on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 14:12:45 from 72.224.24.41

Nice run! Way to adapt and be smarter than the injury :D. If your body hurts, push harder through the pain. Hoo ha! Youre of the howling commando spirit! That looks like loads of fun! I can't wait to be an ultra runner!

From crockett on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 14:34:35 from 71.36.86.229

Ankle/Foot(peroneal tendon) is about the same for the past 3-4 weeks. I expect it will probably stay the same all summer/fall until I really stop to let it heal. But it is manageable right now. Slows me down somewhat during the first half of races but doesn't make me DNS or DNF.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 15:41:07 from 63.255.172.2

I may have to go out and run this one day this fall or next summer. You did a pretty good job outlining the course on your website.

From jun on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 15:41:46 from 97.126.237.48

Thanks again Davy. That was awesome. I'll have pictures up later. I'm tired right now and want to hang with my wife.

From crockett on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 15:44:13 from 71.36.86.229

We started in the northwest corner of the loop....easy access by car on the Lake Mountain Road dirtroad where the powerlines cross over.

From Smooth on Thu, Jul 02, 2009 at 15:52:30 from 71.36.78.56

NICE 50K run!!! WAY to push thru the pain at the end! You AMAZED me every single time!!! You're my hero!!!

From Kelli on Fri, Jul 03, 2009 at 23:50:16 from 71.219.89.21

You guys are just amazing. Reading all of this takes me back to previous comments and I just can not fathom how anyone does not consider this true hard core running. You do what most of us never could! AWESOME!

Total Distance
9.00

Gave the ankle a break and ran on roads this morning.  Some crash training for the big 10K tomorrow in an attempt to learn how to run on roads.   Ran along the Jordan River.  Wow, I've never seen it so full. Also took the dog for a three-mile run up into Saratoga Hills.  The morning was very pleasant, great to be out.   Got to carb up for the big race.

Signed up for Park City Marathon in August.  What's up with this?  Three marathons in one year?   I also did this to steer me away from signing up for Leadville 100 again this year, on the same day.   I've been very tempted, but the cost for everything doing that approaches $1,000, just shouldn't do it.  Also, I dread all the altitude training needed.  So, now I've made up my mind by signing up for Park City and staying home.   Watch out, I might be going over to the "dark side" and converting to a road runner.  Sasha would be happy.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 9.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Jul 03, 2009 at 14:02:18 from 63.255.172.2

We can do an intervention or exorcism if it gets too bad.

From jun on Fri, Jul 03, 2009 at 23:00:50 from 97.126.237.48

A. I'll never believe you'll convert.

B. I can't believe you can run after yesterday. Wait, yes I can. Way to go.

Race: Freedom Run 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:43:09, Place overall: 78, Place in age division: 3
Total Distance
8.00

I had a great time running the Freedom Run in Provo with three of my sons.   Connor (12) and Kevin (25) ran in the 5K.  Kevin edged him out by 5 seconds.   Ryan (18) ran in his first 10K and reached his goal of breaking one hour.

My goal was to break 43 minutes and to place in my age group.  I came very close.   There were 1,358 finishers in the 10K this year.   When I ran in it two years ago there were about 900.  The race keeps growing and growing.

The first mile is uphll and it gave me trouble. My legs felt a little heavy from the 50K run a couple days ago.  By the top of the hill I was breathing hard and took some time to recover, missing the chance to really blast down the next mile.  The first two miles were 6:44 and 6:30.   Mile three is flat and heads south on University Avenue to the parade route, lined by thousands of people.   I ran toward the center of the road to keep my concentration up.   I saw buddy Jarom, Thurston handing out water at mile 3. We joined in with the 5K route and with the back-of-pack walkers clogging up the road.   Miles 3 and 4 were: 6:51 and 7:05.

Mile 5 was my problem.  I lost concentration as I became frustrated with the 5K walkers lined six-abrest across the road.   We had to dodge our way through them.  I tried to encourage many of them to move to the left so the runners had a lane.   We had to run up an out and back toward the state hospital.  Coming back down there was no sign of Ryan so I knew he was more than a mile behind.   Mile 5 was about 7:28.  

I woke back up and pushed much harder toward the finish.  There were hundreds of slow-moving 5K runners to get by, but I managed.   Mile 6 was about 7:06.   I looked down at my watch and I knew breaking 43 would be a real challenge.  I pushed almost as hard as I could and watched the clock ahead ticking toward 43.   I finished in 43:08.   A PR for 10K by 9 seconds!  I beat my course PR by almost two minutes.  I might be a really old guy, but I'm still getting faster.

I placed 3rd in my age group (35 runners) and got a sweet, impressive, crystal trophy.   It was fun being with my sons.  A fun way to spend a July 4th morning.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 8.00
Comments
From jun on Sat, Jul 04, 2009 at 14:46:08 from 97.126.237.48

Nice race. I can only imagine how frustrating it must have been trying to run by the slow-movers. Great job placing in your age group.

From Kelli on Sat, Jul 04, 2009 at 15:32:04 from 71.219.89.21

I can not believe you can even run after that 50k!! That race was crazy----tons of people. I did not expect so many.

Great job. I wish I had met you while I was there. We hung out until they posted the 5k results, but my son came in 4th in his age group so we left.

Congrats to you and your sons! Have a great rest of the day!

From Lyns on Sat, Jul 04, 2009 at 15:33:28 from 75.162.104.51

Impressive numbers over there on your info. You must be in Great shape!

Good work on the 10K today also. Looks like you beat your fastest time!

From mike mcclellan on Sat, Jul 04, 2009 at 17:33:54 from 192.28.0.21

Great job!! I know what you mean, I have had to practice my hurdling skills in races before because of fast starters who run out of gas early in a race.

From Smooth on Sat, Jul 04, 2009 at 21:33:18 from 71.32.234.26

WOW! Davy, GREAT RACE!!! How in the world did you do it after running a tough 50K couple days ago? SO AWESOME that you're getting faster and stronger. CONGRATS on bringing home the trophy and a sweet PR. GREAT JOB to all your boys too! What a fun way to start the 4th with your sons!!!

From crockett on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 09:26:08 from 71.36.80.240

Thanks Smooth, what is interesting is that I felt just as worn out yesterday afternoon after the 10K as I did after the 50K. I'm just not used to running that fast and I ended the 10K badly dehydrated.

From MichelleL on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 11:47:17 from 71.35.250.200

Hey nice job! I was on the course cheering (Univ Ave and 500 N) but I didn't see you. That is a tremendously annoying part of this race. If they are going to have a 5k and 10k at the same time on the same course, they should have a 5 minute discussion with the 5k crowd regarding some etiquette. Like the walking side by side 6 women wide. Rampant and it slows us racers down. I know one of the race directors and I'll mention it to him when I next see him.

From Jon on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 12:17:21 from 198.60.103.104

Nice job, Davy. It can definitely be hard to run fast enough in these short races when you have a long distance mindset.

From DonGardinero on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 20:03:13 from 75.162.167.163

Awesome job, Davy!!! Wow, only a few days after running a 50k. Amazing!!!

From Kelli on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 21:02:03 from 71.219.89.21

Michelle, I just want you to know that I am NOT one of those people. I so make sure that i stay out of the way. As soon as we heard the motorcycles coming (with the 10k runners) I was yelling at everyone to get out of the way! There were so many people at that point, it was very congested. But I got out of the way and encouraged everyone else to do so. A lot of them asked me how I knew, so I do think it is something they should mention before the 5k starts. I think most runners have no idea, but when they know what is going on they are more than happy to get out of the way.

From Steve Piccolo on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 22:10:56 from 66.60.123.63

Nice run. I think I may have been running near you for much of the race. Were you listening to an iPod? If so, that might have been you encouraging the walkers to move over. Because you finished about 45 seconds in front of me.

Anyway, nice race. And especially after an ultra a few days ago.

From MichelleL on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 23:18:15 from 71.35.250.200

Kelli-of course you aren't, did you think I was referring to you? There is a lot of congestion in the race in general, but it is those who stay in a pack and walk 4-6 abreast that irritate me. I agree that just some etiquette reminders would be good, since there are so many who do this race who are not part of the road race community, per se.

From Kelli on Sun, Jul 05, 2009 at 23:41:23 from 71.219.89.21

Nope, Michelle, I did not think you meant me! Just wanted to make sure you knew I was a polite runner to the speedies! I actually felt guilty in this race for having a double stroller. BUT I was one of the people trying to get around those walking or walk/running who were 5 and 6 people wide. Oh well, at least a bunch of people were out there running!

From crockett on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 10:23:34 from 216.49.181.128

Steve, that sounds like me. I was plugged into my tunes, wearing a Runners Corner shirt. Hopefully you didn't hear me saying too many rude things to the walkers blocking the road. I never heard their replies since I was plugged in. Rex Lee Run has the same problem although the merged course is shorter and when I join it the 5Kers are still trying to run.

Total Distance
11.00

It is time to train for the Wasatch 100, which is just a little over two months away.  I need to start doing mountain climbs much more.   Yes, I do have the Tahoe Rim 100 in two weeks, but that will be more like a training run.

I did another early morning run up to the top of Lake Mountain, about ten miles round trip with almost 3,000 feet climb.   I was very sluggish the entire time.  Just couldn't find the energy and motivation.  The ankle pain was bad and was very discouraging taking all the fun out of it.  It was slow.

On the bright side, I did get the run done.  Since I was so slow, I was able to enjoy watching the dawn arrive.   When I started the run, an almost full moon was sinking ahead of me below the top of Lake Mountain.  As I neared the summit, Venus was ahead of me rising.  And then coming down the red glow of dawn could be seen across Utah Lake above Timp.  As it became lighter, the green of the wheat and corn fields of the massive Church farm were a beautiful contrast to the red glow reflecting off the clouds.   It was a wonderful morning.  Too bad I felt slow, old, and fat.

PM

Walked a mile at lunch, ankle felt much better.  I almost convinced that my Vasque Velocity shoes just irriate the tendon too much.  I made an appointment with Golden at Runners Corner to help me search for new shoes.   A shame since I've probably run in 30 pair of those shoes over the past several years, but it may be time to move on to newer technology.  I also have two new pair, $150 wasted.  Oh well, my sons all have the same foot size so they are pleased when I give them shoes, usually worn out shoes.

Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 10.00
Comments
From jun on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 10:41:03 from 66.239.250.209

Now that is a great way to start your day. I got to inhale car fumes as morning commuters drove by. I'm so jealous of your run. Have a great week.

From Jon on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 10:42:11 from 138.64.2.76

Would it be better to take 3-5 days off to get the ankle better (if that would be enough time), then train hard? Or just train through it. If more than a week of rest would be needed and you can train on it, then I understand no rest. But if a few days off would help a lot, that may be somthing to consider.

From crockett on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 10:53:41 from 216.49.181.128

Jon, taking a few days off doesn't seem to help. At this point, working it seems to help better. I have good days and bad days. I don't know. My current plan is to just ignore it and see what happens, try to get through the 100-mile racing season and then try to heal it. The pain has shifted up the tendon from the foot up to the ankle, so I'm still hopeful that things are healing. Also, it seems to feel better after warming up (10 miles or more).

From Jon on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 10:57:47 from 138.64.2.76

I've had injuries like that- rest doesn't seem to help, and it seems to slowly get better while running. Regular ice may help, too.

From crockett on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 11:16:53 from 216.49.181.128

Thanks, yes, I'll try doing more ice. Another thing that didn't help was doing that 50K run Thursday in road shoes. After 25 miles the insertion point of the tendon on the bottom of my foot really hurt because the shoe didn't protect the foot enough, hitting all those rocks. Also, my trail shoes (used this morning) seem to irritate the ankle. Time to go shoe shopping.

From Smooth on Mon, Jul 06, 2009 at 16:34:04 from 71.36.81.56

Sounds like a gorgeous morning run. Glad you know what needs fixing. Better to waste $150 than train and run thru painful foot/ankle. Have fun shoe shopping. Hope you find just the right ones for ya.

Total Distance
7.00

I went on a beautiful tough run this morning.   We went up to Midway to stay for the first time in my Dad's new summer home.   At 4 a.m. I left the house with flashlight in hand, not knowing anything about the trails, but headed up the mountain.  I ended up going up Faucett canyon, and climbed 2,000 feet all the way to the top of Middle Mountain overlooking Midway and Heber to the east and the back of the Wasatch range to the west.   I ended up on the Wasatch 100 course about at mile 94.2, a mile away from Pot Bottom, the last aid station. 

The road I took up was a rough ATV trail in a small canyon bottom that at many points was a pretty severe "V" shape.  It made it pretty challenging running down.  I discovered that the only way to run without slipping and falling was to keep zigzagging back and forth on the walls of the "V."  Just as I would almost start falling I would bounce over to the other wall which would slow me back down and then I would bounce back to the other wall.  It was great fun.  I decended as the dawn appeared.  It was a beautiful way to begin the day with a great challenging climb.

This run really psyched me up to get ready for Wasatch 100.  I did finish Wasatch back in 2006, but ran poorly during the night, wasting 1.5 hours trying to recover at Brighton.   This year I hope to redeem myself and have a strong race.

My ankle felt great.  Go figure.  I have no idea why it felt much better today compared to yesterday.   I did take an Aleve, maybe that helped.

Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 7.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Jul 07, 2009 at 12:18:36 from 66.239.250.209

Cool run. Midway is a great town and lots of access to hills and trails.

From DonGardinero on Tue, Jul 07, 2009 at 23:36:24 from 152.216.7.5

Very nice way to start the day!!!

Total Distance
11.00

Yesterday I went to Runners Corner and Golden spent a good amount of time with me taking a look at my shoe problems and had me try various shoes.  As it turns out, I think my trail shoes have been almost a full size too small.  My feet have likely grown a little with the 13,000+ miles over the past few years.

I selected the new La Sportiva Wildcats.  I tried them out on the tough run up to the summit of Lake Mountain, with 3,000 feet of climbing and plenty of rough surface, my 26th summit.   The shoes fit great and gripped the rocks well.   My only concern is that they might not have enough motion control to protect the injured tendon.  But I was able to run hard on the downhills without feeling like I was thrashing my feet.  That is a nice feeling.   That has been my biggest problem during the past few 100-mile races.

My uphill strength seems to be improving.  My round trip was 2:17 which is typical.  My PR for this run is 1:50 which is very fast and was done when the road was much smoother.  I think I'm ready to start attacking Timp.   My number of Timp summits is at 56.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 10.00
Comments
From jun on Wed, Jul 08, 2009 at 12:17:26 from 66.239.250.209

I'm really close to attacking your Timp summit total. I'm at 1. Glad you found some new shoes. I hear great things about La Sportiva.

From crockett on Wed, Jul 08, 2009 at 14:14:07 from 216.49.181.128

I had bad experiences with the La Sportiva Fireblades. I did go through three pair, but they lack support and just aren't made for ultra distance, especially for a bigger runner like me. This Wildcat model looks like it has much better support. We'll see. I might need to use something else with even more support until the tendon heals.

Good job on being on Timp Summit number 1. You are not too far off from me. Four years ago I was only on #3. I might go do a Timp double on Saturday.

From Smooth on Wed, Jul 08, 2009 at 15:41:12 from 71.32.232.75

Hope the new shoes work good for ya. Have fun on the Timp double!

Total Distance
14.00

I gave the ankle a break and ran a much flatter run this morning.   I ran over to the Talon Cove golf course and ran the fairways of holes 6-12.  I run on the fairways and cart paths, avoiding the tees and greens.   Once I got to the 13th hole, I decided to stay on holes 13-15 for awhile because they are away from the houses.  On some holes I woke up dogs and they were barking too much, so away from the homes this wasn't a problem.   Running holes 13-15 is about a 1.2-mile loop with hills.  Hole 13 is a nice downhill par 4, Hole 14 is a level Par 3 (all cart path), and Hole 15 is a steady uphill par 5 hole.   I ran this loop 5 times.  My split times for the last four loops were, 9:52, 9:40, 8:46, and 9:41.   I pushed it pretty hard on sections.   From there, the dawn was arriving and I ran up into the foothill neighborhoods on the other side of Redwood Road and finished up with trails behind Rattlesnake Ridge.  Total climb was probably about 1,000 feet during the run.  So far this week I've climbed about 9,000 feet total.  Not bad.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 14.00
Total Distance
19.00

Went up to Scout Camp at Scofiled.  Got up at 3:40 for a long run while everyone was sleeping.  It was great found exploring routes.   I finally ended up at the Scofiled trailhead for the trail that heads up to the Highline Drive 12 miles away.  I ran up that canyon (Potown Creek) all the way up to Bear Ridge where I witnessed a fantastic sunrise glowing through the apsens.   It was amazing.   I was up around 9,000 feet.   I returned more directly, now knowing the route and saw a beautiful deer bounding near me.  I was on the lookout for it becuse I noticed fresh tracks that had bee laid down after I had passed there before.  Sure enough, there it was.   The lake was beautiful and there were already fisherman out on it.   I blasted down the hill in the scout camp and returned to our camp just in time for a great breakfast.   What a great way to start a morning.  I think i did about 2,000 feet of climbing.  That makes 11,,000 feet for the week.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 17.00
Total Distance
27.00

Still at scout camp up at Scofield Reservoir, I again got up very early, the sixth straight day that I was out running around 3:30 a.m.  I’ve never done that before.  I’m going to have to catch up on sleep.  For today’s adventure, I decided that I would run all the way around Scofield Reservoir.  I bet no one has done that before.  My route turned out to be 18 miles.

I quietly left camp as the boys and leaders were snoring away after a lively evening that didn’t stop until midnight.  So, I was working on only three hours of sleep.  I did have a few cat-naps during the previous day.   I ran the loop clockwise, first running north out of the camp and state park and onto the pavement, Rt. 96.  All was quiet in the early morning and I only had about four cars pass me in either direction.  I pushed the pace a bit on the pavement.  I was feeling good and my problem ankle was doing well.  Yesterday I did some work on my shoe tread and insole to carve off some material to relieve some pressure on the outside of my foot.  It seemed to work very well, because my foot was never in much pain on this run.

As I was running along, my thoughts turned to the Colorado Mountains were several friends were running in the Hardrock 100, the toughest 100-mile race in the U.S.   Local runner, the best in the world, Karl Meltzer won the race as I was running along, in 24:38.

I reached the far south end of the loop and ran through the little town of Scofield which was still very much asleep.  It was now about 5:15 a.m.  I was still on the pavement.  The loop has about 10 miles of pavement.    The sun started to rise and again today cause the clouds to look like they were on fire.  It was an amazing scene.

I finally reached dirt road as several fisherman drove by and stopped to fish at Fish Creek.   I was now in familiar territory, reaching a point where I had passed by in my yesterday’s run.  As I ran along the wide dirt road, I passed by a couple massive cabins.  I scratch my head and wonder why people want expensive cabins out here.  There are no trees and it tends to be pretty windy.  I guess they must have a great love for fishing and ATVs.  Sitting under a cool tree in your yard isn’t an option.

To finish my run, I had to zig-zag up some roads and then decided to save a mile by doing a short bushwhack directly toward the scout camp.  I descended a steep slope and then quickly connected to a trail the scouts had pounded out with their feet in a grove of trees where they did wilderness survival a couple nights earlier.  The downhill run was fun as I bounded through grass and jumped over logs.

I spilled out into the scout camp, ran past the rifle range, and waved at all the camp staff who were all out picking up trash in a wide open field.  I’m sure they wondered who this early morning runner was.  I made the final climb up to our camp and arrived just as everyone was waking up.  Perfect timing.

It was a wonderful early morning run.  It was pretty level, most of the way, I probably only climbed about 1,000 feet.  My time for the 18 miles was about 3:15

PM

Returned home in the morning. After an afternoon nap, went on an 4 mile run with the dog.  I felt no ill-effects from the long morning run.  In fact I felt vey strong and fast.   After I pooped out the dog, I dropped her off at home and continued on a hill run.  The legs felt great.   I finished it off with a mile run through the development, running on a strip of grass along the parkway.  I pushed it very hard.  Neighbors driving by must think I'm weird running on the grass instead of the road and path like everyone else.  But the grass is tougher and energizes me, forcing me to lift my legs more and push harder.   I did get a few friendly waves from passing cars.   It was a very good week of training.   I'm so happy to be out training again.  It feels like I'm almost back to where I should be after that setback from the injury.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 18.00Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 8.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 15:23:47 from 97.117.58.176

Dave - impressive miles this week and at scout camp no less. Glad to hear you are finding some solutions to the foot problem.

From mike mcclellan on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 15:44:01 from 192.28.0.21

Dave, Have you ever thought of running the Badwater race? Sounds like your kind of race.

From crockett on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 15:49:58 from 71.36.84.92

Badwater? No, never. I hate running in heat and on pavement for more than a few miles. That race has no appeal to me. My dream race is going on right now, Hardrock 100 in Colorado, 33,000 feet of climbing. I haven't gotten in the lottery for the past two years. Maybe next year.

From Jon on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 15:54:58 from 205.149.142.66

Hope you get in Hardrock next year. After all, somebody's gotta give Karl a run for his money...

From crockett on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 18:56:16 from 71.36.84.92

Jon: Har, Har. The only time I have kept up with Karl in a race is when he lapped me at H.U.R.T 100. He was 20 miles ahead and I could only stay with him for about 400 yards.

From mike mcclellan on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 19:04:09 from 192.28.0.21

I see. The Hardrock 100 must be a popular race.What makes it so appealing?

From crockett on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 19:10:44 from 71.36.84.92

Hardrock is without a doubt the most beautiful course in the US. High Colorado mountains. Huge climbs, very difficult. 48-hour cutoff.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 22:47:50 from 97.117.58.176

When I grow up I want to be just like you.

From Smooth on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 22:54:28 from 71.36.67.77

AWESOME Crockett sneaked in a few during scout camp! You're incredible! Hope you get into Hardrock next year! Sleep in tomorrow! It's Sunday!

From jun on Sat, Jul 11, 2009 at 22:56:24 from 97.126.237.48

Nice run. Sounds like it was fun and beautiful.

From mike mcclellan on Sun, Jul 12, 2009 at 07:03:14 from 192.28.0.21

I hope that you get to do it one day.

From jun on Sun, Jul 12, 2009 at 23:11:18 from 97.126.235.127

Glad things are feeling so good for you right now. It sure sounds like you are ready for Tahoe.

Total Distance
16.00

After work I drove up American Fork Canyon to the Timpooneke Trailhead to run up to the top of Mount Timpanogos for the first time this year.  It would be my 57th career summit.   This run is about 15 miles round-trip and ascends about 4,800 feet to 11,749.  I had yet to be above 10,000 feet this season.

I decided to use this run to benchmark my fitness level.  I have run this trail so many times that I know precisely what a good run is for me on this trail.  I really worried that I was in poor shape because of less training due to my ankle injury.   Last year by July 12, I had already summitted Timp three times.  I really had no idea how I would do and how altitude would affect me.

Shortly before 5 p.m., I was away on the trail.   Water was rushing down the river below the trail, a sign of a good runoff.  I was curious to know how much snow there was up above.   I reached the “ten-minute rock” in about nine minutes, a nice start!   This is a big boulder by the trail as it makes a turn to the left to head toward Scout Falls.  The usual streams crossing the trail in this section were running pretty fast.  I knew that tip-toeing across them would slow me down, so I just blasted across them.  My feet would dry off very fast.

I passed by Scout Falls in 20:15, which is a very good time.  I was feeling fine and not breathing hard.  This was a great sign.  I continued up the giant staircase, a series of plateaus in the huge valley.   I was surprised to see that by the one-hour mark, I had reached a point higher than about 53 of my previous runs up this trail.   Wow, what was going on?   I did notice that my right quad was starting to feel pain.  I discovered the reason.  I was leading out with that foot on the climbs, protecting my tender left foot that wasn’t really bothering me at all.  Recently I was just getting in the habit of leading with that foot.  I concentrated on a more balanced approach and could feel my left quad contributing more.

The usual snow fields arrived below the basin and they slowed me down somewhat getting across them.  It looked like there was about the same amount of snow, perhaps a little more than last year at this time.

I reached Timp Basin at the junction of the trail that heads to Emerald Lake in 1:23, again a very good time for me.   I could now see the entire basin and all the huge snow fields.   I was now at 10,000 feet and my breathing was still under control.  The basin was void of the usual plants that cover it later in the summer.  Little shoots of green could be seen all over.  The snow cover must have only disappeared across the basin a couple weeks ago.   I had to pass over occasional snow fields, taking the usual snow routes for early in the season.  I stopped to refill a water bottle in a little stream that runs directly off of a snow bank.  I’ve filled up in this steam many times in the past and never had problems.   The cold water tasted fantastic.

Up on the shelf below the saddle, I bypassed taking the sweeping switch-back through boulder fields and instead headed more directly toward the saddle by hiking across the snow that covered the shelf almost completely.   The climb up was a little challenging in the snow and there wasn’t a very distinct trail in the snow yet.   I’ve run the trail when there was much more snow.  I would say that it still is too challenging for Timp novices who don’t know for sure where the trail goes, and would freak out going over steep snow slopes, but probably within a week or two it will be just fine for the usual large groups that go up on the weekends.      

As I looked up to the saddle, I spied a mountain goat standing on a large rock, right on the saddle looking down at me.  I reached the saddle (11,000 feet) at 1:56, still a good pace, but it slowed down a bunch from the snow climbs.   Going over onto the western side, a warm wind hit me.  I needed to tighten my hat in order not to lose it.  All that was left was the rugged climb up to the summit.   The mountain goat ran up on the trail ahead of me, keeping a close eye on me.  

I pushed on ahead, starting to feel the altitude, and I stopped to eat a couple of peanut butter cups.   All I brought on the run was two water-bottles filled with water and a few bite-sized cups.  That would be plenty for me. The trail to the summit was rougher than usual.  Many rocks had been pushed onto the trail from the winter snow, but there was no snow on the trail, on this side of the mountain.   As I made the final push up the slope, I slowed from the altitude, but still had a steady pace, only stopping a couple times for about ten seconds.  

I reached the summit (11,749) at 2:22, a good time for me, but not fantastic -- Pretty average.   I signed the summit book and found my last entry on 10/3/08, my 56th summit.  I also found Phil Lowry’s entry in October for his record 401st summit.   Someone had written a sarcastic “Right!” next to it.  I added a comment that Phil is the record holder.  It is an amazing accomplishment.   He hasn’t yet gone up this year.  I texted Phil on my phone with a message that only said, “57.”   He would know what the meant.  And I made a quick call to home telling my son that I was on the top of the mountain and would be home in a couple hours.

Now, I was interested to see how fast I could get down.  I love running down this very technical trail.  My run down went fine until I started to get a little cocky and didn’t pay attention.  I twisted my bad ankle very bad and screamed in pain.  Luckly it didn’t pull my bad tendon and within a minute the pain was gone.  That was a close one.   About ten minutes later, both my feet stumbled on rocks and I started to go flying off the trail, with my head going right toward a huge boulder.   But thankfully, at the last split-second, one of my feet regained control and pushed me back up, catching my balance.  That would have been a terrible fall.  I know my head would have hit hard and my arms would also have been bloodied.   After this I slowed down some to be more cautious.  I finally noticed that I was having trouble getting used to my new shoes.  The tread was catching on rocks.  I needed to lift my feet better.  Also my left toe would catch continually, probably because the left foot was protecting my injured ankle.   I concentrated on these factors and eventually could speed up again.

The sun was going down, but I had plenty of light all the way down.   I finished my run in 3:54.  My PR is 3:35.   But anything under four hours is very good.  I was delighted.   I was greatly aided on the run down by snow fields.  I was able to take some significant short-cuts by bounding down steep snow sections. They were all near the trail but helped me skip some switch-backs.  It was great fun.

Last year my first trip up was 4:25.   I did accomplish a 3:46 on July 12, 2008, almost exactly a year ago.  So I have concluded that my fitness is just about what it was this time last year.  That is very good news and means that I should set my sights high for Saturday’s Tahoe Rim 100.  I’ll take this race more seriously now and start a taper.

My splits for the run were:

 

Scout Falls

20:15

Emerald Lake trail

1:23

Saddle

1:56

Summit

2:22

Saddle

2:37

Emerald Lake trail

2:55

Scout Falls

3:38

Finish

3:54

 

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 15.00
Comments
From jun on Mon, Jul 13, 2009 at 11:40:13 from 66.239.250.209

Lucky! Sounds like a lot of fun. I hope it isn't too hot.

From crockett on Mon, Jul 13, 2009 at 14:00:52 from 216.49.181.128

Timp is always pleasant both early morning and late afternoon. It will be warm at the bottom, but very quickly cools off as you climb and the sun sets. Wind might be a challenge on the last section today.

From jun on Tue, Jul 14, 2009 at 10:15:24 from 97.126.235.127

Sounds like another amazing trip up Timp. I'll have to head up there in the next couple of weeks. I had a friend who was supposed to hike it last Saturday but canceled because he thought there was still too much snow. He is now going to go at the end of the month. Good luck in Tahoe. You driving out by yourself?

From crockett on Tue, Jul 14, 2009 at 11:13:27 from 216.49.181.128

Still trying to convince my wife and maybe some kids to come with me to Tahoe.

From jun on Tue, Jul 14, 2009 at 12:49:27 from 66.239.250.209

I have a question for you. Who crews for you at your 100 milers? If you need someone to crew for you or even a pacer for a stretch I'd be interested (not for Tahoe - too close for me to get approval from my wife) in helping out. It would allow me to get familiar with courses and the process of running the races. Plus, it just sounds super fun.

From crockett on Tue, Jul 14, 2009 at 13:55:46 from 216.49.181.128

I usually only use crews and pacers for the local races (unless I combine with a backpacking trip with my backpacking buddies as I did at Leadville in 07). I would welcome your help. The two best possibilities are Wasatch and The Bear. I haven't firmed things up on either. My backpacking buddies who are both experienced crews and pacers are likely to help on portions of both of these events. So if you are interested in either, let me know and we can add you to the list a figure something out. It is a great way to participate in a 100-miler. It makes it more real, that it is possible to do yourself some day.

From jun on Tue, Jul 14, 2009 at 14:31:55 from 66.239.250.209

Yes, i'll let you know for sure in the next couple of days. I just need to look at the dates of the events and how they coincide with stuff at home. I would like to help out.

Total Distance
1.00

Total Distance
1.00

I'm in taper mode.  I planned to get up and run about seven miles but with the Harry Potter mania going on in the house, kids coming home in the middle of the night, dogs barking, etc., I wanted more sleep.

Now my thoughts turn to Tahoe Rim 100 on Saturday.  That was probably my best race performance last year.  I finished in 25:53, (17th out of  111) which was over two hours faster than my first finish there.  I would be VERY happy to just repeat that performance.  However, I will push for even more.  Here are my split goals.

  miles Goal 2006 2008
Start 0 0:00 0 0
Hobart 6.4 1:10 1:13 1:11
Tunnel Creek 11.4 2:00 2:07 2:02
Tunnel Creek 17.7 3:15 3:33 3:19
Mt. Rose 26.7 5:05 5:37 5:14
Tunnel Creek 35.7 7:05 7:51 7:12
Hobart 40.7 8:25 9:30 8:35
Snow Valley 43.5 9:20 10:31 9:29
Spooner 50.6 10:50 12:12 11:00
Hobart 56.6 12:35 14:32 13:01
Tunnel Creek 61.6 13:50 15:52 14:26
Tunnel Creek 67.9 15:50 18:02 16:33
Mt. Rose 76.9 18:15 21:00 19:01
Tunnel Creek 85.9 20:40 23:56 21:35
Hobart 90.9 22:05 25:47:00 23:21
Snow Valley 93.7 23:10 26:43:00 24:27:00
Finish 101 24:40:00 28:04:00 25:53:00

If I would have achieved a 24:40 last year, that would have netted me a 10th place finish.  I don't think the field is as competitive toward the top this year.

This race is run up on the ridges above the eastern side of Lake Tahoe.   The temperatures are usually pleasant for running.  For some odd reason, the finishing rate is very low, around 60% or less.   The course and conditions are not that tough.  However, mentally, it requires toughness because you do a 50-mile loop twice and I think a lot of people quit after the first loop, not wanting to go out into the night to do it again.

I've been working to solve the problems I had at Bighorn 100 last month.

1. Shoes.  I believe I've solved this. I have two new models that have tested out well.  I shouldn't have bad feet problems.

2. Dehydration.  Bighorn started in the heat at 11 a.m.   This race starts in the cool early morning.   I'll push the liquids and electrolytes harder.

3. Ankle.   The ankle feels much better.  It still has pain, but it held up very well on my Timp run on Monday.

Comments
From jun on Wed, Jul 15, 2009 at 13:52:07 from 66.239.250.209

Good luck. It sounds like a ridiculous amount of fun.

From crockett on Wed, Jul 15, 2009 at 14:07:48 from 216.49.181.128

Thanks jun, regarding your worries. Don't sweat tired-feeling legs. That will go away. Comes and goes for me all the time. Right knee, if under the knee cap is usually a bruised knee cap (Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome). Does it hurt after sitting and going down stairs? If so, this is because the knee cap probably was sliding out of its groove a little during the long run. Rest will solve it, but you can run through it. Working your quads will tighten up the knee cap to stay in that groove. Careful with cross-training activities....elipticals can make it worse and kicking from swimming can make it worse. I wear sleeves on my knees while swimming to avoid getting the knee caps loose.

From Jon on Wed, Jul 15, 2009 at 17:03:32 from 128.217.221.145

Yes, good luck and have a whole heck of a lot of fun. Remember, go easy the first 99, then give it all ya got!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Jul 17, 2009 at 11:28:59 from 63.255.172.2

Dave - good luck on the race tomorrow. I hope that all your plans go well and that the ankle holds up for you. No major face plants - especially with boulders. That is an order!

Total Distance
0.00

 

Race: Tahoe Rim Trail 100 (101 Miles) 25:43:00, Place overall: 17, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
101.00

A rough draft of my race report that will later appear on my main blog:

For the third time, I entered the Tahoe Rim Trail 100 held in the mountains on the north-east side of beautiful blue Lake Tahoe.  This race is in its 4th year.  The course is laid out on state park and state forest land, climbing ridges overlooking beautiful Lake Tahoe and various reservoirs.  The surface is mostly very runnable, soft single track.  There is about 19,500 feet of climbs, aided by many switchbacks.  Most of the course runs between 7,000-9,000 feet elevation.   This race for some reason has a low finisher rate, but to me, this is an “easy” mountain 100 course.

TRT100 is a very runnable course with a few tough climbs.  The only downside is that the 100-mile course does the 50-mile course twice.   But that is OK because for most of the runners, the second trip is mostly at night.  It is nice to see the entire course during the daylight and then see it from another perspective at night.  Another fun feature are the out and backs and being able to see the 50-milers and 50K runners on the course too.

Goals

Last year, in 2008, this was probably my best-performing 100-mile race.   I finished 17th out of 111 starters with a time of 25:54.   This year, with the injury and lack of training, I would be delighted with a time approaching that.  I was still smarting from the 33-hour thrashing I received at Bighorn 100 last month.  I doubted my fitness and was starting to think that old-age was finally catching up with me. Five days before the race, I bench-marked my fitness by running up and down Mount Timpanogos.  I discovered that I was in fine shape.  I was going to initially just treat the TRT100 as a training run, but then decided to go ahead and give it all I got, and race it.   I put together pacing split goals and with a near-perfect race felt that I could finish in 25 hours.

Pre-race

I traveled to the race with my wife Linda, and three of my kids (two college-age daughters, and my 12-year-old son.)   We arrived on Friday at noon, deposited the drop bags, and weighed in.   The scale said, 182.  It depressed me to see the woman next to me weigh in at 109.   That just didn’t seem fair!  They put wrist-bands on us with a weight scale to tell you what drops or gains in weight would be bad.  This race weighs you in at almost every aid station.  It has been a bother in past years, but this year I appreciated it.

It was 102 degrees at Carson City in the afternoon.  I decided to skip the pre-race briefing on the lawn at the capital.  It made no sense for me to spend time out in the heat, so instead I took the family up to cool ourselves on the Lake Tahoe beach.   We had a great time.

For the first time in over 50 ultras, the alarm clock woke me up from a sound sleep.  Usually I am wide awake much sooner.  I quietly got up at 2:30 a.m., prepared for the race, and tip-toed out the door without waking the family.  I took the shuttle from Carson City to the start at Spooner Lake.  From past experience, I knew they would drop us off over an hour before start, so I prepared for this.  Instead of just standing around talking, I decided this year to go into the dark campground, away from the loud generator noise, and lie down on a picnic table.   I used towels as a blanket and pillow, laid down on my back, and looked at the stars and crescent moon above.   I had a nice rest and focused on the huge task ahead of me.

Strategy

I could tell from the relatively warm morning air, that this would be the hottest of my four years here.  I had tossed out any need for warm clothes either in the morning or at night.  It would be short sleeves and shorts the entire time. Because we wanted to drive home right after I finished, I didn’t want to leave a bunch of stuff out in drop bags on the course – I wouldn’t get the stuff back in time if I finished with a good time.  So, instead I just put zip-locks of Ensure at each aid station and had one bag at Tunnel Creek with my flashlight and some clean socks.   At the start/finish, I had plenty of stuff and would see that bag at mile 50 once I completed the loop for the first time.

I also wanted to race without a waist pack, and only carry hand-helds.   During the day I would carry two hand-held bottles, and at night would carry just one, with my green flashlight in my other hand.   I would have to leave my second hand-held bottle at the start/finish, at mile 50.   I hoped I could make this work.  I would also always have 1-4 gels in my pockets at all times.

The race

With ten minutes to spare, I wandered down to the start area, said a couple quick hellos, and then was off and running at 5:00 a.m.    One runner took off like a shot.   I started with a lead pack for the first mile.   I even pushed on ahead and was in second place for awhile.  But when we reached the single-track Marlette Trail, I stepped aside and let about 8 runners go ahead.  I had no desire to be the engine on this train.

The run up Marlette Trail was very enjoyable.  It is a nice soft trail and I was able to run nearly every step until we reached the lake.  From there it was dirt road running up to the Hobart aid station.   I arrived at Hobart (mile 6.8) at 1:15.   I just couldn’t understand how my pace could be four minutes slower than last year until it finally dawned on me that they had moved the aid station nearly a half mile further up the course.   I was doing just fine.

From there, the trail climbs up along the slopes of Marlette Peak, giving us stunning views of the small lake below.  As we turned a corner, the enormous Lake Tahoe came into view for the first time.  For the next couple miles, I ran near the leading woman runner.   Once we reached the top of a ridge, I knew there would be great downhill running ahead, so I kicked up the speed a notch.  Right after that, I tripped and went down.   My hand-held bottles thankfully took the brunt of the force, but I wasn’t able to go into a shoulder roll.  I picked myself up, noticed a bloody elbow, torn shirt at the chest, and a scraped knee.   The woman runner stopped to see if I was OK, and I was, so I sent her on.  My arm was a cool bloody mess.  All day I would receive great funny compliments from other runners and serious concerns from aid station volunteers.

Back running, I soon recovered and within another mile caught back up with the leading woman.  She yelled out, “Good to see you recovered!”  She was running the downhill switch-backs very hard.  I was giving all I had to just keep up with her.  Finally I watched her run on toward the next aid station.   I arrived at Tunnel Creek (mile 11.4) at 2:06.   They had also moved this aid station!  That annoyed me because it messed up my planned splits.   I was four minutes behind my 2008 pace.   This station would be visited 6 times during the race.  I was bothered that by moving the aid station about a quarter mile up the hill, that they had changed the course distance.  But the more I thought about it (and I had plenty of time to think about it) I think the course was the same length.   The Red House loop was longer, but the out-and-back to Mount Rose was shorter.

At the Tunnel Creek aid station, the volunteers wanted me to stop so they could dress my wounds.  I refused the offer and instead just poured water over my arm, doing my best to scrape the dirt out of the blood.  No big deal.

From there we had to run down into the “Red House Loop.”  It is the only section of the course that does not make use of nice switch-backs, so there are some steep descents and climbs involved.   All of this 6.7-mile loop is dirt road and it descends to 6,800 feet.   On the return portion of the loop, I could see many of the 50K and 50-miler runners.  Their races started an hour after the 100-mile start.  I watched one of the 100-mile runners pass me like a bullet running non-stop up the steep climb.  Wow, what was up with that?  I returned to Tunnel Creek (mile 18.1) at 7:17, five minute behind my 2008 pace.  But taking into account the movement of the aid station, I was pretty much on the same pace.

Next up was a long out and back to Mt. Rose totaling about 18 miles.  The entire way was along the Tahoe Rim Trail, a popular single-track trail.  Today, it was very popular among the mountain bikes.  They were out in force.  Most of them were very considerate.  They would stop and let you go by with words of encouragement.  But others apparently felt like they owned the trail and they would not stop for anyone.  A couple times I was bumped and nearly fell off the trail.  There was one group of eight bikers going in the same direction as me for nearly the entire 9-mile segment.  We kept leap-frogging each other and when they were going slow uphill, it would be tough to get by them.  But eventually they figured out the etiquette of being on the same trail as a race.

Another challenge on these segments was the heat.   I tried my best to push the fluids but dehydration eventually resulted.  The temperature felt like it was pushing 80 degrees.  My weight dropped from 182 to 175 at the lowest point.   However, unlike Bighorn 100 a month ago, I was able to bounce back quickly, keep my weight around 179, and continue to push forward at a good pace.

Along this stretch I began leap-frogging with Monica Ochs from Washington.  I was very impressed with her strong, steady pace.  It was great motivation just trying to keep up with her.  I would see her on the trail for the next 50 miles.  One of her great strengths was her very fast aid station stops.  Mine were fast, only a couple minutes, but every time Monica was away faster and I spent the next mile or so trying to catch up.   Before descending down into the valley beneath Mount Rose, I commented to Monica that the leading 50-mile runner should be catching up soon.  Sure enough, within a couple minutes the leader ran by very fast.  I was surprised because he was a pretty big guy with a heavy camelback flopping on his back.   I tried to keep up, but just didn’t have it in me at that point.

My split times on the out-and-back were: Mt. Rose (mile 26.9) 5:26, and back to Tunnel Creek (mile 35.7) at 7:17. 

Because of the heat, I had slowed to as much as 12 minutes behind my 2008 pace.  That was discouraging but I became determined to catch up.  By the time I had finished the return trip, I was only five minutes behind that pace.   I really enjoyed the return trip because I was able to see all of the 100-mile runners behind me.   I was very surprised to discover that Jim Skaggs was just a little over a mile behind me.  He was going much faster than last year.

We again climbed up and over ridges back to Hobart, above Marlette Lake.  The switch-backs up always seem never-ending, but I just put my head down and concentrated hard on keeping my pace strong.  I passed Monica again running down the fun descending trail into Hobart (mile 56.2) at 13:07.  Adjusting for the new aid station location, I was now right on my 2008 pace.  Along the way I would pass many back-of-the-packers in the 50K race.  I tried to encourage everyone I passed. It was interesting to think that I was 18 miles ahead of them, although I had an hour head start.

The aid stations were all fantastic.  The people at Hobart were always exceptionally nice.  Each station had plenty to choose from with pre-filled cups all ready for us.   There were also plenty of gels.  I made sure I downed a gel at each station and usually ate another one during the next segment.  I also kept one of my bottles filled with two Ensures to sip on.  Calories were never a problem for me during the race.  I do recall overhearing a conversation between volunteers at the Tunnel Creek aid station.  At one point they ran out of gels.  One volunteer was bothered that some runners had been taking up to four gels with them for the road.  The other volunteer said, “Great, that is what they need!”  That was a super attitude and I noticed by my next visit that more gels had arrived.

As far as my problems go, I had only minor problems.   My foot/ankle problem wasn’t slowing me down at all after the first 20 miles.  However, my right quad started to tighten.  I discovered that I had subconsciously been leading out with my right leg in an attempt to protect the left ankle.  Once I recognized this, I tried harder give my right leg a rest and let my left leg lead out on the uphills.  (A day after the race, I thought it was funny that the muscles in my right leg were sore, but not my left.)

After Hobart, the next challenge was a three-mile climb up to Snow Valley, the high point of the course at 9,214.  This station puts out silly signs during the last mile approaching it.  If you are in the mood, they are funny, if not, they are annoying.  I did like the one-mile to go sign that told you to take the exit for Snow Valley .  I again passed Monica on the climb but we arrived with others to Snow Valley (mile 43.5) at 9:32.   I was only two minutes behind my 2008 pace.  One would think I was concentrating hard about staying on this pace, but no so.  I wasn’t checking things very often so didn’t realize how close I was progressing.

Next up was a long seven-mile run back to Spooner Lake, descending over 2,200 feet.  I wanted to return by the 11-hour mark, but I knew that a 1:30 leg would be tough at this point with the heat.  Sure enough, Monica jumped back in the lead before I left the aid station, but I kicked in the downhill gear and passed her again on the descending traversing trail.   Very few runners had passed us during the past several hours which was surprising because I expected more 50-mile racers to catch up.  But finally a few 50-milers ran by as they were trying to break a 10-hour finish.  The trail winded back and forth and seemed to never approach the bottom.   There were a bunch of hikers sharing the trail with us.  Two teens got into the spirit of the event and tried their best to keep up with me with their day packs flopping on their backs.  They did very well and I hoped were inspired to take up trail running.

I arrived back to Spooner Lake (mile 50.6) at 11:07.  I knew I was seven minutes behind my 2008 pace, but I also knew that last year I spent way too much time at the aid station and also got lazy on the next leg, not running much.   I had arrived several minutes before Monica, but I noticed that while I was still putzing around with my stuff, that she went running by with her pacer.   I made some comment to a volunteer helping me, “Shoot, I need to get going and catch up.”   I had no reason to take time cleaning my feet at this point.  I was delighted that I had solved the shoe problem that nearly killed my race at Bighorn last month.  My La Sportiva Wildcats were working out great!  I had a few hot spots that worried me at times, but I never had a single blister form.  My toes had plenty of room and were never jammed on the downhills. The bottoms of my feet were less sore than usual.  I was so pleased.

Now, all I had to do was run the same 50-mile loop again!  I looked forward to it, especially looking forward to cooler evening air.  I left behind a water bottle on purpose, knowing that I would have to carry a flashlight in 12 miles.   I drank plenty before I left the station, hoping that I could do the next leg with only one bottle.  I tried to push the uphill run on the Marlette Trail.  But no matter how fast I went, there was no sign of Monica and her pacer.  They must have had a good pace going.   I reflected that I had a nearly perfect race for me going.   No stomach problems, no feet problems, no bonking problems (low calories).  I knew that I had no excuses and became even more determined to keep my pace going strong. I did run low on fluids during this leg, so I had no choice but to fill up from a stream flowing into Marlette Lake.  Wow!  That cold water tasted great.

I arrived at Hobart (mile 57) at 13:07.  I had caught up to my 2008 pace (adjusting for the new aid station location).    At that point the course converged with the back-of-the-pack runners in both the 100-mile and 50-mile race, making their way back to Spooner Lake.  I saw several friends who continued to look determined to finish.   As I kicked in the downhill gear again on the switch-backs, descending into Tunnel Creek, I finally caught back up with Monica and her pacer.   I greeted them as I passed by and arrived back at Tunnel Creek (mile 61.6) at 14:23.  I was back in the game, three minutes ahead of2008!

I grabbed my flashlight for the Red House Loop because I knew darkness would come before I finished the six miles.   It was a little discouraging to see runners already completing this loop, 5-6 miles ahead of me.  I had been ahead of many of these runners 40 miles earlier.   I was glad that I was doing most of this loop in the daylight.   Three years ago I did it in the dark and it seemed very spooky and lonely.  I continued to leap-frog Monica and finally decided it was time to introduce myself. She was very friendly and in good spirits.  I did notice that her pace was slowing.  She no longer was trying to run the uphills, however she had a powerful fast power hike that I just could not match.  My uphill running gear was still working fine, so eventually I ran ahead, passing Monica for the last time.   She and her pacer cheered me as I ran up a hill.   Darkness did descend as I climbed up and out of that valley for the last time.   I turned on my flashlight and greeted other runners 5-6 miles behind me, starting their loop.  I arrived back at Tunnel Creek (mile 68.3) at 14:23.  I was about nine minutes AHEAD of my 2008 pace.

My stop was fast and for a change, I left before Monica.  Now it would be a light game.   Another runner with his pacer left the station shortly after me and I was very determined to cause their lights to disappear behind me by running hard.  It worked.  I did see lights approaching me.  These were the lights of the front-runners, about 17 miles ahead of me.  Wow, that is amazing and hard to understand how they can run that fast for so long.  The first one I met sounded tired and asked me how far it was to the aid station.  It was encouraging to think that even the fastest runners look forward to reaching those comforting stops.

All night, no runners would catch and pass me.  In fact, the last runner to pass me was Monica at mile 63, but I passed her back.   I really enjoyed running in the cool air up on the ridges.  The lights of Carson City and Reno far away were amazing to see.  I kept attention to any lights behind me.  At one point the trail makes a sweeping turn around a drainage valley.  As I was completing the sweep, I could see Monica’s light about a half-mile behind.  Where were the runners ahead?   With the out-and-back, I finally realized that the next runner ahead of me had about a 3-mile lead.  Wow!  It would be very tough to catch anyone.   I arrived at Mt Rose (mile 77.1) at 18:51, 13 minutes ahead of 2008 pace. 

I could tell that the people at the station had not seen another runner for quite awhile.  They flocked around me and a friend took care of my every need.  I was a bit incoherent at first, but my wits came back quickly and I refused any offer to spend more time or wait for something special to be cooked for me.  Within six minutes I was back on the trail.  I heard a person from someone’s crew comment, “Wow, that was a fast turn-around!”   It need to be fast because within a couple minutes I greeted Monica and her pacer arriving.  I met other runners within a mile behind her, sized them up, and realized that none of them seemed to be running extremely fast at this point.  I realized that no one would probably be catching me for the rest of the race.  I even had a couple stops to adjust the tension in my shoe laces, but still looking back down into the valley, the lights weren’t gaining on me.

My stomach and taste buds were sick of the Ensure in my bottle, but I really needed more fluids.  For some reason they shut down the water station during the night on this long out-and-back, so instead I stopped at a creek at about mile 80.   As I was scooping water up with my hand, taking in some wonderful cool water, a light approached from the other direction.  It was Jim Skaggs!   We stopped to talk for a minute.  He was about six miles behind me, but was doing great and assured me that he was determined to finish this year, confident that he would break 30 hours.  That news really perked my spirits.   I wished him luck and continued on back toward Tunnel Creek.   The further I went, the more of the back-of-the-pack I was able to greet.  They always gave me good compliments on my continued strong running.  At one point I stopped to talk to a runner that had a pacer in distress.  He was having altitude sickness symptoms.  I encouraged the runner to go on and have the pacer return to Tunnel Creek, only about a mile away.  It would be silly for that pacer to continue to slow down his runner for the next 8 miles to Mount Rose.   I hope he returned OK.

I returned to Tunnel Creek for the last time (mile 85.9) at 21:21, 14 minutes ahead of 2008.   I noticed other runners, including Catra Corbett, finishing their Red Rock loop.  They were now 18 miles behind me.  I took my sweet time at this aid station to clean my feet and put on clean socks.  Sand had built up in one of my shoes causing pain from it caking under the toes.  A volunteer realized that I only had 14 miles to go.  “Why are you cleaning your feet with the end so close?  You will finish before sunrise.”  I tried to explain that it was well worth the time investment at this point.   I wanted to continue to run, not do a painful death march.  But the urgency for time seemed to leave me until when I departed, I heard cheers for the arrival of another runner, probably Monica.

As I climbed up the switch-backs, out of the valley, I kept a close watch at the lights following me.  They were at least a mile behind and soon disappeared as I went over the top.   My pace was still good, but not urgent.   The runners behind weren’t pushing me and there were no lights ahead to chase.  What was the point in only chasing minutes on a clock?  I was content just to continue to push on at a steady pace and maintain my finishing position.

I returned to Hobart (mile 90.5) at 23:07 about 8 minutes ahead of 2008 pace.  The volunteers were very kind, making it hard to leave.  I sat down and they brought me a breakfast burrito and some bacon.  Unfortunately the bacon was dry.  At this point, nice greasy, chewy bacon is perfect.  I also forgot that eggs don’t work with my stomach at this point.  That was solved about a mile up the trail.  I finally pulled myself out back on the trail, and as I left, I could see Monica’s lights descending toward the aid station.   I needed to kick it back into gear.

The climb up to Snow Valley went well.  I pushed the climb and still had that uphill running gear when I wanted to use it.   Up on top, it was still dark.  I looked behind me but couldn’t see any lights. I remembered that last year at this point, the dawn light had arrived.  I realized that I must be well ahead of my 2008 pace.   I was.  I arrived at Snow Valley (mile 93.7) at 24:15, 12 minutes ahead of last year.

My stop was brief.  I just ate a gel and topped off my water bottle.  I had been drinking straight water for the past three hours, but also taking S!-caps.   OK, how strong did I want to finish?  In both 2006 and 2008, I really blasted down the hill fast, in 1:26 both times.  Yesterday I did this final leg of the loop in 1:32.   How fast did I want to finish?  I would only be pleasing the timer.  It was very unlikely that I would pass anyone.  I decided to give a strong effort, maintain a steady run, and try not to walk any of the small hills.   My legs felt wonderful for running over 95 miles.  They didn’t complain when I pushed the pace up a notch at times.

The final leg went great.  My focus now was to just beat my 2008 time. Dawn arrived, but the sun never arose high enough to hit me.   I finished the final leg in 1:28 for a finishing time of 25:43, 11 minutes better than last year!  It was a strong victory for me.   I was very pleased and felt relatively good at the finish.  Unfortunately I arrived too fast for my family.  They had just dragged out of bed and arrived 20 minutes later.   I was a mess with my bloody arm and dirt caked up my legs.  

I left before any other runners behind me finished.  I took a quick shower at the motel and then we were on the road for home by about 8 a.m.  The first three hours cramped in the car were rough with sore feet and knees.  But I cooled the feet on the air conditioning vent and after a few hours I had recovered nicely and was even able to take a few short cat naps.   We returned home in Utah by the time the awards ceremony started back in Carson City.  What a whirlwind weekend!   After a good night’s sleep,  I was back at work in the morning feeling fine.  I’m not quite sure what I did right, but by far this 25:43 finish was far easier on my body than the 33 hour death march last month at Bighorn 100.

This was my 25th 100-mile finish, one of my strongest performances to date.  Next up for me?  Nothing too tough until Wasatch 100, my hometown race.  That will be my focus for the year.  

 

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 101.00
Comments
From jun on Sun, Jul 19, 2009 at 17:43:47 from 97.126.226.44

Absolutely fantastic race Davy. I know you were a bit worried about your fitness level, but obviously it was at or above where you wanted it to be. Great job on the PR for that course. I think you are looking to be in great shape for Wasatch.

From jun on Tue, Jul 21, 2009 at 11:08:26 from 66.239.250.209

What a great race report. I can't believe how good you felt the whole time. It was a very inspiring read, that is for sure. Congratulations. That strong finish should really catapult you into Wasatch in a few weeks.

From Snoqualmie Ridge Runner on Tue, Jul 21, 2009 at 17:36:33 from 71.35.169.39

WOW! That's all I got to say WOW WOW WOW!!! Great job!

From Jon on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 18:45:48 from 67.177.0.184

Wow, Davy, excellent job. Nice determination and planning all the way too the end. Glad to hear you beat your time from last year despite the heat. You're really an ultramarathon pro.

Total Distance
0.00

Went to work feeling pretty good.  Surprising in that I finished running 100 miles just 24 hours earlier.  But by 3 p.m., I was dragging.  Once I was home I crashed and slept for a couple hours then wrote up my race report.  You can read it at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=158

Comments
From ultrajim on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 10:12:40 from 138.64.73.235

I went to work Tuesday and did the same thing. Left at noon went home and crashed for 3 hours. I see we got top honors for mileage last week.

From crockett on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 10:18:21 from 71.35.208.71

Yes, it is great to be listed above all those road runners!

Total Distance
0.00

You got to love Day 2 after a 100-mile run.  The nerve endings start waking up in your feet.  Ouch!  It feels like little needles pricking my toes. My appetite is starting to come back.   It looks like I lost about 4 pounds of fat on Saturday.  That means that I still wasn't taking in enough calories during the run...a constant challenge for me.   Oh well, I need to lose the weight anyway.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jul 21, 2009 at 22:43:48 from 97.117.58.218

Sounds like what I need to do - run 200 miles and lose 8 pounds of fat.

From Smooth on Tue, Jul 21, 2009 at 23:28:16 from 71.36.70.182

Just read your Tahoe Rim 100 report. CONGRATS on winning your AG and an 11 min improvement from 2008!!! You ran a solid, steady and strong race. AWESOME! I'm sure you'll recover nicely.

Total Distance
1.00

Bouncing back from the 100. Feels like I can start running again tomorrow morning.

Well, I went and did it....signed up for yet another 100-mile race this year.   This one is Javelina Jundred near Phoenix.  It is held on Halloween and is always a fun party.  People run in costumes.  I guess I'll have to get the coonskin hat out.   This will make 7 100s for the year.

Comments
From jun on Wed, Jul 22, 2009 at 10:22:53 from 66.239.250.209

You have got to be kidding me. Your ability to run that soon after your race is absolutely amazing.

From crockett on Wed, Jul 22, 2009 at 11:03:25 from 216.49.181.128

Yep, got off the bus at an early stop, did a power walk and felt great. That is the sign to me to start easing into running again. Once the mileage base is established, bouncing back is so much quicker.

Total Distance
9.00

Did a recovery run, slow but steady.  Tested out new Montrail Wildwood shoes.  They look like they will be great for ultras.  It is good to have two different shoes that will work for me.  I ran up Grandview Blvd and then out on the dirt road south of the Church farm.  The massive wheat fields were a glow of gold in the early morning dawn.   I went out to try running on some motorcycle trails that I only knew about because I can see them on Googe Earth.   They were pretty run, running in the desert sections between the wheat fields.  With the higher grass this time of year, I did lose the trail a few times.  I need to study Googe Earth more to stay on trail.   It was a nice recovery run.   My legs feel fine except the right quad is a little sore from protecting my ankle.  The ankle is a little sore, but not bad.

One of the problems in doing so many 100-milers is you risk the danger of not being able to trail in-between them.  I'm thrilled to see that I can already start training again.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 9.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 10:59:22 from 66.239.250.209

Again, its amazing how you can train so soon after a long race like that. It certainly is a testament to how the human body becomes accustom to whatever we push it to do. I think this not only shows your high level of fitness, but it also is a great benchmark for Wasatch. You know have just that much more time to prepare.

From crockett on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 11:08:59 from 71.35.208.71

Thanks jun. Yes, it is facinating to me too...it keep surprising me who the body adapts to this kind of punishment, especially in an old body like mine. It just shows, it is never too late to get into shape. Also, that just an average athelete like me can make the body to some pretty amazing things. I will probably be on top of Timp tomorrow morning. Satruday I'll be doing my trailwork for Wasatch.

From jun on Thu, Jul 23, 2009 at 13:24:05 from 66.239.250.209

I'm jealous on both accounts. I'm hoping to do the Wasatch Crest Loop on Saturday, starting at Mill D and then running the road up to the Upper Mill trailhead and down the trail. Should be pretty fun. This time I'll take a camera.

And BTW, love the 100-mile race finishes table on the left. Really cool.

Total Distance
15.00

I did an early morning run up Mount Timpanogos this morning.  It was my second summit of the year and my 58th career summit.   I was on the trail at about 2:15 a.m.   A couple other groups started about that time but I ran ahead.  It would be interesting to hear them talk about the strange runner in shorts only carrying a water bottle and a strange green flashlight.   I did only take with me one water bottle with water, no food.  I meant to buy some treats at a convenience store, but they were all closed during the early morning, perhaps for the pioneer holiday.  So I made the run with zero calories.  I didn't even eat anything when I woke up. No problem, it would be a fat-burning run.

I didn't push the pace too hard.  I've never attempted a Timp summit so close after a 100-mile run.  It has been only 5 days since I finished Tahoe Rim 100.  But I felt really good, just a right quad a little sore still. 

So I ran and powerhiked up the trail, passing a couple other groups above Scout Falls.  When I arrived at the basin, I could see the lights of a large group over on the Aspen Grove trail.   The Timpooneke trail is almost clear of snow, except for the slope below the saddle. There is a good traverse trail stamped out in the snow.   I reached the saddle at 2:05 (elapsed time) and the summit at 2:33.  So the pace wasn't terribly fast, but still about twice typical hiking speed.   I signed the register and then started running down.

Coming down is always good for the ego because all those hikers I passed track my green light ahead of them.   I reached a group (the group from Aspen Grove side) at the chimney section and a girl went on and on about how fast I was going.   It was fun to just blast down this steep rugged section near them.   I took some short cuts down the snow slope so avoided a couple other groups, but I met one that started the same time as me.  They were down in the basin, at the trail junction to Emerald Lake.   They cheered me and a girl asked, "How old are you?"   I proudly replied, "50" as I ran fast past them.  I heard some "wows" behind me.  Like I say....great for the ego.

I took my sweet time getting down.   Wild flowers were really blooming on the slope near the big rock slide.  An explosion of yellow that really reflected the dawn light.  It was fantastic!!!   I should have had my camera.

There is always a huge gap between the hikers that start out in the dark and those who start with the dawn light.  I suppose lots of groups wait for the light.  But there is a huge difference in these groups that start with the light.  They aren't experienced hikers.  Many haven't seen a trail in years.   It is frustrating because when I come running down the trail they don't know what to do.  Some get it, as I yell out, "Hi there!!!  Coming through!!!"   They quickly step off the trail and let me go.  But others for some reason look at me and then speed up their hike, like somehow it will help them get out of the way.  Two guys did this and sure enough, I plowed into them and almost got knocked off the trail.  I think I conked one guy with my flashlight.  I regained my balance and just kept on going, shaking my head, wondering.  Oh well.  Everytime I pass by someone who steps kindly off the trail, I say, "Thank you!"

I finished my run in 4:26, a nice pace, but not blazing fast.   The groups that started with me were probably reaching the summit around that time.

I reached home just as my wife was getting up.  "What time do you leave??!!" is the typical question when I return.   I took a cat nap and then was good to go for the day.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Jul 24, 2009 at 12:56:54 from 66.239.250.209

Awesome run. A friend of mine hiked solo this morning and said he saw you just before 6:40, which probably put you near the bottom. I think he said he had only been hiking for 20 minutes or so. He is very experienced and was probably one of the ones who stepped aside. I had also told him you were running it this morning so he knew to look out for you. He called me and said he summited in something like 2:45, which is really fast for him. I doubt he ran down though. Nice job.

From crockett on Fri, Jul 24, 2009 at 13:08:06 from 71.36.77.20

Hope he wasn't the guy I plowed into...ha, ha. If so, tell him I'm sorry.

Total Distance
2.00

Did 8 hours of tough trail work on the trail above Draper that were washed out due ot the fire on those slopes.  We had a good group of ultrarunners there, several good friends.  We had a lot of fun making fun of each other and talking about running all day.  The work was very tough expecially when the sun came out.  Everyone worked very hard and the Draper guys were very happy with the results of our work.  It was interesting to get a good upper body workout.  I could feel my swimming muscles being used and I was surprised that I had plenty of strength and endurance.   The trail work fulfills the service requirements for Wasatch 100 and Bear 100.

Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 2.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 09:47:08 from 63.255.172.2

I was about to say (before finishing reading this) that this sounded like your Wasatch trail work. I helped out on one of the trail projects a few years back and was able to donate my time to a Wasatch runner that had just had his knee scoped and wouldn't have been able to get his trail work done in time to run.

Total Distance
22.00

I got up early 1:30 a.m. to go put in some big miles.   I intended to again run a marathon distance before heading into work, but I slowed down and had enough after 22 miles.  I again ran a 1.07-mile loop up above my home around a bluff known to old Lehi residents as "Rattlesnake Ridge" because of the number of snakes that like to make nests in the cracks and caves. 

 1.07-mile loops.   Alternating direction each time.  The entire loop is dirt and the south-eastern end is pretty rough and rocky because future development has creeped up there.

1 8:54
2 8:41
3 9:41
4 9:19
5 9:37
6 8:56
7 9:47
8 8:32
9 10:16
10 9:44
11 10:02
12 10:08
13 10:07
14 10:52
15 10:59
16 11:57
17 12:20
18 12:01
19 15:38

Total, including the time to get up and back from the loop was about 3:40.   My loop times were pretty good for awhile, but then slowed down and became more painful so I knew I was done.

The morning was very pleasant.   Plenty of critters on the trail.  The mice were pretty active on the east side of the hill and I almost stepped on a couple.  The jack rabbits were active on the other side of the hill.  I startled one and it brushed up against my leg.   Venus rose over the Wasatch mountains and it was cool to watch it get higher with each loop.   I belive my nocturnal run was noticed by a dog in a yard far below because it would start barking when I ran around on the east side.  It probably drove its owner nuts.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 22.00
Comments
From jun on Mon, Jul 27, 2009 at 11:45:07 from 66.239.250.209

I don't know how you do it. The discipline it must take to just run in circles is amazing.

From Smooth on Mon, Jul 27, 2009 at 12:55:12 from 70.56.100.152

Run in circles on a trail with creepy critters at the wee hours!!! You DA MAN!!!

From Nevels on Mon, Jul 27, 2009 at 13:01:22 from 131.204.15.93

1:30? That's still within the realm of just staying up for a night run, much less the understated "got up early" to get in a long run.

Solid training run.

From crockett on Mon, Jul 27, 2009 at 14:19:03 from 216.49.181.128

Running a mile circle in the dark, alternating directions each time doesn't feel like running in circles at all. Isn't boring. Especially this route because it is up above all the houses, the lake, great views of the lights across the lake. Lots to see. The trick is being far enough away from the houses so someone doesn't call the cops about some weird green light.

From ultrajim on Mon, Jul 27, 2009 at 18:28:25 from 138.64.2.76

They'd call the cops and claim they saw a ufo. Sorry, I can't get up that early, I like my sleep.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 09:48:54 from 63.255.172.2

Impressive, Dave. What time do you go to bed? Are you able to live without sleep?

From crockett on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 13:30:17 from 216.49.181.128

Sleep cycle was interesting yesterday:

- 3 hours at night before run.

- 45 minutes catnaps on commute

- 3 hour nap in evening (shot the evening)

Last night got 5.5 hours before my 3:30 a.m. run. Not sleepy today.

From Jon on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 13:47:49 from 138.64.2.76

I thought my 4 am alarm for running was early... this takes it to a whole new level.

Total Distance
9.00

Ran up Lott Canyon on Lake Mountain, including both spurs of it. Uneventful, just a good hill workout.

Looking at my miles for the month, this is my top July for my career.   I'll probably have a 100-mile week this week since I will be pacing at Katcina Mosa 100k for about 39 miles on Saturday.   For this year, I'm about 100 miles behind last year, but catching up.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 9.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 10:25:51 from 66.239.250.209

Where do you draw your maps?

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 10:31:42 from 63.255.172.2

Good job as usual, Dave. Has your office moved to Riverton yet? (Do you work for the LDS Church?)

From crockett on Tue, Jul 28, 2009 at 10:52:01 from 216.49.181.128

Just Google Earth and then screen shot. No, still working in Salt Lake until next month.

From Smooth on Wed, Jul 29, 2009 at 18:26:54 from 71.36.81.143

Nice hill workout! 100 miles week! You're amazing!

Total Distance
1.00

A morning off, healing up some minor stuff and resting.

Comments
From Smooth on Wed, Jul 29, 2009 at 18:27:27 from 71.36.81.143

Speedy healing to you!

Total Distance
15.00

Ran up Timp this morning.  My third summit of the year and #59 all-time.  I was on the trail a little before 2:30 a.m.   I knew there was no one ahead of me on the trail because I was breaking through the spider strands across the trail.  But as I neared the rockslide below the basin, I noticed sets of lights coming down.   I met this group on the rock slide.  A guy warned me that there were some bears "in the meadow."   I went on, but as I neared the basin, I slowed my pace and made sure I was making plenty of noise.  As I reached the junction to the Emerald Lake trail, I shined my light in that direction and sure enough, saw two pair of large eyes off in the distance.   Pretty spooky.  Thankfully my trail went in the other direction, so I quickly went on my way be continued to make noise.  

I reached the summit in 2:32, not very speedy.   The trail still has a snow traverse below the saddle.  The snow was frozen and pretty slick. I did feel much stronger and faster above 11,000 feet.   Coming down, I met three guys at the chimney section who came up from Aspen Grove.  They were climbing without flashlights.  One guy was holding a sleeping bag.  Pretty funny.

On the return through the basin, I made plenty of noise, yelling, growling, etc.   As I passed by that area, I did hear something large climbing up some scree, but it was still dark so I couldn't tell for sure if it was a bear.   Further down, I practically ran into a deer.  I saw some movement as I reached a corner and when I turned it there was a deer on the trail.  It wasn't too concerned, moved a little of the trail and I came within 10 feet of it.

The streams are still flowing pretty good, but some are disappearing.  I counted 21 stream crossings coming down.  Some were just trickles.   Several streams were gone from last week.   As dawn arrived more hikers were coming up.   When I got at the bottom, a group of young, fast runners were starting out.  They were dressed in skimpy shorts and singlets.  It was 48 at the trailhead, but it was near freezing at the top.  Oh well, hope they didn't get too cold.

My round trip was 4:25.  A slow trip, but a good workout.   I got into work about 40 minutes later than usual.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00
Comments
From Smooth on Thu, Jul 30, 2009 at 22:05:27 from 71.32.238.231

WOW!!! I was holding my breath reading your night run up Timp. BEARS???!!! Yikes!!! You are amazing! I just love your adventurous awesomeness!!! How many people can point to any Utah mountain and say: "Oh, I run that thing before going to work...not once...but SEVERAL times this season!" AH-MAY-ZING!!!!

Kudos to #59 summits...more times than your age. INCREDIBLE!!!!

Total Distance
1.00

Ten hours of sleep last night.  Wow!  I guess I made up for only 3 the night before.  Resting up for pacing duties at Katchia Mosa 100K tomorrow.  Deciding if I want to do 39 miles or 45.

Comments
From Jon on Fri, Jul 31, 2009 at 14:11:37 from 138.64.2.76

Who are you pacing?

From crockett on Fri, Jul 31, 2009 at 14:22:32 from 71.36.79.235

Pacing for Mark Ellison who I have been coaching for the past couple years as he has been getting into ultras from marathons. It will be his first 100K. You should come down and pace too.

From Jon on Fri, Jul 31, 2009 at 14:27:30 from 138.64.2.76

I want to pace someone, sometime. This weekend doesn't work.

Maybe if someone at the Bear needs it, although work may have me out of town, plus I plan to work an aid station (Richards hollow) with Paul if I'm in town. And it's only 1 week after TOU. But if someone needs a last minute pacer, I would be very interested.

From karin on Fri, Jul 31, 2009 at 16:15:30 from 71.36.76.97

Hey Griz, It sounds like you are ready for Kat'cina Mosa tomorrow. I wil see you at aid station #3. Good luck, Karin

From karin on Fri, Jul 31, 2009 at 16:18:56 from 71.36.76.97

Hey Dave, It sounds like you are ready for Kat'cina Mosa.. I will see you at aid station . Good luck Karin

Race: Katcina Mosa 100K (47 Miles) 13:12:00
Total Distance
47.00

At Katcina Mosa 100K, I paced Mark Ellison for the last 40 miles of the course.  I put together a slide-show audio/video about the experience.  The race is a tough mountain race that shares part of the course with the Squaw Peak 50, in the opposite direction.  I had great fun playing the pacer role.  One runner commented, "Boy you are a mean pacer."  Ha, ha, no whining allowed when I pace!  Mark successfully finished in under 17 hours.

Watch the video on Face Book (better quality): http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=228437290693

Watch the video on YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YU_WqZog_XM

I paced Mark Ellison at Katcina Mosa 100K held in the mountains between Provo Canyon and Hobble Creek Canyon.  It was his first attempt to run past 50 miles.   I climbed up to Lightning Ridge, about mile 20 of the course and ran with him to the finish.    It was my birthday today and that was the perfect birthday present to be out running in the mountains with friends.   I really enjoyed running at a slower pace because I had plenty of energy the entire day.  I helped several runners keep their pace going by taunting them, barking orders, or just giving encouragement.   Also, I feasted on solid food at the aid stations instead of running on liquids and I always felt great, with plenty of energy.  Mark finished in about 16:42.   We pushed the last 20 miles pretty hard.   He had a rough recovery, so I drove his van home for him while he lied down in the back.

I will be putting together a video/slide show.  Stay tuned.  I'll update this entry when it is available.  I probably took about 100 pictures.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 47.00
Comments
From Jon on Sun, Aug 02, 2009 at 17:57:23 from 75.169.136.216

Happy Birthday!

From ultrajim on Sun, Aug 02, 2009 at 22:01:27 from 67.137.2.3

Yeah, happy birthday.

From Twinkies on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 14:43:13 from 63.241.173.64

Happy Birthday, and a great job of pacing.

From jun on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 14:49:48 from 66.239.250.209

Loved the video. It sounds like it was a hot day, but looked gorgeous. I won't wish you a happy birthday because I already did elsewhere, but I'm glad you had a good weekend.

From Smooth on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 18:07:31 from 71.32.234.135

What a nicer pacer you were! Sounds like a perfect way for a mountain goat to celebrate his birthday. WAY TO GO, DAVY!

Total Distance
0.00

Total Distance
1.00

Taking it easy today.  I enjoy feeding my face for a couple days after a long race. Still I am losing weight.   Recovery from Saturday's 47-mile run is pretty much complete.   None of the usual symptoms after a 50-mile race because it was a slower pace, I ate much better than usual, and I didn't get dehydrated.  No soreness in the legs at all.

With about ten miles to go, I remember a young runner was telling me how he really struggled about five miles back, bonking between two long sections.  He commented how amazed he was that all I carried was two water bottles.  I did say, "Well, I do have a few jelly beans in my pockets."  That did make me think.   I ate pretty good at each aid station, but never got hungry between them.  I think because of all the low-carb morning runs I do, that I have trained my body to switch to fat-burning without difficulty.   

Another runner saw me come into an aid station during the hot afternoon.  He couldn't believe that I still had plenty of fluid in my bottles.  He had run out well before the station.   I looked at my bottles and shrugged.  I hadn't noticed, and wasn't thirsty.  Again, the slower pace just made it feel like a nice stroll in the mountains.  I really had a super time.  No pain.

 

Comments
From Smooth on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 18:11:58 from 71.32.234.135

Wow, you're amazing! HAPPY belated BIRTHDAY!!!

Interesting about the low-carb morning runs training your body to switch to fat-burning efficiently. I'm curious. What do you eat for breakfast before your runs? I was always amazed at how little water/fluid you carry with you or consume on your runs. Such great training of your body!

From crockett on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 19:55:31 from 71.32.238.12

When I head out for a typical morning run, 2 hours, I might eat a cookie or a Reeses cup, and that's it. I drink a large glass of water or two, and then head out with one water bottle (with water). For a three hour run, I might take some candy with me. Yes, I'm usually pretty hungry when I get back.

From jun on Mon, Aug 03, 2009 at 20:02:33 from 63.224.110.69

Interesting theories. I'm glad its working for you. Just in time for Wasatch.

From Jon on Tue, Aug 04, 2009 at 17:47:31 from 138.64.2.76

It's amazing how much easier a race is when you didn't run the first part of it. Besides the obvious reason of reduced mileage, I wonder if not having any pressure (since you're not racing it) also makes it seem easier.

From crockett on Tue, Aug 04, 2009 at 18:02:23 from 216.49.181.128

Yes, Jon it really is facinating. Perhaps not burning up all the energy going out fast for the first 20 miles makes a huge difference too. I always go out fast. But the stress factor is really true. I was just happy-go-lucky all day and any time I wanted to push really hard and fast, I could.

Total Distance
1.00

Ignored the alarm at 3:45 and slept in.

Comments
From jun on Tue, Aug 04, 2009 at 12:06:53 from 66.239.250.209

Just curious, what time is 'sleeping in' to you? 5:20? Ha.

From crockett on Tue, Aug 04, 2009 at 12:08:13 from 216.49.181.128

Close....5:50

From ultrajim on Thu, Aug 06, 2009 at 15:52:18 from 138.64.2.76

I did the same thing this morning. ignored the alram at 4:45 and got up at 5:30.

Total Distance
27.00

Well, I did it again!  I ran a marathon before work.   I was up at 1:00 a.m. and and out the door around 1:30 a.m.   This time I ran a one-mile loop behind Rattlesnake ridge.   This loop is half dirt and half pavement.  The pavement is hilly, in a loop that is undeveloped, no houses.  I was going to do a long run instead of running in circles, but I hate hauling all the water, given the warm temperatures.  So instead I chose to do a loop again.   This loop is tougher than the one I did around rattlesnake ridge a couple weeks ago.  Even though there is some pavement, it has a little more hills.   Over the entire marathon, about 2,000 feet climb.   I chose a loop with some pavement because the moon was out.  I wanted to do this run without a flashlight and doing it half on pavement meant that I didn't have to worry about tripping if I couldn't see very well.  I ran the dirt portions by moonlight too, but was slowed someone.  I just couldn't push the pace speedy in moonlight.   But, I still finished the marathon in 4:15, which was pretty good, given the conditions.

The pavement loop is near the backs of some homes, but thankfully there weren't any dogs in the backyards so I didn't stir up any attention as I ran by 24 times.   As dawn approached a couple of deer came by and were curious as to what I was doing out there.

To count my loops, I made a pile of 24 rocks.  After each loop I moved one rock to the done pile.  That way I could keep track without thinking. much.  I had a good time and it was a great workout.

 

Split times

1 10:25 1.3
2 8:00  
3 8:05  
4 8:16  
5 8:30  
6 8:55  
7 8:39  
8 8:37  
9 8:56  
10 8:44  
11 8:48  
12 10:32  
13 10:27  
14 10:20  
15 10:09  
16 10:25  
17 11:04  
18 10:22  
19 10:53  
20 11:12  
21 11:22  
22 11:11  
23 11:40  
24 11:07  
25 5:55 0.6
26.2 11:59 1.3

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 26.00
Comments
From jun on Wed, Aug 05, 2009 at 11:14:29 from 66.239.250.209

Wow, nice run today. I love your loop marathons, i think they are amazing. You doing Timp again any time soon? I might go up tomorrow morning. What is the cost to get into AF these days?

From crockett on Wed, Aug 05, 2009 at 12:58:17 from 216.49.181.128

I'll probably go up Timp again early Saturday morning. AF cost is now $6 or $45 for the season.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Aug 05, 2009 at 17:47:17 from 63.255.172.2

Way to run those marathons! You are awesome. How is the ankle feeling?

From crockett on Wed, Aug 05, 2009 at 17:57:50 from 216.49.181.128

foot and ankle sore this morning after the run. I'm just living with it.

From Jon on Wed, Aug 05, 2009 at 23:43:34 from 75.169.157.151

Wow, you're amazing. Just running marathons like they're nothing!

Total Distance
1.00

Ten hours of sleep last night, wow.   I guess I made up for yesterday.

I'm contemplating doing Timp repeats this weekend.   I vowed to never consider going after that stupid record again, but evil thoughts are entering my mind today.  1? 2? 3? 4? 5? 6?  Such evil thoughts.   Last time I tried this again I quit after 3.  Looks like dodging thunder storms could be a problem and it would be cold on top.   Just thoughts at this point.  The story about my 5 summits is at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=42

Comments
From jun on Thu, Aug 06, 2009 at 11:51:50 from 66.239.250.209

Did you see this on the Sojourner's site? --August 8th : Mt. Timp! 18 Miles. Meet at Maceys 800 N. Orem parking lot at 5:30 am. We'll leave Timponooke Trailhead at 6am to run to the top of Mt. Timpanogos and back. Wear your running club top if you have one.

Looks like you might not be alone on the mountain if you do laps on it and it goes into the day.

Total Distance
15.00

Well, my evil thoughts of doing Timp repeats went away after I took a closer look at the weather forecast.  I probably could have got in three trips before the storms, but that would have shut me down.  It is too brutal to try in  bad weather.

I took a day vacation anyway.  When I got up, the morning was so beautiful and cool that I couldn't resist doing at least one trip up Timp.   I decided to push the pace harder then usual and see what I could do.   I met several people on the trail who knew me.  It is always fun to get a friendly greeting.   The wind was pretty bad, more than usual.  On the push up to the summit there were gusts of about 30 mph or more.   Going up the chimney area, the gusts were blowing up the mountain and actually blew my shirt clear up to my shoulders, almost off me entirely.  I had to tighten down my hat so it wouldn't blow away.  

Everyone going up to the summit was bundled up nicely, looked like they were heading into the arctic snow.  I was in shorts and a thin long-sleeved shirt.   One little kid warned me that it was cold and windy up there.   It wasn't a problem because I was moving so fast.  The temperature seemed pleasant most of the time.  However, I was glad that I was not attempting repeats today.  The temperature would sap energy after awhile because of the wind.

Coming down, near the chimney area, a group of goats waited to let me go, so they could go up the trail.  There were 7 of them, 3 adults and 4 cute kids.  Boy can they run across steep slopes!

I ran down pretty hard.   At one point, I passed two ladies going down.  I shouted out and gave them a warning with plenty of time, but one of the ladies had a dog on a leash.  Instead of moving to the same side of the trail with her dog, she moved to the other side and had the cord extending across the trail.  I didn't see it until it was across my neck.  Thankfully, it didn't take off my head.  I just continued on with my head attached.

I was very pleased with my pace and was certain that I could set a PR for a round trip.  I thought my PR was 3:42, so I pushed it hard enough to make sure I broke it with plenty of time to spare.  I finished in 3:36:51.   I was pleased.  But, when I went home and checked my records, I discovered that my PR was 3:35:50.   Dang, I missed it by a minute.

I reached the summit in 2:13, and my descent was 1:23.   That descent is a PR!  It didn't feel like I was pushing it very hard.  It was my 4th Timp summit for the year and my 60th career summit.

Splits:

10-minute rock 0:10:12
Scout Falls 0:21:48
switchback corner 0:43:51
Emerald Lake Trail Jct 1:23:29
Saddle 1:51:14
Summit 2:13:11
Saddle 2:26:55
Emerald Lake Trail Jct 2:42:28
switchback corner 3:07:36
Scout Falls 3:22:56
10-minute rock 3:30:11
trailhead 3:36:51
 

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 15.00
Comments
From Scott Wesemann on Fri, Aug 07, 2009 at 18:45:55 from 66.239.250.209

That is an impressive time on Timp. Great job. Thanks for the report, it gave me a nice reprieve during my work day.

From jun on Fri, Aug 07, 2009 at 23:39:18 from 63.224.110.69

Way to still get up there today. At least you got one summit in. I think I might go on either Tues or Thurs morning next week.

Thanks for the heads up about tight calves and shin splints. I was going to do a few slow miles in the morning, but I think I'll give it tomorrow to rest too. Maybe I'll go out with my wife in the evening. They feel pretty good now, but it couldn't hurt to give them some additional rest. I'll work back up starting next week. Have a great weekend.

Race: Provo 1/2 Marathon (13.1 Miles) 01:43:42, Place overall: 259, Place in age division: 9
Total Distance
30.00

Well, I wasn’t really in the race, but I ran the course 25 minutes after the field started.  I waited too long to enter this race, so when I woke up this morning, I decided to drive to the mouth of Provo Canyon, run up 10 miles to the starting point, and then run the course chasing the field.

I started my run a little before 6 a.m. and ran up the Provo River Parkway.  I would climb about 1,500 feet over the ten miles to reach the start of the half marathon.   It was nice to give my ankle a break from the trails and get some speed work on the pavement.   I pretty much had the parkway to myself as I wound my way up the canyon.  I could see people setting up the aid stations. Once I reached Vivan Park, I ran along the road climbing up South Provo Fork.  The busses were coming down the road toward me.

With about 1.5 miles to go, I saw the front runners blasting down the road toward me.  I made sure I was hugging the left shoulder of the road to stay out of the way.   Then a sea of hundreds of runners came toward me covering the entire road.   I stayed way left, but still some runners weren’t paying attention, not expecting someone to be running UP the road.  I had to slow my pace to avoid head-on collisions.  Many wise-guys would tell me I was going in the wrong direction.   Several runners called out my name.   Finally the field passed by and then the walkers were gone too.  It was quiet again and a beautiful morning in the canyon.  

I continued my run up the canyon until I reached the starting line.   All was quiet, not a soul was there.  I could see a long line of porto-potties standing quiet in a row.   Without any fan-fare, I started my stop watch and was away for my half-marathon run, 25 minutes after the official start.    I could tell right away that I wouldn’t be able to sustain the usual fast pace down the canyon.  My legs already had 10 uphill miles on them and also there wasn’t anyone around to compete with, to push the pace.   Also, my run up and down Timpanogos in 3:36 yesterday could still be felt.  I decided to try to maintain a steady marathon pace.

The first few miles were disappointing because of all the trash that had been thrown down on the road by the sea of runners.   There were also tons of sweat shirts thrown here and there.  Why didn’t they use the bags that would be taken to the finish?   After about 2.5 miles, I reached the first aid station and the walkers bringing up the rear.

It was very interesting passing hundreds of runners.  First, there were the over-weight walkers, struggling down the road.   Next, came the power walkers.   Finally some runners appeared, looking like they were really struggling.   Then came the slow women runners talking non-stop to their friends, out for their usual run/walk for the morning.    Then came an amazing sea of women runners.  Where were the men?   They were all women, jogging pretty well, pushing hard enough that they were not chatting with friends.   My running pace was considerably faster.   One woman yelled out, “Hey, quit running so fast!”   I laughed and explained I started late.

On and on I went.   Down by Bridal Veil Falls, the course headed up a road for  a three-mile out and back.  The uphill was a good challenge.   I pushed the pace very hard, running about twice as fast as the runners behind me.   It was fun to see all the runners coming back toward us.  One of them called out to me.  It was my step-brother.   I’m sure he was wondering why I was running that far back in the pack.

Once heading downhill again, I pushed the speed again harder.  It was an obstacle course passing hundreds of runners.   Little by little the runners looked more fit and their pace was better, but as we reached the 11 mile-mark, I could see many runners struggling with the distance.    With only a couple miles, I pushed it hard, knowing that my 23-mile run was almost over.

As I approached the finish line, I heard my name called out a couple times.  Before I reached the finish line, I pulled off the course and hit my watch.   My time was 1:43:42.    Not bad for miles 10-23.   My pace was consistent with my average marathon pace (under 3:30 pace).  I suspect if I would have run it on fresh legs with competitors, I could have shaved off 7-8 minutes.   I enjoyed telling my tale of my morning to several friends and then ran another mile back to my car.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 24.00
Comments
From Bec on Sat, Aug 08, 2009 at 13:38:15 from 67.177.35.60

Wow, great miles and pace.

From jun on Sun, Aug 09, 2009 at 00:03:06 from 63.224.110.69

You're a bit of nutter, eh? I think that is why I like you so much. Great job on the race today.

Just curious, where did the final 6 miles come from on your total of 30 miles for the day? You don't have a report on those. I'm guessing you got bored this evening and just went out for another 6.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Aug 09, 2009 at 10:07:13 from 97.117.63.224

Great plan for a run/race, Dave. You always have the most interesting adventures.

From Twinkies on Sun, Aug 09, 2009 at 10:31:36 from 67.166.71.60

Great race. 10 miles is quite the warmup for half marathon.

From Kelli on Sun, Aug 09, 2009 at 17:28:50 from 71.219.82.15

Holy cow, you are insane!!! What an awesome run.

Now, I am saddened to hear about the litter, that really ticks me off!! We saw a bunch yesterday on our run (GU wrappers and jelly bean wrappers---so you know it was runners or bikers) and it saddens me to think fellow athletes would be so inconsiderate.

Where were the men??? In bed, silly. Don;t you know way more women run then men?? ;-) So, how many people did you pass, just guess for me. That is so cool!

Total Distance
0.00

Total Distance
0.00

Slept in. Body seeking some rest and healing.

Total Distance
12.00

At 3 a.m. I went up into the foothills for a hilly workout on trails.  As I was running up the road, a Saratoga cop car came by.   He took a close look at me but didn't bother to stop.   I ran a 2.3-mile loop three times and took some side trips up canyons to get some elevation climb.

It was a real struggle this morning and not very fun.  The ankle was really complaining and I have another issue that I'll visit with the doctor on Monday.   Then my lower back was painful.   It was just one of those days.   Perhaps I need to take a couple days off.  We'll see.   I did have the top mileage for the month on the blog, but I've fallen to third place now.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 12.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Aug 11, 2009 at 23:07:47 from 63.224.110.69

You really pushed through. I recognize that area from our run. I bet the weather was fantastic and the sunrise amazing . . . if you were out there that long.

Total Distance
14.00

Well, after a bad training run yesterday morning, I got right back on the horse and headed back out at 3:00 a.m. again this morning.  I had a great run.  The ankle wasn't a problem. I think if I don't run for two days the ankle starts to tighten up.  I guess I will try to keep working it.   This morning, I went back up in the foothills to run up a hidden canyon that I couldn't seem to find yesterday but could see on Google Earth.  I also know I hiked up it about ten years ago.   Sure enough I found it.  I thought the ATV road going into it was just a spur off of another road to a smaller canyon to the south.  But this canyon is a much deeper canyon, about 0.6 mile until it ends.   The canyon does continue up steeper but it isn't runnable because of all the trees, brush, rocks...no trail.  But the road was a nice incline, great for hill training. 

So, I ended up running all over the place.   Up, down, up, down, loops, and short steep hill climbs.   I climbed about 2,000 total.   I kept my eye out at times for the metor shower, but only saw one shoot star.  The moon was very bright.   It was a great morning.  The sun is rising later.  I finished my run at about 6:00 a.m. and the dawn glow is bright enough to run without a light and relects off of Utah Lake....a beautiful sight.

 

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00
Comments
From jun on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 13:40:30 from 66.239.250.209

Great job. Looks like it was a lot of fun. I think I'm running Timp tomorrow morning if I can find my headlamp. I will probably start on the trailhead about 4am. If I can do it in under 4 hours, that would be great. Interested?

From crockett on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 14:00:25 from 216.49.181.128

When I do Timp on a work day, I have to start by 2:15 in order to get into work on time. Since I was up at 2:30 the past two days, tomorrow wouldn't be good. However, I'm likely to go up Friday morning later because I'll probably work from home.

From Smooth on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 15:18:23 from 71.36.86.177

NICE run! You must go to bed early to get up SO SO SO early! WOW!

From jun on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 15:41:13 from 66.239.250.209

I'll keep that in mind on Friday if, for some reason, I am unable to go tomorrow.

From crockett on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 15:44:55 from 216.49.181.128

Also, my brother is coming in town, so we will likely do Timp Saturday morning starting at 2 a.m.

From jun on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 15:46:59 from 66.239.250.209

Also good to know. Maybe tomorrow AND saturday would be good, if you don't mind the company. I know I'll be out of my league, but I don't mind trailing behind.

From crockett on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 16:01:25 from 216.49.181.128

I believe you would be faster than me. When I've done it with my brother before, we did in just under 4 hours.

From crockett on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 17:00:09 from 216.49.181.128

Saturday morning we will meet at the park and ride at I-15 and Alpine Hwy at 1:30 a.m. Anyone who can do a 4-hour Timp round-trip is welcome to join in. We plan to finish at 6 a.m.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Aug 12, 2009 at 18:51:49 from 97.117.63.224

I'll just admire you all from afar.

From ultrajim on Thu, Aug 13, 2009 at 10:04:35 from 138.64.2.76

I think I'll be sleeping. I need to do Timp, but during normal waking hours would be good for me.

From crockett on Thu, Aug 13, 2009 at 10:22:13 from 216.49.181.128

The downside of doing Timp during the day (at least on Saturdays or Sundays) is that the trail is clogged with inexperienced hikers (kids with headphones, slow moving out-of-shape guys, etc.) who don't know what to do when runners come. I've seen hundreds on the trail. Another downside is the heat, but you like the heat. Also, the lights of the valley and the sunrise are part of the attraction for a early morning climb.

Total Distance
11.00

Out running again at 3 a.m.   Saw several meteors, part of the meteor shower.   I tried to find a new trail, a loop on the north-east corner of Lake Mountain.   After it made a 100-foot climb, I lost it in the grass.  I thought I was in the wrong place so didn't look hard.  But after checking Google Earth again, I understand now where it continued.   I'll try it again.   I ran around and through the Church farm.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 11.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Aug 13, 2009 at 11:03:56 from 66.239.250.209

So, if workers at the church farm get mad at you and shoot you with rock salt, do they have to talk to the Bishop? Ha.

Hey, I'm in for Timp on Saturday, for sure. I'll go back to yesterday's post and look at time and place for meeting.

From Smooth on Thu, Aug 13, 2009 at 21:49:30 from 71.36.84.38

WAY to watch the meteor shower!

From Jon on Sat, Aug 15, 2009 at 17:14:05 from 128.217.221.70

I always enjoy watching for meteors in my morning August runs (and Nov), though I have a tendancy to look up too much and not at where I am going. Sometimes I just go to a golf course or park and run back and forth while looking skyward, so I know I won't trip.

Total Distance
0.00

Rested, caught up on sleep

Total Distance
16.00

I did a very early morning run up Mount Timp, starting around 2:00 a.m.  This was my Timp Summit #61.  I ran with jun, my brother Bob, and my brother-in-law Ed.   Jun wrote up a very good summary of the adventure.  See his writeup.  I led the pack and when I got a little lazy, Ed noticed and would tell me to start working again.  Our splits were fairly good and typical for me for the first half of the climb, but instead of fading the second half, my buddies helped me keep the pace strong.  By the time we reached the basin, we had passed all the hikers who had started as early as midnight.

We made the summit in 1:57.   I pushed the last segment hard and reached the top a minute or two ahead of Ed and jun.  

From there, my legs felt super, so as I descended, and when I noticed Ed and jun couldn't keep up, I decided to just go for it.   My pace down was the fastest I have ever done, even in  the daylight.   My balance felt great, energy high, and no pain in the ankle.    I passed groups of hikers so fast that no words were even spoken between us as I flew by them.   As I approached each group, I would let out a whoop, then scream, "coming through!" and finally yell, "Please step aside."  As I blasted past, I would say "Thank you!"   This seemed to do the trick nicely.  They all cleared off the trail in time and just watched the crazy guy with the green light blast by in the dark.

In the basin I looked back up and saw that I was far ahead of jun and Ed, so I continued the blistering pace.  I reached the junction with the Emerald Lake trail at 2:21.  Holy Cow!  I was crushing my PR.   I reached a huge group of college kids who blinded me with their lights.  They confused me and I started running far off the trail.  "Where is the trail?"  I yelled out.  They all were helpful to point the way to me and I flew by them again.

My pace continued fast below the basin, down the rock slide but then I started to have problems.   The groups of hikers started to distract me.  Right after I passed one group, I took my eyes off the trail and down I went.  I knocked my head on a rock, bounced back up, felt my head, discovered it was still there, and continued on, just a little slower.   Within a half mile, I met another group who were not as fast to step aside.  As I approached, I looked up to make sure I didn't plow into them, but both my feet slid off of a wet slick rock.  Down I went again, very hard.  I hit both my forearms on rocks, the left started to swell a bump right away and the right felt worse.  I bounced up and ran by the group.  I slowed down another notch but still kept up a good fast past, just not crazy fast any more.

I worried about my right arm.  The hand started to get a little numb and extending my fingers caused pretty good pain.  I hoped I didn't bust it.   Oh well, nothing to do but get down, so why not try to still get down fast.  Finally I was through with the groups of hikers who started early and I knew there would usually be a large gap before more hikers who started closer to dawn.   I looked far up the mountain but there was no sign of jun or Ed.  I must have been nearly a mile ahead.

Well, my face plants weren't over.  This time I simply tripped on a big rock.   I scraped my legs and elbow, but bounced up again, this time walking for a couple dozen yards.  Boy, I was getting beat up today.  Not time to whine, I had a great time going and needed to push to the finish.

From Scout Falls to the bottom I again met tons of hikers.  I continued my pattern of warnings and they worked fine except for two guys who told me that I should run off the trail instead of them stepping aside.  Oh well.  My warnings I guess worked, because when jun came through all these hikers they all knew what to do for him.  Jun said one hiker said to him, "The guy with the green light is way ahead of you!"

My arm felt better toward the bottom so I stopped worrying and again pressed the pace hard for a good finish.   I finished in a new PR!   3:10:36.   My previous record was 3:35:50.  I crushed it.   I had run down from the summit in 1:13.  It made quite a difference having others along to push me.  I had a lot of gas left in the tank.  If I had not fallen, I think my time would have been 5-7 minutes faster.

I washed off my wounds and cooled my arm in the water, and then went to the car to inspect the damage to my arms.  They weren't that bad.   As I was resting, I saw jun's light.  He finished in about 3:18.   Ed, with less experience running down trails, arrived in about 3:39.  Both are outstanding times.   So we waited for Bob.  I thought he would finish around 4:20, but when he had not arrived by 4:30, I decided to go run up the trail to find him.  I hoped that he wasn't injured clear up at the top.  But within a half mile or so, I found him running hard down.   I joined in and he finished in 4:40.    Wow, it had been a wonderful morning.  We beat the storms and had perfect weather for the run.   I never needed to put on my gloves or jacket.

My splits were:

10-minute rock 0:09:00
Scout Falls 0:20:16
switchback corner 0:39:00
Emerald Lake Trail Jct 1:14:50
Saddle 1:39:04
Summit 1:57:48
Saddle  
Emerald Lake Trail Jct 2:21:55
switchback corner 2:42:18
Scout Falls 2:56:28
10-minute rock 3:04:20
trailhead 3:10:36

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00
Comments
From Jon on Sat, Aug 15, 2009 at 21:43:24 from 66.255.187.114

Holy cow, Davy, what a run! Start at 2 am, major wipeouts, new PR! Although I don't know which is more crazy- that you actually count how many times you do this run... or that you have done it 61 times. 61!?!

From jun on Sat, Aug 15, 2009 at 23:18:26 from 97.126.234.202

Thanks again for letting me tag along with your family outing. That was ton of fun. Glad I could help push you to a new PR. I can't wait to do that again in the light or with a better lamp.

Total Distance
0.00

Total Distance
0.00

Another day of rest. Trying to heal up a nagging internal injury.  Saw the doctor (specialist) today and he wasn't concerned at all, understanding the amount of running I do.  He didn't even tell me to lay off.   So, I'll put up with it for another month, get through Wasatch and Bear and see if it heals up.

I was very encouraged by my Timp run on Saturday morning.  Crushing my PR by 25 minutes felt very good and I wasn't running at race pace, probably about 85%.  So, I'm feeling pretty happy about my training progress.  I wish I lived closer to the Wasatch course and could do some training on it.  Oh well.   Altitude at 11,000+ was not an issue at all Saturday.  That is kind of surprising because I do most of my training around 5,000 feet and have only got up above 10,000 feet once per week.

Park City Marathon on Saturday.  I entered it to force myself NOT to enter Leadville 100 again this year....just too expensive to go out to Colorado this year.   So I'll go do a nice long tempo run at that Park City altitude and have some fun.

Comments
From Smooth on Mon, Aug 17, 2009 at 17:56:49 from 71.32.239.100

Hope the internal injury is not serious and you heal up quick and nicely.

Glad to hear your Timp run was a successful training run.

Didn't know you're running PCM this Sat. I will be there. How it'd be to run a marathon just for fun. You're AWESOME!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Aug 18, 2009 at 11:48:04 from 63.255.172.2

I'm starting Park City early to help pace a friend through the race for a while. Make sure to say hi as you pass. I will probably be wearing a Nathan vest.

From crockett on Tue, Aug 18, 2009 at 14:19:20 from 216.49.181.254

See you both at Park City. I'll look for you.

Total Distance
14.00

I was out running a little before 3:00 a.m.   Went up into the Lake Mountain foothills to find a trail loop I failed to fully locate last week.  I succeeded this time.   It is a 1.7 mile loop with about 250 elevation climb.   I started the loop in the northeast corner and headed south up a canyon, a steady climb, ending with a short steep climb up onto a ridge.  Here is where I lost the trial last week.  The grass is high and when I looked closer, I could see a double track road that traversed around the ridge into the next canyon.  It was pretty level, but challenging because of the dry grass, sometimes waist-high.  But the grass was sparse enough and would just hit against my legs in that section.  Once in the next canyon, it is a nice fast descent down the canyon to the main road that runs along the Church farm.  I needed to hop over a log fence.  I think the fence was put up about eight years ago.  That explains why the grassy road doesn't receive traffic anymore.  But it is great for running.

I ran the loop six times.   My times were: 23:42, 20:31, 20:02, 18:39, 20:54, and 28:17.  So my fastest loop was just a little faster than an 11-minute mile.  That shows how tough the loop was.   I'm sure I could do it quite a bit faster during the day, but with the dark, at times my flashlight wasn't good enough to illuminate the trail through the grass, so I just had to feel the trail.   It was a good workout.  Working the climbs felt good.

I was able to watch the moon, just a sliver, rise above the Wasatch mountains, with Venus above it.   Orion was low in the sky to the right. As I finished, there additionally was a glow behind the mountains as the dawn was arriving.  Not a cloud in the sky.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 14.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Aug 18, 2009 at 11:49:32 from 63.255.172.2

Sounds pretty. Do you spend a lot of time looking for trails on Google Earth - or do you find what you think are trails and then research them?

From crockett on Tue, Aug 18, 2009 at 14:21:57 from 216.49.181.254

I use Google Earth to look for things in the hills near my house. I've probably found nearly everything, but I get bored by running the same routes, so this helps me pick new things. For the past few weeks I haven't duplicated any morning routes. Something new each time.

From jun on Wed, Aug 19, 2009 at 10:17:59 from 66.239.250.209

Great workout. I'm always impressed by your ability to run in circles. After telling my wife about our Timp trip and my poor lighting and results, she has committed me to getting a better light. I found the one you have on line and will hopefully pick one up as soon as we get financially settled (by that, I mean pay tuition and books for my wife, get the kidlets settled into day care again, and get my oldest son's braces on). While she hates the idea of spending that much on a flashlight, she hates the thought of me faceplanting into a rock even more. Weird.

Total Distance
7.00

Slept in.  I had a weird running dream when I woke up.  I was running lap 99 of a 100-miler.  Of course the course was inside a building.  Almost all my running dreams involve running inside houses.  Go figure.  A couple weeks ago a running dream was outside but it was distressing because I was running right behind some front-runners and when we turned a corner I saw a runner ahead purposely  move a barrier so that runners behind would take a wrong turn.  Even though I saw him do that, I took the wrong turn. (I'm not very smart in my dreams.)  I was very mad that this runner did this.

Planning on running Kings Peak on Friday and then Park City Marathon on Saturday.  So there is no reason to go crazy about mid-week miles.  Resting and healing.

PM

Ran with the dog six miles from the house up to the top of a canyon on Lake Mountain.   The little dog got pooped out near the top, but with a five minute rest she was able to keep up on all the downhills.   I need to do more afternoon runs to get some heat training in.   At Wasatch it always is hot from Alexander Ridge to Lambs Canyon.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 6.00
Total Distance
2.00

Total Distance
26.00

I ran up to the top of the highest peak in Utah, Kings Peak (13,528 feet). The summmit gets about 5,000 visitors per year. However, few people run from the trailhead to summit and back in one day. Most people do a three-day backpacking trip.  This was my 8th Kings Peak Summit and the sixth time I have done the summit in one day. I made the run with jun and his neighbor Eric. Read jun's detailed writeup here.

The trail is very technical including about five miles of bowling ball trail and another three miles of boulder hopping.  It is very tough.  I worried about Eric, a road running, doing this run as his first major trail run.  It did check back his speed, but he did very well.

Our run was about 13 miles in and 13 miles out, with about 5,000 feet elevation climb. I signed up for this run in order to get more altitude training before Wasatch 100. I really enjoyed the run up, but had a rough time running back down because of record warm temperatures. It wasn't really that hot at that altitude, but I just haven't been training at all in the heat, so it really affected me. It sapped my energy with about 9 miles to go. I recovered some, but later ran out of water and became badly dehydrated. I finally had to dip into a side stream with two miles to go. I hope there weren't any nasties in the water. It sure tasted good.

It turned out still to be the fastest summit and round trip I have ever done. It was 3:40 to the summit and 6:58 round trip running time. I did stop the watch at the top and a few times waiting for the others to catch up.

My splits heading up were:

Alligator Lake trail: 0:27

Elkhorn Crossing: 1:00

Dollar Lake sign: 1:22

Trail sign: 1:36

Gunsight Pass: 2:09

Andersen Pass: 2:53

Kings Peak Summit: 3:40

My pace from Andersen Pass to the summit was pathetic. The altitude above 12,000 slammed me. I kept getting very dizzy and would have to stop and get blood back in my head. I even stayed away from the cliffs, for fear I would faint and tumble off the mountain. Ha, ha. Once on top, in a few minutes I felt fine. No headache, which I usually get up there.

After returning to Gunsight Pass, as I started to kick it into gear in an attempt to catch up to jun, I took a major face-plant.   I did a shoulder roll, but bruised and scraped up my leg, shoulder, back, and bloodied a finger.  I layed on the trail for a couple minutes with Eric looking over me.   Finally I felt a little better and got up.   That is four bad face-plants in only one week.   That took the wind out of my sails.  I decided to take it easy the rest of the way.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 26.00
Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 15:56:22 from 24.8.167.243

That's quite a run you guys did. You are amazing. Frankly, I'm a little scared of trail running, and your face plants don't help any!

I hope you're recovering well from your cuts and bruises.

From jun on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 20:14:30 from 97.126.234.202

I may have received the Bloodiest Runner award at Wahsatch Steeple Chase, but you win Bloodiest Runner of the year award, that's for sure. Glad you were able to go and now I'm going back to read your race report from today.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Aug 23, 2009 at 16:23:08 from 97.117.63.224

I can't believe you do faceplants and then get in so much running afterwards. They scare me - which is probably another reason I run slow. Between almost breaking an ankle with one face plant and cracking ribs with another one - I have a real fear of injury when slamming into the ground.

Race: Park City Marathon (26.2 Miles) 04:04:53, Place overall: 114, Place in age division: 13
Total Distance
27.00

I ran in the Park City Marathon, my third road marathon of the year.  What's up with that?  Am I converting to the dark-side of running?  Well, actually, this marathon is not your typical road marthon.  It is run at altitude and has about ten miles of dirt.  The hills are never-ending and it makes an amazing huge circle around the valley, visiting Deer Valley and Park City.  I think this marathon experience would be very attractive to ultrarunners.

Well, yesterday I ran marathon distance, doing a much tougher run up to the top of King's Peak (13,528 feet) and back with 5,000 feet of climbing.  What was I thinking running a marathon the very next day?  I've never been accused of having judgement that makes sense when it comes to my running.  Yesterday's mountain marathon left my legs somewhat tired, but not sore.  I was more worried about the stress my system experienced due to severe dehydration.  Also, I had only slept about 8 hours over the past 48 hours.   It was not the best way to rest up for a marathon.

However, I was excited to run in Park City because I really wanted to have a good long tempo run at 7,000 feet.  I didn't study the course much and was very suprised to discover how many hills we had to climb.  Oh well, what goes up, must come down, and I had a great time blasting down some hills, especially when they were dirt hills.

I wasn't very serious about this race.  I lined up mid-pack at the start, talking with my friend Jim.   As we were talking the horn sounded.  Oh, I guess I better start running. My race started very good.  I was surpised how well my legs felt.  I had to dodge and pass tons of runners, but my first mile was 7:17.  I lost track of the mile signs, but I reached mile 4 at 30:28.  Not bad, about 7:30 pace on some good uphills. Mile 5 was 6:59 and mile 6 (hills) was 8:36.  I kicked it back into gear with a 7:26 mile 7 and a 8:01 mile 8. 

About that point, the wheels came off my race.   I knew I just couldn't sustain that pace today.  We were running on the long railroad trail which was dirt.  I loved the dirt and the views of the valley, but after awhile I was ready for something new.   Mile 9 was 8:39, Mile 10 was 8:54,  Mile 11 was 10:10, and Mile 12 was 9:51.

I next started to have severe gastro problems, very uncomfortable.  My pace slowed significantly to 10:31, 12:11, and 11:41.   We then made a long hot climb up to Deer Valley, doing a loop.  I recovered somewhat and no longer had scores of runners passing me.  Next splits were 11:11, 9:40, and a fast 8:13 as I enjoyed cruising the downhill, passing many runners.

I was now in "hang-on" mode as we ran above Park City.  10:23, 10:53, bringing me to mile 20.   The gastro problem was crippling me.  So, no other choice but to take an 8-minute bathroom break.  Pretty funny to take such a long break during a fast marathon race.  I believe the dehydration from yesterday just stressed out my digestive system too much.  Bummer.  I worried that I would need to visit every porto-poddy from there to the finish, but I didn't have to.

Oh well, I now was back in top shape.   I looked at my watch and realized that finishing in sub-4 hours was very unlikely.  However, I had plenty of spring in my step, so why not end this marthon training run in fine shape?  

Mile 21 was 8:52, Mile 22 was 9:38.   I then dug deep on the downhill to the finish and really kicked up the speed, passing probably 30-40 runners along the way.  I eventually caught up to runners I had seen at mile 20 before my long break.   It was becoming very hot.  I drank as much as possible and started to splash myself with cool water.  My final miles were: 8:06, 8:03, 8:42, and 8:16, with a 1:35 for the home stretch.  It was a great feeling to finish off strong.

So I finished my 5th marathon in 4:05, my slowest time.  But how many of those other runners also ran a marathon distance yesterday?  Ha, ha.

As I was resting at the finish, I saw Smooth finish about 20 minutes after me.  She had an impressive race!   I wished I could have watched others finish, but there was no shade at the finish and it was getting hotter.  I decided to just head home.

It was a wonderful two days, getting in some great altitude and heat training.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 27.00
Comments
From Jon on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 16:17:23 from 75.169.140.152

Nice job, Davy. Of all the runners on the blog, I picture you the most likely to do back-to-back marathons. Sounds like fun... well, except the 8 min (!) potty break.

From Kelli on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 16:49:46 from 71.219.64.200

Seriously, you are one of the most amazing runners I "know" and certainly on this blog! Do not totally convert to the dark side, but we are glad to have you every once in a while! What a great weekend of running for you, not many people are out there doing that distance two days in a row!!!

I just noticed you have 6 kids!! How old are they? Do they run?

From crockett on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 17:01:54 from 71.36.75.251

Thanks Kelli. As of today, 5 of the six have flown the coop (all in college). Ah, the peace and quiet at home. Oldest 27, youngest 12. No serious runners in the bunch, but all have been serious swimmers. They mock their dad, but I also know they brag about him.

From Kelli on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 17:04:23 from 71.219.64.200

I am positive they brag. As I was driving to Hobblecreek today I was looking at Utah Lake and never realized how huge it is, and you run circles around it?!?

So, the real question is are you a grandpa yet?

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 17:56:36 from 97.117.63.224

Davy - great job on the race on top of King's Peak yesterday. This has always been a tough, but beautiful course to run. Thanks for saying hi as you passed me. (I started about 5:45).

Sorry to hear about your gastric problems. I kind of thought I would see you again on the out and back section.

From jun on Sat, Aug 22, 2009 at 20:22:11 from 97.126.234.202

Good run chief. I think I predicted 3:45 for you today. I really think that without the tummy issues you would have hit that. Great job. I'm glad you weren't sore today. My knee joints are slightly achy, but that's it. My leg muscles feel just fine. Congratulations.

From Smooth on Mon, Aug 24, 2009 at 17:11:27 from 71.36.70.24

Davy! SORRY I was such a dork when you greeted me at the finish! I sometimes don't even remember my own name! :)

You ARE SO SO SO SO SO SO AWESOME!!!! I just read your King's Peak marathon which was more than any mountain trail runner can ever dream of doing! Sorry about the face plant...but kudos for such an OUTSTANDING mountain marathon run!

Then, you ran the very next day with little sleep, dehydrated, on a very hot day and a tough course!!!!! Simply AMAAAAAYZING!!!!

What I meant to do when I saw you at the finish was BOW to your GREATNESS!!! Here's my virtual {{{ bow }}} :-D You're my hero!

Total Distance
0.00

Did a good job in catching up on sleep.

Total Distance
1.00

I feel fully recovered, but I'm likely to take a few days off running to try to heal a nagging problem.  Probably will hit the pool.

Comments
From Twinkies on Tue, Aug 25, 2009 at 21:27:10 from 12.239.111.194

Davy, I just ready about your double marathon weekend. Way to go!! Not only did you run two marathons in two days. You ran an extremely difficult marathon followed by a tough road marathon. You are definitely an inspiration.

Total Distance
8.00

After work, ran in the heat up into the hills with the dog.  It was tough.  Aches and pains that were concerning, but they feel more like over-training pains.  The body just sending signals not to over-do things.   I've been getting plenty of sleep the past couple days and seem to be healing some minor problems.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 6.00
Comments
From jun on Wed, Aug 26, 2009 at 12:45:52 from 66.239.250.209

Good heat training. You'll want that for Wasatch.

Total Distance
4.00

Four easy miles on the road this morning.   Woke up at 5:00, feeling rested and had no excuses, so went out and did a few miles.  The dog was up with her leash, so I took her along.  Crazy little dog did ten miles with me in the past 12 hours.  She loves running.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 4.00
Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Aug 26, 2009 at 13:04:54 from 63.255.172.2

What kind of dog do you have? Mine loves to run - but is so tiny that she is slow over long distances.

From Smooth on Wed, Aug 26, 2009 at 23:05:11 from 71.36.82.218

Nice recovery run(s) with the pooch! :)

Total Distance
0.00

More resting.  Feels like I'm healing up.  Its also nice to just take a break.  I plan to get up early tomorrow for a long run.

In the mail today, I received my cool awards for the Tahoe Rim 100 last month.  It was also the 100-mile national championship for USA Track & Field and Road Runners of America.  I did very well and somehow won my age group (50-54).  Kind of cool to get awards stating that I'm a national champion.  I was 18th overall with a time of 25:43.  There were 10 finishers in my age group and probably about 10 others who didn't finish.

However, I don't let this go to my head because I know that race isn't nearly as competitive as Wasatch 100 coming up in two weeks.

 

Comments
From Smooth on Fri, Aug 28, 2009 at 09:54:21 from 71.32.233.155

VERY Cool and GOOD LOOKING AWARDS! Thanks for sharing the pics. That is so so so so COOL! NATIONAL CHAMPION!!!! I'll bet it boost your spirit up while you're gearing for the Wasatch 100. CONGRATULATIONS! What an OUTSTANDING ACCOMPLISHMENT!!!! You're the epiphany of a GREAT on and off trail runner!

From Nevels on Fri, Aug 28, 2009 at 11:54:09 from 131.204.15.93

What are you shooting for at Wasatch?

From crockett on Fri, Aug 28, 2009 at 21:32:34 from 216.49.181.254

Hoping for under 28 hours at Wasatch. Will be happy with under 30.

From Jon on Fri, Aug 28, 2009 at 22:28:40 from 75.169.151.186

It's a well deserved award. Congrats.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Aug 29, 2009 at 17:54:47 from 97.117.63.224

Nice bling, oh champion!

Have you ever met Clark Hirschi on any of the races up here in Utah? He did Wasatch 2-3 years ago and finished in 7th place (only his second ultra).

Total Distance
22.00

Out running at 2:30 a.m.   Ran clear out past Eagle Mountain city center into the middle of Cedar Valley and then made a huge loop back through the ranches and across the Church farm.   I was pleased with a feeling of strength.  It felt like I could run for a very long time.   It is funny how when you take just a few days off running, you starting thinking you are losing your fitness.  Not so.   By the end of the run my foot was hurting.  That is normal after not running for a few days.  It should feel better tomorrow.

morning.   Our department went up and did trail work up at Big Water on a new trail spur to the left.  Tomorrow we will see how fast I can run up and down Lone Peak.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 19.00
Comments
From Smooth on Fri, Aug 28, 2009 at 09:57:02 from 71.32.233.155

Davy, GREAT run! SO glad to hear a testimonial that you don't loose fitness while resting for a few days. I'm going to take a rest day today so I can have a good long run tomorrow. So refreshing to come to your blog and be inspired!!!

Total Distance
17.00

I went up Lone Peak for the first time with my bro-in-law, Ed. He had had been up it several times and did his best to guide me up. We started from Suncrest at 5 a.m. in the dark and stuggled to find the right dirt roads to lead us to Jacobs Ladder. After about 20 minutes, we finally arrived.   We could see some headlamps of hikers heading up Corner Canyon, so that helped us merge to the right trail.

Lone Peak summit is at 11,253 feet.   We would end up climbing about 6,500 feet. Quite the workout!

Dawn arrives, about 2,000 feet up.  Lone Peak to the left of me.

At the bottom of Jacob's Ladder, in the dark, we met the hikers heading up.  We said hi and then started pushing very hard up the the very steep trail.  Holy Cow, that thing was steep, but I knew it was great training for Wasatch in two weeks.   We made very good time and reached the meadow in about 1:10.   Here, our troubles started.

Ed running through the meadow

I should have read the trail description.  "Many people get lost just past the meadow so pay attention to your route from this vantage point."  Oh boy!   We were running pretty fast at that point and saw a hiker to the left, so my eye naturally missed the important junction.  The trail descriptions warns:  "The fork to the north (left) leads to the Outlaw Cabin.  DO NOT follow this trail."

The trail to the left was marked well so we continued a climb up to the top of a ridge.  But then the trail started heading down.   I knew it couldn't be right and Ed just couldn't remember.   Finally I was convinced that we should head back to the meadow.  We ran into the hiking dude, and he assured us that we were going the right way.  We followed his directions, but again once up on the ridge it all seemed wrong.   Finally the dude made his way up and he again insisted that we just weren't following his directions.  He pointed the way and then it dawned on me he wasn't heading up to Lone Peak summit.   I asked, "Are you going to Lone Peak?"  He said yes and pointed to a small knob overlook nearby.    I shook my head and said, "no that isn't Lone Peak."   We quickly left, headed down toward the meadow, found some cairns heading up, tried to follow them but the trail disappeared.  We bushwhacked and climbed clear up to a massive ridge to get our bearings and did plenty of bushwhacking.  Finally, I insisted that this was all wrong and convinced Ed that there must be a major junction in the meadow that we missed while we were running fast.  The hiker dude had misled us.   After about an hour delay, we returned to the meadow and sure enough found a junction.

Finally we were on the right trail.  I expressed concern that with the hour delay, I did not have enough water.   I had planned on a five-hour adventure, but this would be much longer.   We decided to continue.  The rest of the hike to the summit was a challenge and frustrating.   We just couldn't push the pace fast because there was too much route-finding.  If we went too fast, we kept going off trail.   Ed's memory of the route was not detailed enough to help much.   So we pushed ahead at a good clip, but not blazing fast.  We caught up with the hikers we had greeted below and thankfully they gave me about 16 oz. of water.   I drank most of it immediately and started to feel better.  But I was still dehydrated.

Me and Ed on Lone Peak Summit

The altitude was really bothering me for some reason.  I kept getting very dizzy.  I'm guessing that dehydration was a factor, but I was bothered that I was having so much trouble at 11,000 feet and above.   Finally we reached the summit and had a nice break talking to a little family at the top.   If I throw out all the time we lost going off course, I believe we made it to the top in 3:30.

Looking toward Utah Lake and my home

Down we went and I was now in good spirits again.   But that didn't last long because everytime I pushed the pace faster, we would lose the trail.  It was frustrating.  But we descended pretty fast.  After the meadow I really kicked it into gear for awhile and we lost elevation super quickly.   But then I had to slow down.  I only had a few drops of water left and I knew I was badly dehydrated (I think I was down about 6-7 pounds from the start).  Each time we ran into hikers we asked for water.   Finally, near the bottom of Jacob's Ladder a young hiker gave me about 12 oz.   That would be enough to finish.  We ran again, pretty fast and made our way through a maze of jeep trails back to Suncrest.

Our adventure took about 7 hours.   But when we were on the right trail, it was about 3.5 hours up and less then 2 hours down.

I'm not sure if I will do it again any time soon.  It is just too tough to go fast unless you really know the trail.  I think it would take me 2-3 times more to learn the trail well enough to go fast.  I think a 4.5 hour round trip is possible for me.  If I do it again, I would need to haul up much more water and cache some half-way up.

 

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 17.00
Comments
From Twinkies on Sat, Aug 29, 2009 at 20:53:12 from 67.166.71.60

What an adventure. Your pictures are great.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Aug 30, 2009 at 11:21:05 from 97.117.63.224

Yeah - you run out of water a lot. I know you like your handhelds, but wouldn't a camelback (or something similar) be better in situations like these?

I did notice Paul Collman on one run had taped one of the handheld rigs onto the larger water bottle. That might help on some runs give you extra fluids.

From jun on Sun, Aug 30, 2009 at 20:51:54 from 207.59.19.194

Glad you made it up there ok. I've heard that is a tough trail to hike, but I didn't realize that route finding was that difficult. That's too bad. If and when you decide to go again, let me know. I'd like to join you.

Total Distance
1.00

Total Distance
18.00

Out the door at 2:30 a.m.  The dog was standing there with sad eyes, with her leash in her mouth.   "No, not this morning, I'm going too far for you."  I again ran out to Eagle Mountain city center and made a big loop that included the Ranches.  About 2/3rd was dirt, the rest pavement.   I ran into another runner in Cedar Valley with dogs about 4:45.  That is unusual.  I never see anyone up that early out that far.

322 miles this month!  That is my second-highest month every.   Two 300+ mile months in a row.   I'm still 41 miles behind last year at this point.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 18.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Sep 01, 2009 at 10:54:05 from 207.59.19.194

The way you're going I think you'll end up passing your last years miles, even with the injury you had to deal with earlier this year. Nice job.

From Jon on Tue, Sep 01, 2009 at 17:48:11 from 138.64.2.76

Nice job with the miles!

Give me your ultra expertise opinion. I am running TOU marathon, then Ogden Valley 50 miler 5 weeks later (which will be my only 50+ mile race prior to Rocky Raccoon). I am a bit nervous about going into the 50 without having done any distances over the marathon other than Logan Peak 28 miles, even though I am just treating the 50 as a training run rather than all out race.

Here is the question- do you think I should try to squeeze in a 30-35 mile run 2 weeks before the 50 miler to help transition to the longer runs? Or should I just go into the 50 miler with only marathon length training?

From crockett on Wed, Sep 02, 2009 at 10:55:22 from 216.49.181.254

You are probably asking the wrong guy because your speed it at a totally foreign level for me. But here is my guess. Your current mileage base is huge. I think you would have no problem running a 100-miler tomorrow. I'm guessing however, that recovery would be faster if you were doing more long runs. Doing a 50K two weeks before a 50 isn't a problem...depends on how fast you run it. Doing it slow would be helpful....its about time on your feet. But again, with your huge mileage base, I think that is already taken care of. Holt did super at Squaw Peak 50 and I bet he wasn't doing runs longer than marathon. He also has a huge mileage base.

One week after TOU is Bear 100 in your neck of the woods. Any interest in doing some miles with me as a pacer?

From crockett on Wed, Sep 02, 2009 at 11:01:55 from 216.49.181.254

More comments about recovery. My mileage base is less than yours and less than many people who do one or two 100s per year. However, because I do so many very long runs (8 100s and several 50s) each year, I can recover very fast from 100s, while others with a higher mileage base can't. I'll do Wasatch and Bear two weeks apart and shouldn't really feel ill effects at Bear. However, I don't run at the speed you do. At your speed, concentrate hard on fueling properly. Note what happened to Kyle Skaggs ten days ago at WW100K.

From Jon on Wed, Sep 02, 2009 at 12:42:09 from 138.64.2.76

Davy-

Holt actually was crazier than me in his training- he was doing 150 mile weeks and 50+ mile training runs for Squaw.

I have actually thought a lot about pacing someone at Bear. I will be working the Leatham Hollow aid station that morning, but will be free in the evening and would be interested in pacing. My only concern is that there is a chance I would have to back out at the last minute if I felt I wasn't at least partly recovered from TOU or was risking injury. And I would probably limit myself to 20-30 miles (i.e. maybe Tony Grove to Logan River). Maybe 20. Would that interest you?

From crockett on Thu, Sep 03, 2009 at 10:19:21 from 216.49.181.254

Jon, that would be great if you could pace some at Bear. Last year I arrived at Tony Grove at 7:18 p.m. This year it probably will be about 45 minutes earlier. Let's play it by ear right now. I haven't made any serious plans yet. Usually my brother paces large chunks of the Bear with me, but I haven't heard from him yet.

Total Distance
0.00

Total Distance
0.00

The alarm clock rang, but the bed won today.  What a slacker.

Plans are pretty much all set for Wasatch 100 in 9 days.  I have four pacers lined up for the last 60 miles.  It will be nice to have some company.   I've had mixed results using pacers and don't usually use them often, but this group has some good experience.   Pacers can actually distract my concentration.   I also tend to worry about them.  But this group is pretty self-sufficient and won't be offended if I don't talk much.   I enjoy trying to "drop" my pacers.  "Dropping" means when you run too fast for your pacer and leave him behind.   To me, that is great fun if the pacers don't care.   At Leadville 2007 I dropped my pacers twice and was running alone for almost a couple hours.  They both eventually caught up, but it is very embarassing to the pacer.   I doubt I'll be able to do this at Wastach.   With four pacers, they will be on fresh legs.  Downhills are my best bet.  Jun will need to watch out on the downhill into Lambs.  David will be in danger on the downhill into Millcreek.  Brad needs to watch the downhill into Brighton and Mark has to watch out for my kick during the last seven miles going into Midway.  Heh, heh, I'll have to make sure I eat well going up the hills before those section.   I've also learned how to shut up a pacer who is nagging on you too much.  You get a nice rest and the kick it into gear big-time on an uphill.  The poor pacer is gasping for breath so much that they can no longer say anything.  They also learn that prodding me too much means pain for them.   Ha, ha.  It is a great sport to abuse pacers. 

Comments
From jun on Thu, Sep 03, 2009 at 10:23:46 from 66.239.250.209

What's that I smell? Is it a 'challenge'? I'm more excited then ever to 'poke the bear'.

From MichelleL on Thu, Sep 03, 2009 at 22:25:04 from 71.219.40.89

Man this is not inspiring me to pace you :P

From crockett on Fri, Sep 04, 2009 at 11:29:11 from 216.49.181.254

Michelle: Even with my feable attempts to embarass my pacers, they always have the last laugh. They have plenty of other stories to tell about me. They constantly bring up the times when I was laying beside the trail moaning in the middle of the night or puking my guts out. They love to tell the story how I was down on a trail exhausted and another runner and pacer caught up. They looked at me and whispered, "Should we check his pulse?" So, somehow I need to get back at these guys.

Total Distance
20.00

Out the door at 2:20 a.m.   This morning I again ran a huge loop around Eagle Mountain City.  This time I did it counter-clockwise, first running across the Church farm.  The full moon was out so I didn't need the flash light much.   It was a great morning working.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 20.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Sep 03, 2009 at 13:31:40 from 66.239.250.209

mmm, the gun route. that's a good one. nice job.

From crockett on Thu, Sep 03, 2009 at 13:43:53 from 216.49.181.254

Yes, I made the handle of the gun larger.

Total Distance
30.00

My work location moved this week from downtown Salt Lake City to Riverton, in what used to be the Intel building off of Bangerter Hwy.   I no longer ride the bus and my commute is now only 25 minutes one-way.   But the best news, it that it is within running distance.  This morning I ran into work, about 14.5 miles.   I ran up Redwood Road which is under construction, but now very wide with lanes closed down.   So there is plenty of room to run without traffic bothering me.   Once up to Camp Williams, I leave the road and jump on the Provo Reservoir Canal that swings around to the west of Buffdale.  Once I get to 134th South, I just run down the road to my building.

The morning run was wonderful.   I started at 4:30 a.m. The full moon was out and I really didn't need to use the flashlight.   Running on the canal road it great because there is plenty to see as it goes around ranches, developments, fields, etc.  The canal was full and flowing like a river.   Horses, cows, and dogs noticed me going by, but no humans.   I arrived at work a little before 7:00 a.m.   I plan to run home in the afternoon.  That will put me over 2,000 miles for 2009.

P.M.

Ran back home from work in 90+ degrees.  Especially warm on the new black pavement laid down a few days ago on Redwood Road.   It was good heat training.  It worked me pretty well.   I was going to go up Timp early in the morning, but I might instead just start tapering for Wasatch.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 30.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Sep 04, 2009 at 12:11:20 from 66.239.250.209

That is so cool. What a cool way to get to work . . . . and home.

From Twinkies on Fri, Sep 04, 2009 at 14:26:08 from 174.126.19.182

Nice run. I guess I could run to work, but I would be all stinky and sweaty when I got there. Do you have a place to shower and get cleaned up?

From crockett on Fri, Sep 04, 2009 at 14:26:59 from 216.49.181.254

Yes, we have a great fitness center with lots of showers.

Total Distance
15.00

I ran up Timp early this morning, my 62nd career summit and 6th of the year.   I was on the trail about 2:45 a.m. with about 200 college kids.   I was planning on taking it easy, doing about a 4:20 round trip, but somehow a 3:42 came out the other end.   The weather was great, the moon partially obscurred by clouds but still casting an glow on the mountain.   Many of the kids were hiking by moonlight.  

With all the lights on the mountain, it was a great challenge to run hard and try to catch the lights.  It was funny how some of the young guys reacted as I caught up.  I think they just couldn't handle having someone pass them.  Some would kick it up a notch as I approached and made no movement to stop and let me pass. Too macho.  Finally I would be right on their tail and ask to pass.  They would look back surprised, but then move over.   Some would try to keep up, but within one minute they were far behind.  I should have told them: "I'm an old Please follow Fast Running Blog policy regarding vulgar language 51-year-old, aren't you in shape?"  But I kept my mouth shut and enjoyed being on the mountain with all the kids.  Most gave me great complements about my pace.

Once I reached the saddle (1:50), it looked like there were 30-40 kids trying to stay warm waiting for the sunrise.   I didn't slow down a bit and ran fast, dodging the bodies all over the ridge.  I heard comments that they had tracked my green light for miles and that I had an amazing pace.

It looked like no one was hiking up to the summit.  I ran at a steady pace, looked back and saw some kids had decided to follow me.   I was very pleased at how strong I felt above 11,000 feet.  I didn't feel any dizziness like last week on Lone Peak.  My pace was steady and strong and the legs felt great.  

I reached the top in 2:10, a good clip.   There were several guys sleeping in the summit hut.   I ignored them and went ahead and signed the register and then started to head down.  The wind was blowing pretty hard, but it felt like the temperature was in the upper 30s.  I did put gloves on, but didn't need a jacket.   I quickly returned to the saddle to some cheers.  I didn't stop to talk, ran fast through the bodies and continued on my way.

I kept a steady pace going for the rest of the run, making sure that I didn't trip and fall.  I passed another 100 kids on the way down.  Some had tracked my light clear up to the summit and back.   I was glad that I finished before sunrise, because it is easier to pass groups if they see my green light coming toward them.  Still, I almost plowed right into a young guy who wasn't paying attention.

Labor Day is the biggest day on Timp. I would guess more than 500 will be on the trail.  As I drove out the the parking lot I could still see dozens of hikers walking up the road because the parking lot was totally full.  Their long day, 10 hours plus was just beginning.  My Timp run was finished, time to go home for breakfast.   I returned home by 7:30 as the family was just getting up.

OK, I am now officially in my Wasatch 100 taper.  No more big runs before Friday, only little tune-up runs to keep the taper phantom pains away.   I'm very pleased with the readiness.  I feel strong and fast.  Minor injuries have healed and my problem ankle is behaving.   I'm about as ready as I can be.

I noticed that my 2009 miles are now only 5 miles behind 2008.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 15.00
Comments
From jun on Mon, Sep 07, 2009 at 21:14:37 from 97.126.234.214

Hahahah. I would like EVERYONE who reads this to know that Crockett is the only maniac crazy enough to run Timp the same week he runs a 100 miler. Unbelievable. I'd tell you that you are my hero, but how many times can I say it before it becomes cliche?

From leslie peterson on Tue, Sep 08, 2009 at 12:55:02 from 76.23.61.78

What a great entry!!! 62 summits!!! I am going to do my 4th next week and thought I was doing pretty good! I have followed some of your adventures and am in awe of all your accomplishments!!!

I just signed up for your 50 miler, I am very excited and nervous to hopefully complete my first 50 mile distance.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Sep 09, 2009 at 16:06:09 from 97.117.60.220

Great job on #62. I wish you the best at Wasatch this weekend. I will be tracking you.

From JD on Thu, Sep 10, 2009 at 11:14:46 from 209.183.32.44

Awesome running! I really love the idea of all those people tracking your progress up and down the summit with the green light. Green means GO!

From leslie peterson on Thu, Sep 10, 2009 at 11:18:16 from 76.23.61.78

Good Luck!!!! Have a blast!!!

Total Distance
0.00

Lots of good sleep.  No running plans today.

Comments
From Nevels on Tue, Sep 08, 2009 at 15:03:08 from 131.204.15.93

Good luck this weekend. I'm jealous...

Total Distance
0.00

Total Distance
0.00

I'm all packed and ready for Wasatch 100.  My four pacers are amusing themselves today making fun of me in a private email thread.   They laugh now, lets see how they feel on the trail!

Taper pains started last night.  Silly aches in muscles that make you worry that they will develop into serious pains during the rain.  They rarely do.  I should have done a few little short runs to keep these away.

The race begins at 5:00 a.m. tomorrow morning (Friday).  You can follow my progress at: http://www.wasatch100.com/updates.htm

To see if I'm doing well or poorly, you can compare my actual pace to my goal pace below:

  miles Goal Clock
Start 0 0:00 5:00 AM
Francis Peak Aid 17.7 4:05 9:05 AM
Bountiful B 24 5:35 10:35 AM
Session Lift-off 28.2 6:30 11:30 AM
Swallow Rocks 34.9 8:20 1:20 PM
Big Mt 39.4 9:20 2:20 PM
Alexander Rg 47.4 11:30 4:30 PM
Lambs Cyn 53.1 12:45 5:45 PM
Big Water 61.7 15:30 8:30 PM
Desolation 66.9 17:10 10:10 PM
Scotts Peak 70.8 18:30 11:30 PM
Brighton 75.6 19:45 12:45 AM
Ant Knolls 80.3 21:45 2:45 AM
Pole Line 83.4 22:55 3:55 AM
Rock Springs 87.4 24:25:00 5:25 AM
Pot Bottom 93.1 26:25:00 7:25 AM
Finish 100 28:30:00 9:30 AM
 

 

Comments
From Scott Wesemann on Thu, Sep 10, 2009 at 11:48:02 from 75.162.76.104

Good luck with the race.

From Jon on Thu, Sep 10, 2009 at 16:04:54 from 138.64.2.76

Good luck and have fun! Go punish and drop your pacers for mocking you...

From Smooth on Thu, Sep 10, 2009 at 16:30:22 from 70.56.100.187

GOOD LUCK Davy! I am so excited for you! You're gonna do GREAT! Silly pacers! They're lucky enough to pace you!

From Jon on Sat, Sep 12, 2009 at 11:57:10 from 75.169.155.86

You were as much as 39 minutes behind your goal and made it all up except for 3 minutes! Nice.

From Jon on Sat, Sep 12, 2009 at 12:19:03 from 75.169.155.86

Just watched your Katcina Mosa pacing video- for someone who doesn't like noisy pacers, you sure talked a lot to your runner! :)

From fly on the Wall on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 13:16:16 from 166.70.192.189

A BIG CONGRATULATIONS!!

Withing 3 minutes of goal time on that course is mind boggling!

Race: Wasatch Front 100 Mile Endurance Run (100 Miles) 28:33:02, Place overall: 42, Place in age division: 3
Total Distance
100.00

I will write my full race report in a couple days, but here is the "short" version.  244 runners started and 156 made it to the finish before 36 hours.

This was my focus 100-mile race of the season.    I really wanted do well at this home-town race.  In 2006 I struggled to a 34:15 finish and that has bugged me for three years.  This is a very tough 100 and any finish is great, any finish under 30 hours is super.   I set what I thought was a realistic goal of 28:30.

Pre-race: Matt Watts mocks my 28:30 goal. I start to doubt.  I spent the night at pacer David Hansen's uncles's home just a few block from the start.  Mark Swanson joined us. I only slept for about 3 hours.

Mile 0-10: Reached the top of Chinscrapper in only 2:19.  I was running with Dave Hunt and other runners who went on to finish in under 24 hours.  I was feeling great and hydrating well for a warm morning.

Mile 10-20: The dirt roads slowed me down, but then I picked it up on the rough trails. At mile 20, heard running buddy Phil Lowry below me.  I knew he would eventually catch up, so I decided to pull a prank on him.   I found a concealling tree near the trail, hid behind it for about a minute, and then jumped out and scared the wits out of him as he passed.  Tom Remkes was with him.  We had a great laugh.  Got to love 100-mile races when you have plenty of time to have some fun.

Mile 20-34: After running with Phil for 14 miles, I just couldn't keep up with him any longer.  The heat was slowing me down and Phil was running the downhills faster than me.  Previous to this, Phil and I had a great time pushing each other.  Sometimes I would run fast ahead and mock him for being behind.  He went on to finish in just under 26 hours.

Mile 34-35: The heat was becoming bad.   I went into defensive survival mode instead of offensive race mode.  Many runners would start passing me.   I just concentrated on staving of dehydration.

Mile 35-39: Met up with my first pacer, Craig (jun) at Big Mountain.  He was great to have along. I was feeling better and we had fun catching and passing a few other runners.

Mile 39-53:  The heat became terrible.   I ran out of water going into Alexander Ridge.  The next leg was among my worst.   I couldn't push it in the heat.  I had plenty of liquid with me but blundered and didn't drink enough.   By the time I came into Lambs, I was dehydrated and down about 5 pounds.

Mile  53-62: I ran the Lambs-Millcreek leg with David Hansen.  He did a super job in helping get me recovered.  The climb was tough, still dehydrated, but once over the top we flew and passed several runners.  I could also run hard up the Millcreek road.  My legs weren't tired, but my energy level was being stressed

Mile 62-67: Now running with Brad, I again felt a bonk coming on like I had at this exact point in 2006.  I took approriate measures and didn't crumble like 3 years ago, but I slowed down.  I knew I had a good race going, so I just held on and tried to get my body systems balanced.  I had a long stop at Desolation Lake to tape my thighs that were getting chafed.

Mile 67-76: At about mile 68, I finally recovered and was feeling great again. I pushed up the pace and could tell that I was working Brad as hewas doing his best to keep up.  We started to pick off runner lights one by one as caught up and passed runners who had passed me going up to Desolation Lake.   When we hit the paved road (about mile 73) that took us to Brighton, we noticed runners ahead who kept looking back at us with their headlamps shining, a sure sign of runners worried about being passed.   I grinned and told Brad that we were going to turn out our lights.   We then ran very hard in the dark.  We could see the glow of the center line on the road so never worried about falling off the road.   It was great fun to come up on runners unaware that we were coming.   We could also look far up the mountain and see many lights on the road near Scotts Peak.   I would blink my green light up to them and it was funny to see lots of them blink back.  Obviously I was feeling fantastic since I was fooling around.  Once at Brighton, three of my pacers were there to crew me in the parking lot.  I was determined to NOT spend any time in the warm Brighton building.

Mile 76-83:  Mark took over pacing duties. The climb up to Catherine's Pass wasn't anything to write home about.  No runners passed me, but my pace was pathetic.  By the time I got to Ant Knolls my energy level was very low and I was pretty incoherent.   I sat in a chair for several minutes, trying to recover.  At Pole Line pass, after eating two sausages, I started to feel better.

Mile 83-87:  The next leg to Rock Spring went very well.   I felt great again and could run fast again.  I was racing again. I noticed that the runners around me were not running the uphills any more, but my legs were ready and willing to run anything.   We passed a bunch of runners along this stretch and one guy thanked me for helping him really push the pace.

Mile 87-93:  I dreaded the next leg to Pot Bottom, but it went very well.  I really enjoyed it.  My spirits were high when I hit the "Dive" before dawn.   I had never been at this location in the dark so early, including the years I paced strong runners in 2004 and 2005.  Dawn arrived when we reached "The Plunge" and we came into Pot Bottom at 7:42 a.m.  Olaf gave me a happy greeting. Wow, at this time in 2006 I was about 16 miles back. 

To the finish: Mark pointed out that my last split time was just as planned in my goal pace.  I was now only 17 minutes behind my goal pace to finish in 28:30.   We discussed that 28:30 was still possible, but on the climb out of Pot Bottom I lost my motivation.  My thoughts started to turn to Bear 100 in only 13 days.   I decided to save something in the tank for that race.  I told Mark that the goal was now to break 29 hours.   I thought I was well ahead of any runners behind me so I started to take it easy.  With about four miles to go, Shane Martin flew by me.  Wow, he was going very fast.  With two miles to go, Eric Johnson passed me and Deanna McLaughlin also caught up.  That woke me up.  I was being lazy.   I hung with Eric for about a mile and Mark struggled to keep up.  We flew through the single-track by the golf course.   I finally lost sight of Eric, so slowed back down.  Once we hit the paved road, I could see that Eric was out of reach but we still ran hard to stay ahead of Deanna.

I crossed the finish line in 28:33 in 42nd place.  Only one runner older than me beat me in a very competitve race.   My recovery went well and 24 hours later I feel very little pain.  Bear 100 is in less than two weeks.

Below are my split times.  You can see that at one point I was about 30 minutes ahead of schedule, then fell about 40 minutes behind schedule.  The strong finish brought it all back.

  miles Goal 2009
Start 0 0:00  
Fernwood Picnic 3.6 0:35 0:35
Chinscrapper Summit 9.6 2:20 2:19
Francis Peak Aid 17.7 4:05 4:01
Bountiful B 24 5:35 5:18
Session Lift-off 28.2 6:30 6:10
Swallow Rocks 34.9 8:20 7:56
Big Mt 39.4 9:20 9:09
Alexander Rg 47.4 11:30 11:16
Lambs Cyn 53.1 12:45 12:55
Big Water 61.7 15:30 15:23
Desolation 66.9 17:10 17:38
Scotts Peak 70.8 18:30 19:01
Brighton 75.6 19:45 20:10
Ant Knolls 80.3 21:45 22:09
Pole Line 83.4 22:55 23:23
Rock Springs 87.4 24:25:00 24:45:00
Pot Bottom 93.1 26:25:00 26:42:00
Finish 100 28:30:00 28:33:02

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 100.00
Comments
From Bec on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 17:04:09 from 67.177.35.60

WOW! You are so amazing! It sounds like your experience was much better than the one you had a few years ago. I laughed at you trying to tease other runners. It is incredible that you had enough energy to play games with others that were in front of you. Reading your report I ALMOST want to attempt one of these races one day. I paced a fellow two years ago in this race, and I had an enjoyable time. He dropped out at mile 93. Great job keeping your spirit and mind alive throughout the race. You are truly one of my running HEROES!

From jun on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 17:07:06 from 97.126.234.214

Fantastic report. That was a lot of fun. Glad you are feeling so good. You'll be in good shape foe Bear.

From MichelleL on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 17:54:49 from 71.219.40.89

Wow, sounds like a party. I am not sure if sausages and running mix, but they do have some energy in them. Nice job on your finish!

From crockett on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 17:57:51 from 71.36.67.230

After 75 miles for me, greasy meat is perfect...a sure sign that electrolytes are low. I also ate 2/3rds of a nice big bacon cheese burger at Brighton. Thanks guys! That really hit the spot.

From Jon on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 18:07:21 from 75.169.154.160

Excellent job, Davy. I stayed up late and woke up early watching the online progress of the race- we were excited when you were ahead, worried when behind your goal, and amazed as you made it back. You'll have to tell me some of the fun stories in a few weeks.

From Holt on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 19:08:44 from 75.169.74.94

Awesome job Davy. Another great running experience!

From Twinkies on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 21:20:29 from 98.202.132.86

Congratulations on completing another 100 miler. Your amazing. It was fun to watch your progress online. Good luck at the Bear.

From ultrajim on Sun, Sep 13, 2009 at 22:03:22 from 67.137.2.3

Dae,

You did fantastic. What a great job. I was hoping to get under 30, but only had an average race this time. The only good thing was that I did manage to cut out a bunch of aid station time this year.

From leslie peterson on Mon, Sep 14, 2009 at 09:07:27 from 76.23.61.78

I loved reading your report! Congratulations on a great race!!!!! Good Luck on the Bear 100!

From Oreo on Mon, Sep 14, 2009 at 10:26:50 from 67.128.137.180

Awesome race.. it made me laugh when you mentioned Shane flying down hill. When I run with him I sometimes think he's part mountain goat. You guys are awesome that put these 100's down. Someday.... Nice job and good luck at Bear.

Total Distance
7.00

After four days without running, I'm back in the saddle again.   Since I was going less then ten, I took the dog with me.  We were out the door around 4:30 a.m.   We ran up into the Lake Mountain foothills clear over to the access road making a loop and came back.  It was a nice cool morning.  The temperatures are coming down.  Fall is on the way.   I'm pleased to already feel fully recovered from my 100-mile run in only 5 days.  This is probably my fastest recovery.  Nice news since I have Bear 100 in a week.  I can't feel any ill effects anywhere and the legs feel good and strong.   I'll kick up the training a little for a few days.

I'm registering for the Boston Marathon today.   My brother registered so we'll make it a brother-bonding thing.  It had been one of his goals to go there.  Looks like it is three weeks after Moab 100, so that should be fine.

I did publish my full Wasatch 100 race report with pictures and pacer/runner commentary at www.crockettclan.org/blog

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 7.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Sep 17, 2009 at 11:15:34 from 66.239.250.209

Are you going to cross the finish line in Boston holding hands with your brother? That would be tender.

From crockett on Thu, Sep 17, 2009 at 11:46:33 from 216.49.181.254

Yes, that would be tender but not typical of the Crockett competitive spirit. Instead, we would be crossing the finish line puking trying to out-do each other.

From Jon on Thu, Sep 17, 2009 at 22:45:09 from 75.169.146.135

Have you done Boston before?

From crockett on Fri, Sep 18, 2009 at 10:27:12 from 216.49.181.254

No, never done Boston, never really wanted to. This year is the first year I've been a little serious about running a marathon and I kind of trained for Ogden, although I was injured. My brother has always wanted to do Boston, so since he qualified, I promised to go with him. Should be fun.

Good luck at TOU tomorrow.

From Smooth on Fri, Sep 18, 2009 at 15:37:47 from 97.117.81.161

I read your Wasatch100 and left comment there. But want to say it again: CONGRATS on the excellent 100 performance. I LOVE the part when you hid behind a bush to spook Phil and sneaking up on night runners by turning off your light. What a GREAT race! GOOD LUCK at Bear 100. So HAPPY to hear you're recovered fully in only 5 days.

Hey, I'm running Boston. Haven't registered yet. You will love Beantown. They know how to put on a show. It's definitely one of the "to do list" for marathoners. Having a brother there to compete with makes it more fun!

Total Distance
19.00

Ran into work again this morning.  This time I took the "scenic" route, adding about five miles to the commute.  Love those bonus miles.  This time I avoided running up boring Redwood Road and instead ran along the Jordan River Parkway all the way from my house up to the Jordan Narrows.  Then I ran up to the canal road and took that all the way to my workplace.  The run took me 3:20.   I ran some of it without a light to practice my "sneek up on runners in the dark" technique.  (See my Wasatch 100 report).  Also slowed when I almost ran right over a skunk!  The freaked me out and made me be more careful.

Lehi main 4.9 0:46
9600 N 7.1 1:09
River crossing 10.5 1:44
Redwood Road 12.5 2:07
3200W 15.2 2:42
work 19 3:20

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 19.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Sep 18, 2009 at 15:22:54 from 66.239.250.209

Nice run. Are you also running home? That will make for a big day.

From Smooth on Fri, Sep 18, 2009 at 15:29:42 from 97.117.81.161

NICE run! LOVE the "U-nique-up" on the runners at night technique you did at Wasatch 100 by turning off your light. You're hilarious. Amazing! I don't know how you do it. Running 19 miles in the dark to get to work. Good thing you didn't get "skunked" that would be bad showing up to work with that new "cologne". Have a great weekend! Bear 100's next, right?

From crockett on Fri, Sep 18, 2009 at 17:54:10 from 216.49.181.254

Because my sense of smell is so poor, I had to ask my co-workers if they smelled any skunk. They gave me funny looks until I explained. Thankfully I didn't stink.

No not, running home. Tempted, but no reason to run in the heat any more. Bear 100 won't be hot. However, I did sign up for Javalina Jundred in Phoenix on Oct 31. That race can be hot.

Total Distance
7.00

Just doing maintenance runs for the next week before Bear 100.   Ran in the foothills with the dog. I'm now only 13 miles behind mile 2008 mileage at this point in the year.   Funny how close it is. Weight 172, near  my ultrarunning low.   Keep it down for the Bear 100.

Looking forward to the Bear 100.  What a way to bring in the fall season.  The colors in Logan Canyon an on the the ridges wll be amazing as usual.   I love the cool temperatures.  The race will have twice and many runners this year so the runner won't be as spread out.   Usually I can run for hours without seeing another runner.   I expect to have a good race.   If sucesseful, this will be my 5th straight Bear 100 finish.   You get a special jacket for finishing 5 in a row and became a "Bear Streaker."   It will be my 6th year there.   In 2004 I didn't finish, ran out of gas at mile 87.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 7.00
Comments
From Jon on Sat, Sep 19, 2009 at 14:40:19 from 75.169.140.248

Give me a call to work out pacing details- 435-787-4230.

From crockett on Sat, Sep 19, 2009 at 17:28:41 from 71.35.210.50

OK, Jon. I'll let you recover before we set anything firm. I'll be away in California all week, resting up at sea-level. I have a Bear crew starting at Tony Grove...Brad and his wife (Brad was a pacer at Wasatch). Brad is very flexible when he does any pacing. I am kind of hoping you can start at Temple Fork to push me hard on that climb to Tony Grove. Last year I had the nineth fastest split time on that section and I would like to again kill that huge climb (all depends on the stomach). My ETA there is 4:15 p.m. I can't remember which aid station your are doing. Brad will be able to help you get back to your car where ever your start.

From Jon on Sat, Sep 19, 2009 at 17:36:59 from 75.169.140.248

Yeah, call me on Mon or Tue or Wed to see how I'm doing. I'm not planning on running early next week, but am actually feeling real good right now (quads included).

I can definitely start at Temple Fork. I imagine I can go till Logan River or maybe even Beaver Lodge, depending on how I feel and how far Brad wants to go. Even if I poop out, I could make Franklin Trailhead. If it fits with your schedule, it would be nice to go till at least 9-10 pm so I get some night running practice with a pro.

I'll wait till you call next week and we figure things out then. My aid station is Leatham Hollow (mile 20), so 4:15 at Temple Fork shouldn't be a problem.

From crockett on Sat, Sep 19, 2009 at 17:54:13 from 71.35.210.50

Great, send me your email address to ultracrockett@gmail.com and I'll send you my pace schedule and a pacing document. Brad is very flexible...is a backpacker, not a runner so can't go very far.

Total Distance
11.00

At Redondo Beach, Califonia.   Did an afternoon run along the beach with Steven King, and talented sub-3 marathoner.   We ran north to El Sugundo along the bike path and then ran fast back along the beach.   Great fun.  Feeling good.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 11.00
Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Sep 22, 2009 at 23:12:37 from 97.117.81.161

That sounds like a fun and beautiful run along the beach. Bet it's nice to run at sea level. My sister lives in Rancho Palos Verde so I know that beach route well. I have seen Steven King's name in the winning circles of Utah marathons and races. Very cool that you ran with him!

GOOD LUCK at Bear 100!!!!!!!

Total Distance
2.00

Total Distance
7.00

Ran from Redondo Beach to Manhattan Beach, and then ran up the hill to Hermosa Beach finding a dirt/bark trail going through the town.   Tapering....just keeping loose.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 7.00
Comments
From Smooth on Wed, Sep 23, 2009 at 22:47:40 from 97.117.81.161

Sounds like a perfect taper run. Can't wait to read your Bear 100 report! GOOD LUCK!

From Jim Kern on Thu, Sep 24, 2009 at 00:11:28 from 97.117.55.9

Davy, I can't get on crockettclan.org. I get on 'Error 403-Forbidden' message???

What's your goal for Bear?

From crockett on Thu, Sep 24, 2009 at 00:54:31 from 64.164.58.21

Jim. Fixed. Site got hacked. I need to upgrade the blog software to close a security hole.

From crockett on Thu, Sep 24, 2009 at 00:55:25 from 64.164.58.21

My goal for The Bear is 27:30 I'll post my pace sheet tomorrow.

Total Distance
0.00

The Bear 100 starts in the morning.  I flew back from California, missed the pre-race meeting but am now focusing on getting ready.   My pace chart is below.  This would be a three-hour improvement on last year.

  miles clock goal 2009 goal
Start 0 6:00 AM 0:00
Logan Peak 10.5 8:35 AM 2:35
Leatham Hollow 19.7 10:10 AM 4:10
Richards Hollow 22.5 10:50 AM 4:50
Cowley Canyon 30 12:45 PM 6:45
Right Hand Fork 36.9 2:15 PM 8:15
Temple Fork 45.2 4:15 PM 10:15
Tony Grove 51.8 6:30 PM 12:30
Franklin TH 61.5 9:30 PM 15:30
Logan River 69.5 12:00 AM 18:00
Beaver Lodge 75.8 2:15 AM 20:15
Gibson Basin 81.2 4:10 AM 22:10
Beaver CG 85.3 5:20 AM 23:20
Ranger Dip 92.2 7:40 AM 25:40
Finish 100 9:30 AM 27:30

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Sep 25, 2009 at 17:26:32 from 63.255.172.2

You should be closing in on Temple Fork soon. Hope all is going well.

From Paul on Fri, Sep 25, 2009 at 17:46:38 from 174.23.80.242

Nice meeting you at the Leatham Aid. Your pacing is amazing. You got to the aid station at 10:10:00AM! Right on the very second.

Race: Bear 100 (100 Miles) 28:21:15, Place overall: 24, Place in age division: 5
Total Distance
100.00

Detailed Bear 100 report with pictures at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=162

Finished my 5th straight Bear 100 in 28:21, 24th place out of about 135 starters.  There were about 94 finishes.   I will write up a race report later.   One of my pacers has written up a great report here.

I had a strong race but was slowed significantly by badly bruied right quad due to a fall at about mile 12, and a terrible set of blisters on the bottom of my right heel, probably due to wore-out shoes.   Having jon along to push me opened my eyes that I really can do much better in the second-half of 100-mile races.   Without the problems, if I would have had a perfect race, I believe I could have finished close to 26.5 hours.   But I am very happy with my 28.21 finish.  It was again a very tough Bear.

La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 75.00Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 25.00
Comments
From Twinkies on Sun, Sep 27, 2009 at 20:35:49 from 98.202.132.86

Another excellent 100 miler victory. You pulled off an amazing time after falling so early in the race. Rest up and get that quad healed up. Reading your reports from these 100 milers is very inspiring. I am toying with the idea of entering the Bear next year.

From Jon on Wed, Sep 30, 2009 at 13:17:29 from 138.64.2.76

Matt- I'm definitely doing the Bear next year. We should try to get a huge FRB crew.

From crockett on Wed, Sep 30, 2009 at 18:33:33 from 216.49.181.254

My detailed Bear 100 race report is at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=162

Total Distance
0.00

I'm still recovering from Bear 100.  Boy, do I still feel beat up!   Two weeks ago on Monday after Wasatch 100, I felt great, almost no pain, but boy oh boy, what a difference.   Last night sleeping was a second night of restless, painful sleep with lots of moaning.  Calfs and quads hurt.   I can't figure out why the recovery is harder for the Bear.  It always is.  I was on a faster pace than at Wasatch, that might have been the difference.  Oh well, I should be fine by the end of the week.

No more steep mountain training is needed for the rest of the season.  My last two 100s for the year are mostly flat.

My attention is now turning to the Pony Express Trail 50 and 100.   See:  http://www.ponyexpress100.org   18 days away.   I put on this no-fee race because I love running out in the west desert, but need some company because it is so remote.   Looks like we may have about 20 runners this year.  

If anyone wants to give it a try, let me know.   A crews (a driver) is needed to drive along with you to provide support (drink, food, rude comments).   We have a great time.

Comments
From leslie peterson on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 11:43:10 from 76.23.61.78

Two 100 milers in two weeks! I think a little soreness is in order. I am sure you will recover fast, you probably feel better today!

Looking forward to a great adventure on the Pony Express trail!!!!

From jun on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:09:49 from 66.239.250.209

Can't wait for Pony Express. Leslie, it will be great to meet you and I'll enjoy watching you run off into the distance as I fade back and collapse.

Davy, you can just assume I will have all sorts of comments for you during the run. Well, for as long as I see you anyway. I assume you'll leave me in the dust within the first mile or two and then I'll only see you after the turnaround and you pass me. Try not to trip over me while I'm laying in the dirt.

From leslie peterson on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:23:28 from 76.23.61.78

Jun, it will be fun to meet you too. What is the longest distance you have run?

Oh, hi Davy!!!

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:26:26 from 216.49.181.254

I expect you and Twinkies will be leading the pack. It is just up to you to figure out how fast you want to go out at the start. Usually I'm leading the pack. Last year I reached Government Creek (mile 9.1) in 1:18, so about 8.5-minute miles to start.

From jun on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:34:39 from 66.239.250.209

Yeah, I won't be going out that fast. I'm hoping to go out around 10 min/mile pace and keep that level for a long time.

Leslie, my longest run prior to this was a 50k back in July. I'm way over my head, huh? Hahahaha.

From leslie peterson on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:37:40 from 76.23.61.78

Jun, are you doing the 50 or 100? My longest run was 42 miles 2 years ago, but this year I have not run over a marathon's length. I know I am going to be in for some serious pain, and I am SO excited!!!!!

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:41:13 from 216.49.181.254

Looks like last year at the 24.7 mark my average for the entire distance was 10-minute miles, slowing from there. So if you could do that, you would have passed me about there. Riverbed Station. In 2007 I was also at that location at the same exact time. Last year I had about a mile lead at the point over the next runner.

From jun on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:44:09 from 66.239.250.209

I think for a good chunk of the run a lot of us will be hanging together. That will be fun, not only for the runners, but for the crews, as well, as they will probably stop around the same places.

I am planning on having my wife crew Matt and I around every 6 - 8 miles. Is that a good suggestion Davy?

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:55:09 from 216.49.181.254

To make it more fun for the crews, you probably will want to see them more often. I'll send out some suggestions to the group. Usually I start off sending my crew ahead every 4 miles. I usually just wave at mile 4. But if crews are going about the same distance, they can hang out together and talk if they want. Seeing your wife more often will be more interesting to her. Last year for the first 17 miles I didn't care much where my crew was. He had fun taking pictures of antelope herds, talking to other crews, etc. But once I pushed out the lead, he was more careful to have a system of predictable visits, especially as it got warmer.

During the night, I usually send my crew 3 miles ahead. Toward the finish for 100 miles, only 2 miles ahead.

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 12:59:02 from 216.49.181.254

Looks like this year I'll try for a 50-mile PR. 8:58. Then I'll try for the 100-mile PR: 22:47. Last year my 50 was 10:12, first one to arrive there.

From jun on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 13:05:33 from 66.239.250.209

Oh, Leslie, I'm running the 50. Davy, that makes sense about the crews. I'll talk to my wife. I'm sure I'll carry my water bottle, but I don't know if I'll go for my handheld or my belt. I may want to keep my hands free so that I can have thumb wars with Matt while we run. And to take pictures. Ha. I am hoping to do the full 50 in around 10 hours.

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 13:23:57 from 216.49.181.254

I usually just run with one bottle. That is the beauty of this run. If you want, you can see your crew often and not carry anything. Running light is very nice.

From Smooth on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 13:43:04 from 174.23.123.147

This is so tempting. I remember reading your write up about this run you did couple years ago. I'll have to look into this next week.

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 13:51:13 from 216.49.181.254

Yes Smooth, come join the fun. Go as far as you want. I know one runner that only plans on about 25. It is on UEA weekend, so the kids are out of school that day. Two weeks after St. George.

From Smooth on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 13:55:06 from 174.23.123.147

Davy, it will be a day after I turn 54. What better way to celebrate! I'll have to see how I recover from SGM and if I can find someone to crew me. It sounds like FUN!

BTW, CONGRATS on Bear 100.

From leslie peterson on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 14:08:01 from 76.23.61.78

Smooth, you know you want to do this! You would be the next female ultra running diva!!!!!

Total Distance
0.00

Well, I feel more like a living human today.  Last evening was rough.  I felt pretty sick.  Another restless night's sleep, but with less moaning and groaning.  So it took three days to bounce back this time.

Now that the soreness is disappearing, what remains is the soreness from the bad fall I took at mile 12.  I've discovered a painful bump on my head, a bruise on my shoulder, a sprained index finger, torn finger nail, and a deeply bruised upper quad.   Thank goodness the handheld water bottles took most of the impact.  I remember seeing both bottles squirting out fluid.  I fell as I was really trying to pound a steep technical downhill, passing two runners.  After I passed the second, down I went.   It took me another ten minutes to recover and pass him again, but from that point forward, running down hills was painful and I had to slow down or just block out the pain like I did during a fun stretch with Jon.

Comments
From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 14:26:36 from 63.255.172.2

Hope the quad gets feeling better soon. Luckily you didn't do too much damage.

Do you take an off period at all during the year when you drop your mileage down?

From crockett on Tue, Sep 29, 2009 at 14:52:43 from 216.49.181.254

I'll probably drop miles starting in November.

From Jon on Wed, Sep 30, 2009 at 13:16:29 from 138.64.2.76

Whine, whine, whine. What a wimp. Get out there and run. "Don't be lazy." Ha, ha.

:)

Total Distance
0.00

The windy dusty storm yesterday killed me.  Didn't sleep well and felt rotten by morning so worked from home and rested.   The cool rain cleaned out the air and I feel much better this afternoon.   Thoughts of running again are starting to enter into my mind.  I'm guessing that Friday might be the day to get back in the saddle.

I finished my Bear 100 race report.  See: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=162   Big thanks to Jon again for his amazing pacing job.  He found ways to push me fast.

Total Distance
0.00

Wow, five straight days without miles and I don't even feel guilty.   The legs are just about ready, but the foot will take a couple more days.  I decided last night to cut off most the dead heel skin....ooooo gross!    About 3x3 inches.  It was sad to see that tough heel skin go and in its place tender wimpy skin.  So the foot is tender but healing fast.  I'm enjoying the vacation from running.   Need to go buy some new shoes.  I've concluded the La Sportive Wildcats that I love only last about 300 miles, given what I put them through.

Comments
From jun on Thu, Oct 01, 2009 at 15:00:18 from 66.239.250.209

Wow. Funny how expensive a hobby running can be when you punish your shoes as often as you do.

Total Distance
0.00

No miles again today.   Maybe if I keep this string of zero days going, I will finally retire from running.   My legs feeling better.  The heel is still is sore, but taped seems about ready to run.

Mentally, I expect I'm ready because I had another running dream last night.  I get a real kick out of my running dreams.  They make me laugh all day.   OK, this time, I was in some sort of 24-hour race around an oval track.  I was targeting for 100 miles in less than that time.  Of course running in your dreams is frustrating because it is always like running in thick jello...just can't get the speed going.   However, I was keeping up with the group of runners.  I was concerned about how my lap count is being recorded because I don't have a chip on.  I ask someone at the start line and they tell me I've done 25 laps, so I don't worry.  But then I got off course.  How in the world can I get off course on an oval track!!!....pretty stupid, but I did.   Well my delay wasn't too bad, I got back on track.

Well, I kept running, but somehow the track shrunk and of course, as always, my running dream headed indoors.   I now found myself running aournd a huge kitchen with the island in the middle.  I could grab onto the edge of the island to push myself forward faster since the feet are always so slow.   Soon people in chairs and tables are crowding my loop and I have to push them aside and clear out a path.  I then discover that I'm the only one running this loop now.  Everyone else has quit.  Some man starts telling me what I am doing is crazy and rude, that I should stop.   I keep going for awhile, but then decide that this is crazy to be running around a kitchen, so I stop.

OK, so after work, I think I will ease back into running again by running around my kitchen island.   I can see it now, the dog gets riled up and starts chacing me, barking behind.  My wife comes into the room, "....what on earth?"   Ha, ha, just trying to fufill my dreams!

Comments
From jun on Fri, Oct 02, 2009 at 21:08:11 from 97.126.234.214

Ok, let's analyze this. If you are running in circles on a track it probably means you need to come up with some new routes around your house. If you are pushing people out of the way in your dream then that would mean that you are getting faster and are having to pass people. All of these things are good and will make you a better runner. Can you get any better?

Total Distance
6.00

My string of zero mile days only lasted six day. Between conference sessions I ran six easy miles with the dog. My legs started to take me up into the hills, but I reminded them that we need to be focused on the flats for my next two 100s. Pony Express Trail 100 in two weeks and Javalina Jundred in four weeks. The goal for both is to break 24 hours. I need to get the legs used to striding out and getting speed on the flats. The quad and heel were a little pained, but no bad. Next week I'll get some good miles in to loosen up and lose some weight.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 6.00
Total Distance
10.00

Out the door at 4:15 a.m.  Ran out to the ranches and through the Church farm.   It turned out to be much colder than expected, close to 30 degrees.  My finger tips froze in my cloth gloves.   Wow, winter is coming.   The legs felt OK, but I never really warmed up.   Hopefully I'll find some speed this week.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 10.00
Total Distance
30.00

Ran into work this morning.  First 10 miles were good but I pooped out for the last five.  It was nippy, saw frost on the bushes, but I wore and extra layer and warmer gloves, so felt fine.   This is a good run to get ready for Pony Express 100 in 10 days.  Trying to get the legs used to striding out and running faster as opposed to the short stride mountain climbs I have been doing for the past couple months.   Hopefully it will come together in a few days.  I'm still feeling slow.

Highlight of the run was as the dawn was arriving, I was at a small reservoir in Riverton.  There were hundreds of geese on this long narrow pond.   As I approached they started honking.  They were all next to the shoreline near me, but then in a hugle long line, they all moved together and swam toward the other side of the pond.

I might run home from work too....we shall see how I feel.

pm ran home too.  felt much better.  after 10 miles I finally warmed up and the legs no longer felt heavy.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 30.00
Comments
From Twinkies on Tue, Oct 06, 2009 at 10:48:57 from 63.241.173.64

Nice run. I glad dawn arrived during your run. My run today ended before it was light yet.

From The Howling Commando on Tue, Oct 06, 2009 at 21:34:42 from 72.224.31.85

Sick run, C. How do you do it?! I am determined to finish my first ultra!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Oct 07, 2009 at 22:09:22 from 12.177.156.2

Love the 30 miles of 'easy' running. Take care of your ankle.

Total Distance
0.00

Right ankle pain today.  What is up with that?   That is my good ankle!  I don't remember twisting it recently, but I learned from my serious ankle problem in the left foot that the tendon can flare up weeks after an injury.  Perhaps I twisted it during the Bear sometimes or all the crazy running I was doing to protect the blister and the quad did something to it.  Who knows.   I'm hoping it goes away fast.  It is on the same tendon as the other ankle that has been a problem for six months.   Well, glad my tough trail races are behind me.   I'm sure it doesn't help that I'm still running on worn-out shoes as you can see from me shoe tracker.   I have a new pair of wildcats on the way.

Comments
From Smooth on Wed, Oct 07, 2009 at 15:03:13 from 97.126.216.41

Hope the ankle pain doesn't become an issue; and that it goes away soon. You are so astute to the signals your body sends you that I am sure you know what to do. Yah, worn-out shoes aren't helping. I am very interested in the Pony Express. Oct 16 is my birthday, turning 54. Thought may be I can run 1/2 my age. Anyway...I'm a total NOVICE. Have never run anything farther than 26.2. Any advice, tips, info, logistic preparation you offer will be greatly appreciated. THANKS!

Total Distance
29.00

Ran into work again this morning, 15 miles.   Did it about 15 minutes faster than Tuesday, and felt much easier.   Geese and ducks still on that pond.  They don't like my green light.  I ran half of the run by moonlight.

Mystery solved!!!!   Why did I have such a problem with my right foot during Bear 100, the terrible heel blister?   I bought new La Sportiva Wildcats and compared the new shoes to my old shoes.  I was flabergasted to see how bad the old shoes were....I would call it a complete failure in the shoe, the right shoe in particular.  The heel is compressed more than a half an inch, sloping to the inside and the sole itself on the bottom have huge cracks in them.   The result is that it cause my heel to keep slipping toward the outside of the shoe.  I did very little training in the shoe, saved them for the three 100s I ran during the summer.  I believe the shoe failed about half-way into Wasatch 100.   So that is disappointing.  The shoe feels great and performs great, but the durability is probably only about 200 miles on rough terrain.   Rumor has it that even Karl Melzer, who is sponsored by La Sportiva, throws away his shoes after just one race.   My Montrail Wildwoods that have just as much miles on them don't have any of these problems.   The heel cushion system La Sportiva uses must just be poor.

My ankle pain from yesterday is gone.   I won't worry about it.   My remaining thing to whine about is some PF in my right heel.  I've had that flare up all summer.   So, I have something in common with Eli Manning, the QB of the NY Giants.  Gee he missed practice because of it yesterday, but I sucked it up and ran 15 this morning.  Who is tougher?   I just try to ignore it and eventually it calms down.

pm. ran home from work.  Felt strong. Ready to start a one week taper before Pony Express 100.

Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 29.00
Comments
From Jon on Thu, Oct 08, 2009 at 10:37:05 from 138.64.2.76

Good to hear you found a cause for those blisters. You'll definitely have to wear only new Wildcats for races, or investigate other shoes. 200 good miles out of a pair of $100 shoes seems unacceptable to me- I stopped buying Mizuno and Brooks because they were wearing out before 400 miles.

Any way you can pass that info back to La Sportiva?

From crockett on Thu, Oct 08, 2009 at 11:00:43 from 216.49.181.254

I sent them an email and also posted reviews on several shoe review blogs. Hopefully someone will notice. I'll try to get Karl's ear on it too, but I suspect he already knows.

From Smooth on Thu, Oct 08, 2009 at 11:40:33 from 174.23.252.244

Bummer on the La Sportiva!

Yep! You're tougher than Eli. Not fair that he gets paid big bucks sitting out on practice whereas you buck up and RAN to work...where's the justice? :)

From jun on Thu, Oct 08, 2009 at 11:41:18 from 66.239.250.209

That is a shame about your shoes. And as for whether you are tougher than Eli Manning or not, there is no question. He is one of the minions of professional athletes who are big, overpaid babies that couldn't hack trail race if their lives depended on it. You are way tougher.

From crockett on Fri, Oct 09, 2009 at 10:25:26 from 216.49.181.254

La Sportiva replied: "Because they are breathable and lightweight, they do not generally get as many miles as a heavier and more protective model such as the Imogene."

Uhhh.....I wouldn't call the Wildcats lightweight.

Total Distance
0.00

I noticed that my 2009 miles are now 33 miles ahead of my record 2008 miles.  October should be another 300+ month.  Below are some silly charts I use:

Comments
From ultrajim on Thu, Oct 08, 2009 at 23:28:31 from 67.137.2.3

Davy,

You have too much time on your hands just like me. Go run;-)

From Smooth on Fri, Oct 09, 2009 at 17:31:28 from 174.23.240.142

Hey, check out your miles this year to date: 2345! VERY COOL!

From crockett on Fri, Oct 09, 2009 at 17:33:32 from 216.49.181.254

Smooth, pretty funny. I need to keep it there. Maybe I'll just take a few weeks off running to preserve the mile count. Well tomorrow I'll run 0.67 for 2345.67

Total Distance
10.00

I went out with the dog.  I planned on just an easy run on the flats, but after a couple miles the legs turn up into the foothills and kept going.  Eventually I found myself in a canyon I had never been in on Lake Mountain.  As I climbed higher into the canyon the maples were amazing, flaming red.  I wish I would have had my camera.  The road we were on finally ended high up on a slope.  It seemed like a strange place for the road to end, but as I looked around, I could tell that it was a hunter's perch.  It was a perfect vista to scan many slopes for deer.  The hunt will start next week.  I could see footprints of hunters already scouting out the location.    We turned around to head down and I was amazed at my little dog.  She blasted down a steep smooth section with amazing speeed.  She would then stop and give a look like, "Come on you slow poke."   Wow, I wish I had her downhill speed.

It was really one of the runs where life seems so incredible.  It was just so good to be out in the amazing autumn sunshine.   We dodged a couple groups of shooters and made out way back down to Saratoga Springs.   I really had to hold back the legs.  They seem ready and eager to race.   Hold back.  Wait for Friday.   The poor little dog was pretty tired by the time we returned home. She did great.

Also, I had to post the top miles on the blog for the week.  79 miles.   Someone probably will best that.  Pretty funny how I had 79 miles this week and only 6 miles last week.  Well, next week I'll top the blog again with over 100.  Come on Jon, try to top it....he, he.  OV50 coming up for you.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 10.00
Comments
From Smooth on Sat, Oct 10, 2009 at 18:58:49 from 174.23.240.142

Sounds like a perfect run on a beautiful Autumn day with your "best" friend. Looking good for Friday!

From Jon on Sun, Oct 11, 2009 at 00:58:50 from 75.169.158.241

I take it Pony Express is next week?

From jun on Mon, Oct 12, 2009 at 00:07:24 from 97.126.234.214

Nice run. I loved being out in the fall trees too. It is so pretty.

From leslie peterson on Mon, Oct 12, 2009 at 13:33:21 from 76.23.61.78

Looks like you are ready for Friday!!! What a beautiful run you had Sat.! I was home nursing a dry socket all weekend, but got it taken care of today so hopefully I am ready for Friday too!

Total Distance
4.00

Four quick miles with the dog to keep the legs happy and to break in new road shoes that I will try on Friday's race.  They breath too well, letting in the dust, so I will probably duct tape certain areas.  It is worth a try.   I'll probably run in them for the first 30 miles or so while my feet are moving fast.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 4.00
Comments
From leslie peterson on Tue, Oct 13, 2009 at 09:47:49 from 76.23.61.78

I hope your new shoes work out, I just bought a pair of LaSportivas to try out Friday!

See you Friday!

From Jon on Tue, Oct 13, 2009 at 20:47:06 from 75.169.146.171

Have fun this weekend and try to run Jun into the ground!

From Smooth on Tue, Oct 13, 2009 at 22:38:33 from 174.23.240.142

Duct tape is a good idea. I ordered a pair of DirtyGirl Gaitors. Not sure if they'll arrive in time. I'll bring extra shoes and socks and duct tape.

I'm getting excited for you guys. It will be AWESOME!

Race: Pony Express Trail 100 (100 Miles) 22:58:19, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
100.00

I'll do a real race report later in the week, but briefly, we had more that 30 runners on the course this year, a huge increase from past years.  It made me very nervous and I worried that something would go wrong while we were out in the remote west desert.  I don't think anything serious did, although I think the back-of-the pack still hasn't finished.  So we shall see if they came in OK.

We run this free race on this historic Pony Express trail in the west desert.  The format this year and last year was an out and back over a 50-mile distance.  Runners must use a support crew driving in a car.  There is really no cost to me to put on this, other than time.

Phil Lowry and I set a blistering pace from the start and he eventually pulled ahead.  I reached the 25-mile mark at 3:53 and was well ahead of last year's pace all day and night.  Phil extended his lead to about three miles but then got sick and I caught up.   Scott Dakus passed us both and never looked back.  I haven't heard officially that he finished, but I beleive he did and shattered the 100-mile course record.   I extended my lead on Phil by about 3 miles but then he recovered and went on a tear. I reached the 50-mile mark at 9:23, about a half mile ahead of Phil who won the 50-mile race.

We had an early start this year and nine runners took that option.  It ended up working great because the slower runners were able to finish 50-miles close to the faster runners.  The crews were not as spread out this year.

During the night, the 100-milers who continued past 50 were spread out all over the course on the return trip.  At one point from past Simpson Springs I could look back and see runners lights about 16 miles behind.  The stars in the moonless sky were amazing.  We could see shooting stars all night.

We saw plenty of wildlife.  I came very close to stepping on a coiled rattlesnake.   Thankfully I caught myself in time.   Then I worred and slowed down for the next hour, worried that other runners would run into the snake.

After the 50-mile mark I continued a strong pace until the return to Riverbed at mile 75.  I then got lazy and lost motivation.   I had been chasing the first-place runner and believe I came within two miles of him before Riverebed on the return trip, but then he must have but on the afterburners. (Nope, turns out he was resting in his van when I passed him around mile 73.)  I thought I coudn't catch him.   And the runner behind me was at least 3-4 miles behind and fading fast.  So I got lazy and just took it easy for  the last 25.   I even called into the KSL Outdoor show at mile 98 at their request.  It cost me 25 minutes because I got put on twice had to stand still with the phone in order to keep the signal in the valley.  Gee if I knew I was in 1st place, I would have really pushed hard and probably come in over an hour earlier.

I finished in 22:58 in 1st place which is still a PR for me for a 100-mile race.  I have run faster for a 100-mile distance in a 24-hour race on a track (only 10 minutes faster).

La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 70.00Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 30.00
Comments
From Jon on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 13:46:19 from 75.169.159.133

A PR even though you stopped 20 minutes for a phone call plus took it easy the last 25 miles? Wow. Congrats.

From crockett on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 13:49:45 from 71.32.239.110

Thanks. I hit 75 at 15:28. At that point I thought I could break 22 easily, but just lost motivation and didn't have you there to tell me, "don't be lazy."

From leslie peterson on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 14:03:46 from 76.23.61.78

Congratulations for running a great race Davy! Thanks so much for organzing this great event! I am already looking forward to next year!!!!

From crockett on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 16:39:28 from 71.32.239.110

Check out the radio interview I did with KSL at mile 98 of my race. http://www.crockettclan.org/audio/ksloutdoors.mp3

From Smooth on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 18:24:02 from 174.23.240.142

Davy, I agree, YOU ARE the PRIMIER endurance runner in the nation! What a fantastic run. THANKS for organizing this race/run. I had a great time. It "wet my appetite" of running beyond 26.2. You totally own that Pony Express. AWESOME AWESOME AWESOME!

From Twinkies on Sat, Oct 17, 2009 at 19:23:01 from 98.202.132.86

Congratulations on a new PR. Craig and I saw a rattlesnake coming up Dugway Pass, but it was just a small one.

From jun on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 00:39:05 from 97.126.234.214

Nice job taking 2nd. You ran a great race. Thanks for putting on something so fun. I had a great time. I'll listen to the radio interview on Monday. Rest up.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 18:54:40 from 97.117.61.249

Congratulations on a PR and finishing another 100 miler this year, Davy! I can't wait to read the full report. I wanted to be out there so bad. Hopefully 2010 will be an injury reduced year for me and I can do your 50 miler then.

From crockett on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 19:04:17 from 71.36.86.210

I've decided to turn this into a real race next year, like Wasatch and Bear. Four years has convinced me that runners will come. We'll keep both the 50 and 100. There will be a fee, but less than other 100s. Crews will still be required -- that is the really cool feature of this race to be out there with family and friends. Belt buckles, shirts, Ham radios, online tracking, roving aid station and medical, the works. Course change is likely for the 100 to get runners out to Fish Springs, with the finish at Simpson Springs.

From leslie peterson on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 19:07:27 from 76.23.61.78

How wonderful!!!! I will be there for sure!!!! It was by far the most fabulous race I have ever run!!!!!!

From leslie peterson on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 19:08:54 from 76.23.61.78

Oh, and I am glad you are keeping it the same as far as crews go, that was what made it sooo much fun!

From crockett on Sun, Oct 18, 2009 at 23:02:41 from 71.36.81.57

Turns out I came in 1st Place! Scott Dakus was resting in his van when I passed it around mile 73. He came in three hours behind me. Gee, if I knew I was in 1st, I wouldn't have dogged it for the last 25 miles.

From jun on Mon, Oct 19, 2009 at 11:11:45 from 66.239.250.209

I will agree with Leslie on this. No matter what you do or how you do it, I'll be there next year. I'll pay the fee, get my crew, except this time I'm going for the full 100. Thanks again for an amazing experience. I had a couple of really low points, that's for sure, but overall it was probably the most fun I've ever had at a race.

From leslie peterson on Mon, Oct 19, 2009 at 11:20:57 from 76.23.61.78

Davy, that is so funny about Scott! Congratulations on a new course record!!

Jun, I am excited for you to do the 100, Gary thinks he wants to as well. I am happy doing the 50 again, I can not imagine crossing the finish line and turning around and doing it all over again. Holy cow, it took almost 2 hours to drive back to the start, CRAZY!!!

From crockett on Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 22:12:24 from 71.32.237.148

I've completed my long detailed report of the Pony Express Trail 100 including videos, photos, and comments from other runners. See the photo of the wild horses. http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=163

Race: Pony Express Trail 100 - RD report (100 Miles) 22:58:19, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
0.00

This is a first draft of an article I will submit for December's Ultrarunning Magazine.  I'll add comments from other runners and crew as I receive them.

Pony Express Trail 100

The Pony Express Trail 100 is one of the most unique 100-mile races in the U.S.  It runs on the historic 1860 Pony Express route in the western desert in Utah.  This very remote section of the country has been untouched by modern development, except for the wide dirt road we would run on.  Herds of antelope are seen on the course.  This year runners even got a treat in seeing wild mustangs galloping in the desert.  They are believed to be descendants from the original Pony Express herd of horses.

I dreamed up this race four years ago after doing an adventure run on the historic route.   To me, it felt amazing to be out in the beautiful desert, far away from civilization.  I could look around me in every direction and not see a single man-made structure.   Here I was, Davy Crockett, in the Wild West.  All I could see was low mountains, sage brush, huge ant hills, and jack rabbits hopping away from me.   I went away wishing that I could share that experience with others. 

For the 2009 race, thirteen 100-mile and nine 50-mile runners assembled at the starting line at Lookout Pass (6570 feet).  This pass received its name because Pony Express riders and stagecoaches were often ambushed here by Indians.   They were told to “Look Out!”   To avoid any such dangers along our long run, we would each have a crew vehicle providing support along the entire route.  This is the most popular feature of the race. Family and friends can witness an entire 100-mile race, and get out at any point to pace their runner. While this is a very fast 100-mile course, it is deceptively tough with a finishing rate of less than 50%.  There is only about 5,000 feet of climbing along the way, but during the night, with a nice warm car driving near you, mentally it is tough to continue when those low points arrive.

Nine runners took the two-hour early start at 6:00 a.m. and the rest of the pack started at 8:00 as the sun just started peaking over the mountains.  Phil Lowry (running the 50) and I (running the 100) led the pack through a beautiful winding canyon dotted with cedars (junipers).  After three miles at a 7-minute mile pace, we spilled out into the wide-open Skull Valley where we could see for miles to mountain ranges to the west.   In the 19th century this area was known as “Piute Hell” named after the Indian tribe there and because the desert was blazing hot in the summer and frigid cold in the winter.  On this day, we had perfect running temperatures all day with not a cloud in the deep blue western sky.

Near Government Creek, the location of an 1860’s telegraph relay station, we spied two lone antelope watching us.   Last year I counted a herd of 50 antelope here.   Several runners reported seeing some wild mustangs near the 16-mile point at Simpson Springs where a historic pony express station has been reconstructed.  We caught up with many of the early starters and it was quite a scene to look out and see the crew cars along a stretch of dirt road that extended across the desert for miles.   For many miles as crew cars leap-frogged me, waiting for their runners, I could estimate how far they were behind.  Most runners would send their crews ahead about 3-4 miles to wait for them.

At mile 25 we dipped down into an amazing dry ancient riverbed and passed by the site of a Pony Express station that 19th century visitors believed was haunted.  There were no spooks to bother us today, but I knew that I would be returning in the night and needed to be careful.  By mile 33.5, at the 5:38 mark, Scott Dakus of Henderson, Nevada, caught up to me and took the lead.  I told him he was now in first place.  He laughed, slowed down to let me pass, “now am I in second?”   “Yes.”   He yelled to his passing crew car, “Look, I’m in first, now I’m in second, now in first.”  We had a good laugh.  I watched him become a small figure far down the straight road heading toward the Dugway Mountains.

By mile 40, I had run up and over Dugway Pass and now felt very isolated.  My crew was three miles behind helping Phil Lowry as he struggled with stomach problems.   Scott was now about three miles ahead.   All the other runners were miles behind, spread across the massive desert valley.  As a race director, I started to get very worried feelings.  What have I done?  I’ve led about 60-70 people (including crews) out into the wild remote western desert, a place most had never seen.   The responsibility seemed daunting.  Just at that moment I almost stepped on a coiled snake in the middle of the road.  It too was surprised and only started to rattle as I passed by.  Wow, that was a close one.  We were about three hours away from any hospital.

I soon rounded a low mountain range and could look out clear to the horizon across salt flats.  Near the 50-mile turnaround, where I arrived at 9:23, a relay team who had arrived a couple hours earlier set up an amazing aid station with a party atmosphere.   My spirits were perked as their cow bells rang out across the expansive remote desert.   The turn-around point was marked by a “Slow, Children at Play” sign.  It seemed quite appropriate.

I now turned around and headed back, greeting all of the runners over the next six miles.  The all had wonderful smiles on their faces and thanked me for the incredible experience.  The sun went down and I was presented with an explosion of stars.  Without any light pollution from cities, the Milky Way was incredible.  At times, I would turn off my light and run along the road with my head pointed to the skies.  Shooting stars were seen continuously through the night.   After climbing back over Dugway Pass, at the 64-mile mark, I could see the first place runner’s crew vehicle light ahead on the long straight 18-mile stretch of road.   How far ahead was he?  Two miles?  Five miles?  It was hard to tell.   All I could do was push the pace faster and faster.

At around mile 73, at about 11:00 p.m., I passed Scott’s crew van.  Where was Scott?  Little did I know that Scott was now snoozing in the van.  I had retaken first place.  However, I didn’t realize it because I thought two crews were helping Scott.   Behind me I could tell that the next runner was about 4-5 miles behind.   Along this stretch, the story is told that during the 1860s a lone woman passenger on a stagecoach awoke to find the horses and coach standing still.  Her driver had an arrow in his heart.  She drove the team ahead to my next destination, Simpson Springs.  I had no such dangers to deal with.  Many of the 50-mile runners drove by and cheered me on as they returned to their homes.

For the last 25 miles, I took it somewhat easy, thinking that I had no chance to catch Scott.   The nighttime temperature was strange.  There were pockets of cold air dipping down into the low 30s, and just a mile later it would jump into the 50s.  Layers on, layers off.   It was a lonely feeling running in the dark desert at night.  But looking behind me I could see crew car lights up to 18 miles away stretched across the dark desert floor. 

I had agreed to use a Satellite phone to call into an outdoor radio show at 6:00 a.m.   So, at about mile 98, I paused for 25 minutes to make the call.   After the call, I attacked the final climb back up to Lookout Pass.  I looked at my watch and pushed very hard to finish in a faster time than last year’s course record.   I knew there was still a chance that Scott had not finished.  I finished in a new course record time, at 22:58.  There was no sign of Scott at the finish and I didn’t find out until two days later that I had indeed won the 2009 Pony Express Trail 100.   My desert run was finished.   It was an experience that I would relive in my dreams for days. Five other runners would cross the 100-mile finish line later in the morning.  Join us next year in mid-October when we plan to transform this race into a premier 50 and 100-mile race. 

Results

 

Race date:  October 16-17, 2009

near Faust, UT, dirt roads

 

100-mile – 13 starters

1. Davy Crockett, 51, Saratoga, Springs, UT, 22:58:19 (course record)

2. Matt Watts, 53, Broomfield, CO, 23:31:54

3. Scott Dakus, 45, Henderson, NV, 26:09:00

4. Don Landry, 64, Montreal, Canada, 28:05:00

5. Olaf Questereit,  41, Murray, UT, 28:45:36

6. Gary Stosich, 53, Sandy, UT, 29:18:00

 

50 mile

1. Phil Lowry, 43, Mapleton, UT, 9:30:30 (course record)

2. Jarom Thurston, 35, Payson, UT, 9:42:00

3. Matt Ricks, 32, Bountiful, UT, 10:42:49

3. Craig Lloyd, 36, Holladay, UT, 10:42:49

5. Rand Nielson, 49, Sandy, UT, 11:54:00

6. Frank Bott, 52, Asheville, NC, 12:39:00

6. Pablo Riboldi, 41, Saratoga Springs, UT, 12:39:00

8. Quintin Barney, 50, Salt Lake City, UT, 13:12:02

8. Marilynn Phipps, 15, Layton, UT, 13:12:02

10. Leslie Peterson, 54, Cottonwood Heights, UT, 13:19:00

11. Gary Horlacher, 41, West Jordan, UT, 13:25:00

12. Steve Gray, 48, Henderson, NV, 13:30:00

13. David Loveland, 48, Jessie, UT, 13:57:00

 

Comments
From jun on Mon, Oct 19, 2009 at 21:57:44 from 97.126.234.214

Absolutely awesome. I think Ultrarunner mag will love it. Great job.

From Smooth on Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 11:28:01 from 174.23.240.142

WOW!!! LOVE IT!!! VERY beautifully written. Very amazing run! The magazine people will absolutely be spelled bound. You are simply incredible! You about have me converted to trail and ultra running. I have to give next year's PE some serious thoughts.

THANKS for organizing this run and sharing your adventure with us! EXCELLENT all around!

From LuzyLew on Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 13:07:42 from 208.187.197.42

Beautiful article--but for regular people like me saying something like "for those last 25 miles I took it somewhat easy...." THOSE LAST 25 MILES? HOly cow man. I love to be outside, I loved the whole idea of this. Although the snake would have made me doubt my journey. I only dream of being able to run more than 26.2. I can't believe you were lucid enough to do a radio interview at 98 miles. I guess I don't know enough about ultra-marathoning. But the beauty and rugged lonliness of west desert running makes me think I just want to go out there and see how long I can hack it. Thank you for the history of the run, of the area, the highlights of the race, and the amazing imagery. Incredible....Just incredible!

From leslie peterson on Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 17:01:12 from 76.23.61.78

That was perfect, I relived my whole experience all over again. I agree with Jun, Ultra Runners magazine will love it!!!

Thanks again for the most amazing run of my life!

See you next year, with Smooth! ( you know you will, girl!!! :) )

From crockett on Tue, Oct 20, 2009 at 22:11:20 from 71.32.237.148

I've completed my long detailed report of the Pony Express Trail 100 including videos, photos, and comments from other runners. See the photo of the wild horses. http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=163

From Samantha Dean-Howard on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 14:11:44 from 90.201.147.44

Wow that is so cool, this actualy makes me want to run in this race next year, what an accomplishment how cool would that be also to have family as your team in a car near you....

I really take my hat off to you as not many race directors take part in their own race and run it especially such a long race

CONGRATULATIONS excellent race and new course record. :-) How long does it take you to recover from such a race??

From Jon on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 21:15:38 from 75.169.146.229

Awesome report for the mag. I love night runs in dark places when you can just look up at the starts. During meteor showers, I have counted more than 100 shooting stars on a 6 mile run.

And congrats on the win- did Scott finish?

From crockett on Sun, Oct 25, 2009 at 10:19:14 from 71.36.70.9

Scott finished 3 hours after me. He toughed it out well. At one point he was five miles ahead of me, about an hour a that point. But he hit the "crash and burn" that often happens at night.

From Brent on Sun, Oct 25, 2009 at 15:28:52 from 76.8.201.223

Very nice race report, only 10 minutes off your PR, 1,000 commando points for the win, your list of 100 milers is impressive.

Stay Kool, B of BS Rools out

Total Distance
0.00

I've recovered fast this time.  Ready to start running again.  Need to get in some good runs to loosen up again.   Javalina Jundred is in only ten days.  I want to finish the 100-mile race season with a strong performance.   Then, after that, it will be off-season fun.   Planning a Grand Canyon R2R2R on Nov 21 with my brother, brother-in-law, and probably others.

Comments
From Kory on Wed, Oct 21, 2009 at 14:38:47 from 134.50.89.55

Great race and quick recovery. I would love to do an ultra. I've enjoy my 19 marathon's and would definitely have to train a slower pace to accomplish one Ultra.

From Smooth on Wed, Oct 21, 2009 at 23:59:11 from 174.23.240.142

Another 100 in ten days!?! WOW!!! You're AWESOME!!! Happy to hear you're recovering so well so quickly. Have fun planning the Grand Canyon R2R2R. I remember reading about them the last two years. You're amazing!

From jun on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 00:01:37 from 97.126.234.214

Who are these 'probable others', eh?

From crockett on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 10:18:12 from 216.49.181.254

Jun: For the Grand Canyon run, Jon is likely and an ironman dude friend of my brother in California. You could do it, but I worry about your ITB. You need to get that healed at some point. All the downhill would kill it.

From jun on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 12:00:06 from 66.239.250.209

Yeah, I think even with a strong knee I would hold up the likes of you, Jon, Ironman, and your bro. Good luck and catch a rattlesnake for me. I think I may try and go after your course record on Lake Mountain while you are away. Only if my knee is feeling in top shape though.

From crockett on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 12:09:59 from 216.49.181.254

Another thing I like to do in the winter/spring off-season is set up a course near home for a 50-miler. I've done that several times down near Nutty Putty cave. I put my car in a center location and then run various loops all around and over those hills. Search my blog on nutty putty.

From crockett on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 12:28:56 from 216.49.181.254

I'm also always very open to doing a Pony Express Trail adventure run any time during the off-season if someone finds a crew willing. We did that once for fun in March and ran 100 miles (well, I was the only one to finish). The trail past Blackrock is just an unique in a different way. It would be fun to start at Dugway Pass and go out 50. I'm all for creating no-fee small runs. They can be a blast.

From jun on Thu, Oct 22, 2009 at 12:43:07 from 66.239.250.209

Excellent. I would love to be a part of both. I think putting together a crew wouldn't be too hard, even if it wouldn't be a race.

I find running out in the west desert to be really interesting. It is also a good place to go when the mountains are covered in snow.

I remember you telling me about your Nutty Putty run you did that was in the shape of a clover leaf. That is an interesting concept, for sure.

I look forward to reading about your R2R2R run. I think it will be an awesome experience (of course, one that you have done on several occasions).

Total Distance
5.00

Easy run with the dog on pavement, just to do a recovery run and get the kinks out.  After two miles the kinks were out.  That is good news.  I'll step it up a little before my JJ100 taper.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00
Total Distance
24.00

Ran into the work this morning.   A nice steady pace. I didn't push it too hard.  Legs feel great, no soreness.   My right knee (my problem knee) was aching a little, so I'll need to be careful.   Best part is that mentally, I enjoyed the run.   Good, no burn out, ready to push forward.   Looking forward to again trying for a 100-mile PR next Saturday.

PM - Ran home from work but DNFed with about five miles to go, called my wife and she picked me up.   24 miles was plenty today.  The knee started to hurt so no reason to push it.  I'm ready to start tapering for JJ100 in a week.  Pretty funny, Recover and Taper times come together with just 24 miles in between.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 24.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Oct 23, 2009 at 11:33:54 from 66.239.250.209

Cool. Sounds like you are ready.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 14:20:48 from 97.117.79.128

How many more races planned this year after Javelina?

From crockett on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 14:37:00 from 71.32.239.50

Javelina is my last race this year.

From Jim Kern on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 14:48:02 from 97.117.41.124

Will JJ100 be 7 or 8 100 mile races this year?

From crockett on Sat, Oct 24, 2009 at 15:27:37 from 71.32.239.50

Will be 7 100s this year.

Total Distance
0.00

I'm being terribly lazy, in my taper for JJ100 in Fountain Hills, AZ this Saturday.  No running going on at all.   Healing up from some minor stuff.  

You will be able to follow results online, updated every five minutes at: http://www.javelinajundred.com/webcast/live_results.html

With my sub-23 finish at Pony Express, I'm setting my sights higher, for a sub-22 finish.  I'm a little worried about the warm afternoon tempertures near 80 degrees.  I'll have to concentrate on keeping cool, using ice.

For a 21:30 finish, I'll need to average 3:15 laps.   Each lap is about 15.5 miles.  The last lap is partial.  Too bad it goes 1.4 miles over 100.

My pace goals for the laps are:

  miles Split clock goal Goal
Start 0 0 6:00 AM 0:00
Lap 1 15.5 15.5 8:35 AM 2:35
Lap 2 30.9 15.5 11:20 AM 5:20
Lap 3 46.4 15.5 2:25 PM 8:25
Lap 4 61.9 15.5 5:45 PM 11:45
Lap 5 77.3 15.5 9:30 PM 15:30
Lap 6 92.8 15.5 1:30 AM 19:30
Partial Lap 7 101.4 8.6 3:30 AM 21:30

Comments
From Jon on Tue, Oct 27, 2009 at 21:42:55 from 75.169.152.124

Good luck, Davy. Go get your PR. And make sure to wear your new shoes.

From jun on Wed, Oct 28, 2009 at 10:39:03 from 66.239.250.209

Best of luck Davy. You have achieved all of your goals so far this year. I'm sure you'll do it again in AZ. I'll be watching your times closely.

Total Distance
0.00

Fighting sinus headaches.  Was goint to get up and do some miles, but opted for sleep.  Need to do a little miles because the phantom taper pains are starting to arrive.  This winter stuff outside is strange.   Looks like the high for my race on Saturday is now forecast for 82 degrees.  Bummer.   Too bad the race isn't on Friday because the temp would be much cooler.   With 82 degrees, that will probably slow me down a good hour or more.  Not much I can do at this point.

Total Distance
5.00

I held my first Pony Express Trail 100 race committee meeting last night via conference call.  We have a lot of enthusiasm and should be able to organize a great race for next year.  The conference call worked out great.  We got business done in 45 minutes.

For the first time in months, I hit the treadmill to just inform my legs that they need to wake up and get ready to run 100 miles starting in 48 hours.   The muscles all feel great, didn't feel any kinks. 

The only concern is my problem knee. After three miles it started to hurt again.   This is the knee that was scoped back in May 2003, before I was a runner.  The cartilage is now low and after the operation the doctor told me to not run anymore.  Since then I've run 14,000 miles on that knee.    I suspect that I bruised some cartilage from the pounding and speed on the Pony Express Trail hard dirt road.   No swelling going on, but aching in the location where the doctor carved on my knee.   I've been lucky for the past year and not had any problems with the knee, but I always know that I'm one race away from retirement or another knee scope to put me on the sidelines for a long time.   I'm hopeful that the soft uneven trail at JJ100 this weekend will be fine.   I just manage the pain.  For the first two years of my ultrarunning  career, I thought I could never be speedy because the knee would always slow me way down.   For the last couple years it hasn't been a problem.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Oct 29, 2009 at 12:14:58 from 66.239.250.209

I'm sure you'll be fine. You always seem to have pain that goes away after a few miles. In either case I know you'll continue on. Good luck and be safe.

Glad to hear about PE. It will be an exciting race, for sure.

From Kory on Thu, Oct 29, 2009 at 15:59:05 from 134.50.201.10

Take some time off. Try putting some MYO MED on it. I would definitely give it some rest. Your an amazing runner and won't loose much fitness taking two weeks off.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Oct 30, 2009 at 12:27:31 from 63.255.172.2

Good luck in Javelina. Hopefully after that you will take some down time and let the body heal.

From crockett on Fri, Oct 30, 2009 at 13:17:27 from 216.49.181.254

Down time? What is that? Next up after JJ100 is Grand Canyon double crossing.

Total Distance
0.00

Wearing my coonskin hat right now at work.   I'm looking forward to spending all of Jalloween running in the Javelina Jundred in Fountain Hills, AZ.   Online progress and results will be at http://www.javelinajundred.com/webcast/live_results.html

Some people run this race in full costumes.  I'll have the hat with me.   I should run with a rifle too.

I think all systems are go.  I've gained several pounds over the last couple week.  Oh well, I'll shed some of those fast.

Comments
From Jon on Fri, Oct 30, 2009 at 13:41:18 from 66.255.187.98

If you run with a rifle, maybe you could pick off a few of your competitors ;)

From Twinkies on Fri, Oct 30, 2009 at 14:56:42 from 134.24.147.249

Good luck Davy.

Race: Javelina Jundred (101.4 Miles) 23:46:59, Place overall: 35, Place in age division: 5
Total Distance
102.00

  miles clock goal Goal 2009 actual place
Start 0 6:00 AM 0:00    
Lap 1 15.5 8:35 AM 2:35 2:15:58 11th
Lap 2 30.9 11:20 AM 5:20 5:10:24 22nd
Lap 3 46.4 2:25 PM 8:25 8:26:13 24th
Lap 4 61.9 5:45 PM 11:45 12:12:54 23rd
Lap 5 77.3 9:30 PM 15:30 16:20:53 23rd
Lap 6 92.8 1:30 AM 19:30 21:35:47 39th
Partial Lap 7 101.4 3:30 AM 21:30 23:46:59 35th

I'll write a detailed race report later in the week.  This race was held at a desert park in Fountain Hills, AZ, northeast of Phoenix.   The 15.5-mile laps were run in alternating directions.  As you can see I started at a blistering pace, keeping the front-runners in view for the first 5.5 miles.   I wanted to bank some fast miles before the weather got hot, high around 82 degrees.  During Lap 2, I settled into more of a sustainable 100-mile pace.   Lap 3 was hot, hot, hot.  I still managed to stay on my goal pace.   Things cooled down nicely during Lap 4.  I was able to run the loop before it got dark.  Things fell apart during Lap 5.  During hot-weather races, I tend to go into a major bonk after sunset.  The first year I ran Wasatch this happened.   For about eight miles of the loop, I was thowing up over and over again.  When I finished the loop, because I had been running without taking in enough calories and sodium, I went into a major bonk.   My pacer from Gilbert, David, met me and the poor guy had to endure a 5-hour loop.  At the aid station around mile 87, I finally had to lie down on a cot with a warm blanket. I stayed at least 20 minutes and watch runner after runner pass me.  I felt very helpless.  I wasn't generating body heat and was stilll bonking with a terrible pit in the stomach.   Finally, still on the cot, I drank a double packet hot chocolate.  That warmed me up and put calories in  my system.  Within a couple miles I finally started to run again.  I shifted my goal to do everything I could to break 24 hours.  It would be very close.  During the Partial Loop 7 I was able to pass several runners, running the hills with strength and the downhills with speed.   Despite my huge challenges, I earned the sub-24 belt buckle.   That was the roughest six hours I had spent running in a very long time.  But somehow I fought through it.  Most runners would have DNFed.   250 runners started, and 125 finished.  Despite the easy course, this race is tough.   I like the alternating laps, because I could greet friends and see how far they were behind.  Some were as much as 20 miles behind me.

Dave James won the race, crushing Karl Melter's course record.  He finished in 14:20. Amazing.  He double-lapped me during his partial lap 7.  I was on lap 5.  He was 32 miles ahead of me.   I was able to keep up with him at that point because he backed off to save something for the JFK 50. 

 

La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 102.00
Comments
From jun on Sun, Nov 01, 2009 at 18:01:32 from 97.126.232.185

Congrats on a great finish. Sub-24 hours is fantastic.

From crockett on Sun, Nov 01, 2009 at 18:03:06 from 71.36.82.155

Thanks, I just changed the entry and added detail.

From Jon on Sun, Nov 01, 2009 at 21:34:26 from 66.255.187.98

Pushing through to a finish when half the runners dropped out and you had major stomach problems is impressive. Nice job toughing it out.

I was watching the results online and was amazed at Dave James' race, esp. since his closest competition (Andy DeWitt, Jorge Pacheco) both dropped.

From jun on Sun, Nov 01, 2009 at 22:18:17 from 97.126.232.185

Genius. You are a trooper. I can't wait to read the full race report on your site. Thanks and congrats.

From Twinkies on Mon, Nov 02, 2009 at 11:25:28 from 134.24.147.249

Good work Davy. Sub 24 is a great way to end an awesome season.

14:20? Is that guy human?

From crockett on Mon, Nov 02, 2009 at 23:41:21 from 71.36.82.155

Full race report with pictures at: http://www.crockettclan.org/blog/?p=164

Total Distance
0.00

12 hours of sleep did wonders.  I did fall asleep listening to the World Series on the radio and ended up dreaming about baseball all night.   With 24 hours passed since my JJ100 finish, I can check for any damage. Muscles came out OK.  I can go downstairs without grabbing the rail.  Just a little quad soreness.  I noticed a bruised left heel.  No blisters.   Some soreness in the knees and hips, but that is normal.   Looks like I will recover very fast.

Well, the racing season is over for me.   It has been a good year.   I set PRs at these distances: 5K, 10K, marathon, and 100-mile. I broke course PRs at these 100s: Tahoe Rim, Wasatch, Bear, and Pony Express.    Seven 100-mile finishes for 29 career finishes.

Comments
From Nevels on Mon, Nov 02, 2009 at 11:47:13 from 131.204.15.93

Congrats on an impressive Javelina finish, and on an even more impressive ultra season. I just hope to finish my season as solidly (mine wraps up with the Pinhoti 100 this weekend, but I don't think my recovery will be quite as quick as yours....)

From crockett on Mon, Nov 02, 2009 at 12:24:06 from 71.36.82.155

Good luck at Pinhoti 100. It sounds like an interesting race. It is nice that more 100s are being put together in the East.

From jun on Mon, Nov 02, 2009 at 13:08:34 from 66.239.250.209

What a fantastic year Davy. You are proving that you are still getting better, year after year, even though you haven't been running for a super long time. Congratulations on a terrific and successful year. I look forward to seeing what you do next year and hope to be a part of some of those experiences.

From Vis on Tue, Nov 03, 2009 at 00:05:40 from 208.88.8.20

Very great year for you, Davy. You are a machine. BTW I really enjoy reading through your writings and ramblings and reports on your other blog. Keep inspiring. Maybe someday I'll earn a sub-24 belt buckle. Any tips for an aspiring ultra runner?

Total Distance
0.00

I had very restless sleep last night with strange running dreams out on the Javelina course.  I published my race report and I guess included too many of my grouchy feelings that I kept to myself during the race.  Some runner I've never personally met from Idaho sent me a blasting email this morning.  He wasn't at the race but blasted me, telling me I should have got 1st place for rudeness that I discourage other runners, and am rude to pacers, volunteers, and other runners.  Wow, that was strange.  Despite all my grouchy internal feelings during those tough hours, I never said a rude thing to anyone, (unless you count the "shhh...I'm resting" when a runner wouldn't be quiet as I was trying to take a quick nap.)   Well, a good lesson.  You never know what people think when they read your stuff.   I don't like to sugar-coat my race reports.  I tell it as it happened and try to learn from it.  

I do constantly worry about being grouchy to my pacers.  I think I appologized ten times Saturday night for not being happy to be around.   But my pacers are always my friends, many times my closest friends in the world.  They know what to expect.  Good times and bad.   I try very hard to treat them well during the bad times.   But still, I will try to "drop then like a bad penny" if they turn their back to get a head start.  He, he.

The runner told me to get out of the sport if I didn't enjoy it.   Well, if it was easy and didn't have these tough times, I wouldn't enjoy it.   That is what life is about.  You learn from the tough times, make mistakes, evaluate behavior, and then try to do better next time.  So, I won't let it bug me, and move on. 

But....if you are working an aid station and run out of gels when I need one, watch out, I might not smile.

Comments
From Holt on Tue, Nov 03, 2009 at 19:04:05 from 204.113.55.41

I've had similar hard times when I have posted stuff on blogs and message boards. I think the problem is that it is hard to get a true feel across for the author and the reader when you are not face to face. I have learned that when it happens to me, just to pray for the strength to not worry about it. And move on. You are an awesome contributor to the sport and anyone that questions your love of it doesn't know the real you. And who cares about them anyway?! Keep on running and loving it!

From Jon on Tue, Nov 03, 2009 at 22:14:21 from 66.255.187.100

Davy- that's one hard part of blogs is how you lose the personal expressions from face to face conversations- I could picture your grumpy feelings as I read the report but was sure you kept them inside during the race for the most part. It is very typical for our feelings to come out more strongly when we have time to reflect and write them afterwards, and I'm sure that's what the Idaho reader picked up on. I know sometimes my posts come across as too negative or positive when my feelings are actually pretty mellow. No worries, and definitely don't drop out of the sport.

For the record, I did not think you were grumpy or rude during the Bear. Tired, yes, and experiencing the normal wide range of 100 mile emotions. But never mean. And I think many runners would get a bit grumpy when the things they expect and paid for at a race (i.e. gels at aid stations) are not available.

No worries, just keep on plugging. Sounds like what happened to Michelle Lowry after SGM last Oct, when someone blasted her for "whining" about her 2nd place finish. Based on the responses, that person was alone in viewing her as complaining.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 08:25:52 from 63.255.172.2

Gee, I read your race report last night and didn't think anything like that other person. I think there are some people out there that just love to be negative and try and jerk people's chains.

Great job on the race and overcoming the emotions and physical issues that beset you.

From crockett on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 11:23:04 from 216.49.181.254

Thanks all, good thoughts. Ten years ago, I ran a listserv, publishing articles to 10,000 daily subscribers (LDS related) and used to get daily unjustified critical notes. I need to just get thicker skin again.

But, a good thought going around in my head is: I don't consider myself an elite in the sport, or even terribly good, but because of my articles, people do put me up on some sort of pedestal and expect a lot. I'm an introvert by default, and get so focused at races, so I just need to do a better job at socializing, encouraging, thanking, etc. at events.

Ultras are so social, and this is very important. Volunteers are sometime out there for over 24 hours on their own dime. I can see how someone can criticize grouchy feelings as ingratitude. I also need to be careful about writing my race reports while I still haven't recovered. The negative can outweigh the positive. But if the negative isn't experienced, you aren't pushing yourself hard enough.

From flatlander on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 11:25:44 from 198.207.244.102

Davy, I'm new to this blog but have been reading your reports for a while now. I have nothing but admiration for your efforts and accomplishments. I think it is admirable that after a very heavy 2008 race schedule you posted a number of important PRs this year despite some significant injuries. To run as far and often as you do requires an attitude, but I can't imagine anybody being put off by that. It's not as if you are celebrating in the end zone or anything. Runners as a group are pretty mellow. Congratulations on a great year.

From crockett on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 11:32:33 from 216.49.181.254

Thanks flatlander. Very kind. I wish I could do an end-zone dance after finishing a 100-miler. But usually instead someone needs to come by with a shovel and scape me off the trail. I still laugh when I think about a comment made by Steve Pero after I finished Bear 100 this year. "I think I did see a couple people who looked worse than you at the finish." Its been a fun year, I'm ready for a rest.

Total Distance
0.00

Feeling a ton better this morning.  I keep forgetting that it has only been three days since I finished the 100-miler.  Calves still a little sore.  Both little toes came out with crushed toe nails.  Didn't notice that during the race.  Oh well, toe nails are over-rated.

Came across the picture below again.  This cracks me up everytime I see it.  This is a picture of me and my older brother, Bob (also an ultrarunner), and sister.   Taken in 1960.   I'd like to see my brother run in those boots.

Comments
From Smooth on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 17:49:36 from 174.23.240.142

That pic. cracks me up!!! FUN stuff! I haven't read your 100 report yet. I will in just a min. but I want to congratulate you on an OUTSTANDING race year with some AWESOME PRs and AMAZING SEVEN 100s.

I LOVE my two big toes that now have totally black nails, reminder of the fun I had at Pony Express. I relish them more than any trophy or medal. I think they're beautiful. Am I weird?

From crockett on Wed, Nov 04, 2009 at 17:52:22 from 216.49.181.254

Smooth, my college-age adult daughters get a kick out my "gross toes." They say they are more colorful then their own. I do tend to avoid just wearing sandles in stores....get strange looks at the toes.

From jun on Thu, Nov 05, 2009 at 10:39:01 from 97.126.232.185

Genius picture. That definitely sums it up.

From Nevels on Fri, Nov 06, 2009 at 11:50:23 from 131.204.15.93

toenails...who needs 'em....

From Jon on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 17:17:13 from 75.169.140.28

You should have stopped by my house today...

Race: First Dam 10k (6.2 Miles) 00:44:11, Place overall: 18, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
7.00

I travelled up to Logan, UT, to again run in the First Dam 10k to help celebrate Jim Kern's first running anniversary.  A year ago, by chance I met my childhood buddy at this race and he embarked in getting fit and starting to run.  He's had a good year and made amazing progress.  His health is now much better.  It was great to spend the morning with him.

I love coming up to Cache Valley.  It is really an amazing place and the people are so friendly.  The race is put on very well and I was impressed to see how many people stayed around for the awards.  Ribbons six deep in the age groups helped that.  They help encourage kids to be race and it was nice to see so many happy youth involved in running.  Well done!

As for my race, I had not run a step in six days since finishing my 100-mile race.  So this was an interesting experience to do a 10K as a recovery run.   It had been a few months since I have even run a sub-7-minute mile.  

This course is somewhat challenging because the first three miles are uphill.  My lungs really get a workout.  I was breathing hard the entire race.  I really need to do more tempo runs as part of my workouts.

One thing I really enjoy about this race is that it runs down Crockett Ave.  I am able to run by my ancestral home, my great-great grandfather's house.

My mile splits were: 6:38, 7:27, 7:24, 7:01, 7:05, 7:10, and 1:28 bringing it in for a 44:11 18th overall out of 112 starters.  This was my third fastest career 10k.   I beat my last year's time on this course by 18 seconds and won the old-man's division, 50-59 (11 guys).

It was a fun morning, ideal temperatures, and nice to be running again.  I noticed that for my last five races including this 10k and four 100-milers that I finished in the top 17% or better overall.  Good consistancy.

 

Davy Crockett, Jim Kern, Spencer Francis, Laura Francis

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00
Comments
From Smooth on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 17:44:23 from 174.23.240.142

CONGRATS! Davy for an AWESOME race...SUPER RECOVERY...1st in you AG and a PR from last year. How cool is that to run by your great-great-grandfather's home on Crockett AVE. and a good cause to celebrate your friend's running anniversary. Happy Day Indeed!

From Jon on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 17:55:42 from 75.169.140.28

Nice job, Davy!

Hey, does your friend Jim work at ATK? If so, I know him. Did he join FRB recently?

From crockett on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 18:00:38 from 71.35.210.18

Jon: Yes, Jim does work at your company. Funny, because he asked the same question about you before the race. Yes, he's made some good progress this year, even finished a marathon and 50k.

Smooth: Thanks as always for your kind comments. They always make me smile.

From Burt on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 19:07:02 from 98.177.216.165

Third fastest 10k on the heels of a 100-mile race? Amazing!

From redrooster on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 19:07:33 from 71.219.150.58

Davy, nice job coming off a 100 miler, geez, I am sorry I missed you at the race. Your personal blogs about consecutive summits of Timp and the 3 peaks are probably my favorite entries and have inspired me for a long time. And I missed the chance to meet you ( I took off right after the race to get my 7 additional miles of marathon prep). bummer.

That is really neat about Crockett Avenue. I wondered where that name came from. My great grandparents (Ensign, fathers side) home is still standing on 100 east, just down from Central Park where the race started. My father and grandparents lived in that house with them during the depression. I wonder if your father was here at that time? My parents will be here for thanksgiving, I will see if he remembers the Crocketts of Crockett Avenue!

great race and let's be sure to meet at the next race we are at! Scott

From Paul on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 19:23:42 from 174.23.72.133

Great job. That's cool about the Crockett St. house. I always wondered about that road, and I now I know a little bit more. :-)

From crockett on Sat, Nov 07, 2009 at 19:34:19 from 71.35.210.18

Thanks guys. The Crockett house was the home of Alvin Crockett who was the first mayor of Logan. Their property was that entire block. My great-grand-father, his son, settled in Preston and raised a large family there.

redrooster, thanks for the kind words. I'm sure we'll meet soon. I'm still a relatively new runner, so still meeting everyone. Just stay down in the youngster 40s age group for a few more years so I can still have a chance to snag the blue ribbons. Good luck at Mesquite. Looks like the weather will cool down nicely. I'll be running across the Grand Canyon and back that day.

From Twinkies on Sun, Nov 08, 2009 at 12:10:15 from 98.202.132.86

Relatively new runner. Haha. You just completed your 29th 100 miler.

Great job on the 10k. Amazing recovery in just one week.

From crockett on Sun, Nov 08, 2009 at 19:56:13 from 71.35.210.18

Well Twinkies, when you are an old man like me, with death right around the corner you have to cram in as many races as you can before the hour glass runs out. It took me more than 46 years to discover there was a runner hidden inside me.

From jun on Sun, Nov 08, 2009 at 23:28:02 from 97.126.232.185

I should say 'like a fine wine', but since I know you I will say 'like a fine cheese' you only get better with age. Sounds like a really fun race. Congrats on getting first in your age group. 6 days after a 100-miler, that is really saying something. Good luck as your rest of up for your R2R2R trip.

Total Distance
0.00

No motivation to go out and train.  No upcomming races.  So why not be a slacker?  Actually my thoughts are turning more toward doing adventure runs.   In addition to my Grand Canyon run in a couple weeks, I would love to get back out to Capitol Reef National Park and run some more in that unknown treasure. It is a good winter run.

Comments
From jun on Tue, Nov 10, 2009 at 11:09:38 from 66.239.250.209

I have yet to go to Capital Reef. I've always meant to go, but have just never made it. Bryce Canyon would be a cool place to run too, but I wonder if the elevation is too high this time of year. Oh, and what about Great Basin Nat Mon? My parents love that place, but I've never been there either. All sound like cool places to go run.

From crockett on Tue, Nov 10, 2009 at 18:21:37 from 216.49.181.254

Check out Lower Muley Twist. I run it three times before in a loop. If you want to do it some Saturday this winter, let me know. I think it is about a 4-hour drive and about a 4-5 hour run.

Total Distance
0.00

I set out my warm running clothes, but that is as far as I got.  I never even set the alarm to get up.   For some reason in the evening I just feel run down and lose my motivation to make running plans for the early morning.  So, I continue to rest and get nine hours of sleep per night, very unusual for me.   I only feel a little guilty about being a slacker.  I've already regained the five pounds I lost during the JJ100 run when I was running on empty for six hours or more.

Comments
From Smooth on Tue, Nov 10, 2009 at 18:35:09 from 174.23.240.142

I can tell you're getting "restless"...R2R2R will be so fun for ya!

Total Distance
12.00

I was out the door at 4 a.m. intending to hit the trails, but the wind was fierce as the front is coming in so I wimped out and went to the rec center and ran on the tread mill.  After ten miles, I couldn't take it anymore so headed out in the wind for the last couple miles.  It fees good to be working out again.

Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 12.00
Comments
From jun on Thu, Nov 12, 2009 at 13:09:18 from 66.239.250.209

I'm jealous.

Total Distance
10.00

The trails were wet, snow down to about 5,500 feet, so I went and punished myself on the treadmill.   I attempted one of my 10x10x10s, 10 miles, 10:00 pace, with 10% incline.  With Grand Canyon R2R2R coming up in a week, I'm concerned that I haven't done any serious hills since Bear 100.   The workout went OK, plenty of step-offs along the way and I hold onto the handle in the front, but I got it done.  For long periods, I like to run with the eyes closed, holding on lightly with one hand and then the nother.  I belive this eyes closed running helps with improving balance, which is important when running in the dark.   I also did a bunch of spurts up to 30% incline.  Those are really punishing.   I was surprised that the quads held up just fine and felt good.   I guess the couple 100-milers I ran in the past month, even though pretty flat, still helped with the quad conditioning.

Healing going well from the grueling running season.   My problem knee still has minor pain now and then.  My right index finger is still spained from my faceplant at the Bear 100.  The balls of the feet and toes still have numbness (that is typical).  The left ankle still has minor soreness when I rotate it.  This is left over from the serious sprain back in April.  So all minor stuff.  Another pretty lucky year considering my age and the punishment of running 7 100s, 3 50s, 2 50Ks, and 3 road marathons.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 10.00
Comments
From jun on Fri, Nov 13, 2009 at 10:39:03 from 66.239.250.209

And a partridge in a pear tree!

Holy cow. What a season. I'm surprised your legs are still attached. You guys are going to have a great time. I can't wait to see photos (that was a hint).

From Smooth on Fri, Nov 13, 2009 at 15:40:58 from 174.23.240.142

jun makes me laugh so hard!

AWESOME punishing run 10x10x10! WOW!!! I'd fall off at that incline even with eyes OPEN!

Race: Lake Mountain 50K (31 Miles) 05:41:00, Place overall: 1, Place in age division: 1
Total Distance
31.00

Not really a race, but it was a 50k run where I was racing against my PR and course record.   This is an amazing run all the way around Lake Mountain, the mountain west of Utah Lake.  The loop is almost exactly 50k (31 miles).  I wanted to get my mileage up to 50 miles this week, so thought it would be appropriate to do this 50K loop near my home.  It was the seventh time I have run this loop.

The rules for this loop is simple.  You just need to cross on the north at a ridge above Reformation Canyon, and to the south at Soldiers Pass.  You start the loop at the northwest corner and go clockwise.   I've done counter-clockwise before, but it seems tougher.  You want to pass through the east side at least by 8 a.m. to avoid shooters who may be camping nearby and after breakfast it seems like they start shooting at everything that moves.  

The elevation gain is about 3,000 feet along the loop.   There are some fairly technical sections on the east side as it rolls up and down along some rocky 4WD roads.   The west side is easier, just a long flat dirt road in Cedar Valley.

I got up very, very early and was out of the house around 1:30 a.m.   I first drove down to mile 16.4 of the loop to drop off some Ensure, Gatoraid,and candy.   I was amused to discover that the water jug and garbage I left there back on July 2, was still there, undisturbed.  I'll need to go retrieve everything later.

I next drove to the starting point, on the northwest corner of the loop, made final preparations and was on my way about 2:45 a.m.  The temperature at the start was 23 degrees, colder than expected, but I also realized that the start location traps cold air and is probably the coldest point of the course.  Sure enough within five minutes of running, I stripped off my jacket and changed my heavy gloves to lighter ones.  That was much better.   My starting pace was quick.    My goal was to finish in under 5:29.  I knew this would be very challenging doing a solo run, because I wouldn't have anyone to race against.   I usually get lazy running solo.  But so far, so good.  My legs felt great and I think the treadmill run yesterday helped wake them up.

It was pretty dark, no moon, just a glow over the hills from the populated valley.   the first 2.7 miles is a steady climb.  I arrived at the ridge over Reformation Canyon (mile 2.7) at 0:27.  Not bad.  I now had a stunning view of northern Utah country.  The lights are incredible.   I now had a nice fast run down the small canyon and then ran on an access road next to the Church welfare farm until I reached the power lines.  From there I turned south, started climbing again, and ran past the explosives plant.  Running by that place always gives me the willies.   I crossed Lott Canyon Rd (mile 5.1) at 0:51.  Still a great pace. 

From there the powerline road rolls up and down.  But the views off the the left are amazing.  The lights of Provo/Orem are an amazing show to see across the lake.  I love running in the foothills of Lake Mountain before sunrise.   I crossed Israel Canyon road (mile 6.5) at 1:05.

From that point, I lost a little focus, lost my racing speed and ran a little lazy.  But I sure was enjoying the early morning.   The road weaves around drainages and eventually makes a long climb.   There are many side roads that can make the route confusing, but you just stay close to the powerlines, usually to the east of them.   I reached the high point of the course, Enoch Pass (mile 11.3) at 2:05.   I believe that was about the same split time as my PR.  I was losing steam.

Next up is my favorite long section of the course, a nice five mile downhill to the low-point of the course.   As I started the downhill, I saw some specks reflecting in my green light.  Snow!  The cold front was arriving.  Thankfully the wind wasn't a problem.  The snow started as flurries, but would later come down a little harder.  It was fun to shine my lights up to the powerlines and see all the snowflakes reflecting in my light.

I arrived at Redwood Road (mile 16.4) at 2:59.  I knew that I was a little behind schedule.  I had not run that downhill hard enough.  At this point, I stopped the watch and took about ten minutes at my aid station, eating and refilling.  I would turn out my light as a couple cars drove by.  I didn't want them to freak out seeing a dude sitting my the side of the road out in the middle of no where.

On my way again, I ran on the Redwood Road pavement for about a mile until I reached the dirt road to take me to Soldiers Pass.   This would be the last tough climb.  I knew my PR goal could be won or lost on this climb.  I was determined to run the entire way up at a fast pace.  I mostly suceeded.   I was able to turn out my light after a mile because the glow of dawn had arrived.   I reached Soldiers Pass (mile 20.5) at 3:48.   Darn, I knew I was about ten minutes late.

I ran down the other side of the pass and had fun widing my way through a little valley the includes a fun single-track motorcycle trail.   I reached Lake Mt. Road (mile 23.1) at 4:15.  I had wanted to arrive there at 4:00, so was disappointed.   I now had eight miles to go in under 1:29.   This still could be done, but I knew I had to run about 11-minute miles the rest of the way along a mentally tough flat, straight dirt road.

I had a good pace going.  I finally noticed the road was white, not brown.  Snow.  The clouds were low as the snow fell and I couldn't even see the mountain I was running around.  As I continued the snow gradually got deeper, a quarter inch.  That was nice.  It made the road even softer.  But once it reached about a half inch, the footting became more challenging as my feet would slip on rocks hidden my the snow.  Up ahead I noticed a small deer in the road watching me. It eventually pranced away and headed up into the foothills.

I started to lose motivation.  With about four miles to go, I could see that my pace was falling off, probably 13-minute miles.   With three miles to go, I gave up the goal.  Running solo, it was just too mentally tough to push myself on this grinding section.  So, I backed off, found a comfortable finishing pace and just enjoyed the morning run in the snow.

I finished my 50k in 5:41, 12 minutes off my goal.  The finishing temperature was 32 degrees. Still, that was the fasted I had run this loop solo.  I average 11-minute miles over the entire tough course. It had been a wounderful morning run.  I arrived home by 9:30 a.m.

 
Start    
Reformation Ridge 2.7 0:27
Lott Canyon Rd 5.1 0:51
Israel Canyon Rd 6.5 1:05
Enoch Pass 11.3 2:05
Redwood Road 16.4 2:59
Soldiers Pass 20.5 3:48
Lake Mt Rd 23.1 4:15
Finish 31.0 5:41

 

 

La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 31.00
Comments
From Smooth on Sat, Nov 14, 2009 at 16:40:44 from 174.23.240.142

Wow Davy! Love reading your early morning (er middle of the night) adventurous 50K run. YOU ARE SIMPLY AMAZING! I don't know of anyone who can do what you do, run around Lake Mountain solo. I'm always amazed that you make a technical run seem easy. GREAT WORK!!!!

From jun on Sat, Nov 14, 2009 at 16:52:32 from 97.126.232.185

Congrats on a successful run. Sounds like a lot of fun. I've been wanting to go back and go after the course record for a while now. I'm hoping for a warm streak of weather in Jan or Feb to give it a go. I'm just a little worried about doing it solo as the dirt roads around the church farm and the single track section after Soldier Pass can be tricky. If you are up for another attempt during that time, let me know.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Sun, Nov 15, 2009 at 10:29:39 from 97.117.76.210

Great job, Dave. You have had an awesome year, especially with the ankle injury. How is that healing?

From crockett on Sun, Nov 15, 2009 at 18:16:29 from 70.56.103.245

I think the fastest I could do this course is about 5:10. Things that slowed it down this time were: the dark, worn-out shoes, snow, and doing it alone.

The route is actually pretty easy. With a little study on Google Earth, you can find it well. The single-track section could be skipped by using the road further to the south, quicker. I'm sure I'll do it again. Brent Rutledge and Mark Ellison have also done it solo before.

From Twinkies on Mon, Nov 16, 2009 at 11:27:08 from 134.24.147.249

Excellent run Davy. I thought you were going take it easy for the rest of the year, but I guess that wouldn't be as much fun. Way to go.

I was just starting my first 50k as you were finishing yours.

Total Distance
0.00

The quads were a little sore from Saturday's run so I took the morning off.   Looking at the rest of the year, if I want to beat last year's PR for mile, 3,148, I'll need to average 70-mile weeks the rest of the year.  I'm ahead of last year's miles at this point, but it isn't going to happen.  What was I thinking last December running 400 miles?

Comments
From Smooth on Mon, Nov 16, 2009 at 17:10:34 from 174.23.240.142

Did you run those Dec miles on the TM? HEY, your mileage this year is AWESOME! I'm hoping to break 2000.

From crockett on Mon, Nov 16, 2009 at 17:14:37 from 216.49.181.254

Last December 161 miles on treadmill and 45 indoors at Legacy center. 110 at Across the Years in Phoenix. The rest outdoors in the cold.

From allie on Mon, Nov 16, 2009 at 17:23:03 from 129.123.250.33

you could run a 100 mile race every weekend in december and that would take care of it. and you would only have to run 4 times! :)

From jun on Tue, Nov 17, 2009 at 10:33:40 from 66.239.250.209

I agree with Allie, just throw in a few hundreds and get it out of the way quick-like. Hans-Deter runs back-to-back hundreds in the summer and he is 70-something. A young buck like you could do it in the winter.

Total Distance
0.00

I was lazy again this morning and slept in.  What a slacker.  

I'm discouraged that my La Sportiva Wildcats are already shot after 200 miles.  They are so nice to run in but just don't last.  The heels get soft and they cause me to over pronate.  So, I ordered the next model up that they claim is more durable.   That got me thinking about shoe weight.  So, I decided to get the food scale out and weigh my shoes.  It was very revealing

Mitzuno Wave Elixer (road shoes) 10.1 oz.

La Sportiva Fireblade 12.7 oz

La Sportiva Wildcat  12.9 oz

Montrail Wildwood 13.1 oz

Vasque Velocity 13.6 oz

La Sportiva Imogene 13.5 oz.

Vasque Velocity XCR 16.3 oz.

I was surprised that the Fireblades are not much lighter than Wildcats.  Karl Melzer runs in Fireblades and told me the Wildcats feel like boots to him.  But they are almost the same weight.

I was also surprised to discover the Vasque Velocity were so heavy. I've run most of my 100s in them.   I actually ran Plain 100 in those heavy Goretex XCR's.  Wow.   I didn't realized how heavy they are.

So, I ordered La Sportiva Imogene to try and will test them out in the Grand Canyon on Saturday.   If they work out, I sure hope they last more than 200 miles.

 

 

Comments
From Jon on Wed, Nov 18, 2009 at 09:51:52 from 138.64.2.76

I hate it when shoes don't last 500 miles. I've stopped buying Brooks cause the Adrenaline seem to wear out at 350-400 miles, though I string them along on easy runs. But only 200 miles is ridiculous.

From crockett on Wed, Nov 18, 2009 at 09:59:11 from 216.49.181.254

Well, the Imogenes arrived but they won't do. They are too narrow, like Fireblades and put pressure on the the problem tendon in my left foot. They will go back. I think I can string along the Wildcats a little more by inserting a little more support under the insole. But still, after 300 miles they will be toast. The Montrail Wildwoods are OK, but just feel a little heavy at 13.1 and the grip isn't as good at the Wildcats.

Total Distance
7.00

Wimped out and did the treadmill again.  I wanted to get some tough hills in to send a signal to my legs that they will be climbing on Saturday.   I ran on the treadmill at 21% incline at 13:00-minute pace, holding on to the front.  I did a few tough spurts not holding on to get the quads burning.   My workout was almost 90 minutes. The machine said I climbed 7,000 feet.  But it felt more like 2,500-3,000.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00
Comments
From jun on Wed, Nov 18, 2009 at 11:19:14 from 66.239.250.209

Killer workout. 90 minutes on the tm is a long time.

When do you guys leave for the grand canyon? Who all is on the roster for this run? you guys are going to have an amazing time.

From Aaron Kennard on Thu, Nov 19, 2009 at 14:32:45 from 174.51.250.151

You're wimpy workout makes the rest of us look like complete slouches! Just kidding...kind of...that is impressive though for a treadmill workout. I tend to go crazy after 2-3 miles on a treadmill.

Total Distance
0.00

Alarm went off, but I turned it off and slept. Thats OK. Found an amazing ultra results database that captures about 80% of the races I've finished: http://realendurance.com/AllTimeList-test.php?a=C518

I also see that for 2009, I'm tied for 3rd place in the world for most 100s finished during 2009.   The most is Dan Brendan who I alway see.  He has finished 11.  Mike Smith has finished 8.  And there are 5 of us who have finished 7.

I'm listed in 54th for the career finishes. Hans-Dieter is at the top of the list of course.   Monica Scholz is second and I hear she is planning on trying to finish 30 100s next year.

Comments
From Kory on Thu, Nov 19, 2009 at 14:31:41 from 134.50.89.55

30 that would be half your time for the year running. Well it would almost feel like that.

You deserve a few days off to rest your body and get fresh legs. I know you have an uphill race coming up (correct), but rest is good training to.

From jun on Thu, Nov 19, 2009 at 14:46:57 from 66.239.250.209

That is a great ranking. Amazing you have run that many in one year. Add that to all of the 50s and 50k's that you've done and you have racked up a ton of miles. Congrats.

From jtshad on Thu, Nov 19, 2009 at 15:09:44 from 204.134.132.225

30 100's in 1 year is insane!

We have royalty on the Blog! Keep in up and have fun this weekend in at the Canyon!

Race: Grand Canyon Rim-to-rim-to-rim (48 Miles) 13:00:00
Total Distance
48.00

I had great fun guiding three others on a Grand Canyon double crossing (R2R2R).   I’ve completed the  full GC double-cross 11 times previously using various trailheads.  (Another time I stopped short of the other rim during a 78-mile adventure run).  For this adventure, we would start at the North Rim and cross over to the South Rim using Bright Angel Trail and then turn around and come back, about 48 miles.

Coming along with me was my brother Bob, (who did a 19-hour double-cross with me 2005), brother-in-law Ed, and running buddy Jon.  Ed and Jon were both Grand Canyon rookies.  

Ed is in great shape and has gone to triathlon nationals several times, almost qualifying for world this year.   Jon is a local-elite marathon runner, finishing 6th this year at Top of Utah.  He is now turning his attention to ultras, winning the Ogden Valley 50 a couple of weeks ago.   Bob has finished about seven ultras including some 50-milers.

We spent the night at Jacobs Lake and headed down the North Kaibab trailhead at about 4:40 a.m. in the dark.   Immediately, I was in my element.   I just love pounding down steep trails in the dark.   I took the lead and quickly put some big distance on the others.   I let out some whoops that echoed off the canyon walls.   My legs were feeling stronger than they ever have coming down this trail.   At times I really pushed the speed.

I reached Supai Tunnel (mile 2) in about 16 minutes, which is the fastest I had ever run that section.   The others arrived within about five minutes and we stashed some warm clothes to be used in the evening on the return chilly final climb.  We had descended about 2,000 feet already and the temperature was now comfortable, around 40 degrees.

I continued to blast down the trail with Bob following closely behind.   The next section is a bunch of switch-backs carved into the steep slope of Roaring Spring Canyon.  With the moonless light, we couldn’t even see the canyon wall on the other side.

We stopped at the bridge over Roaring Canyon to take some pictures.    On our way again, I pointed out the steep drop-offs on the side to watch out for.   At one point when I was about a quarter-mile ahead, I looked back up and was amazed at the sight.  I could see the three others with their lights illuminating the steep trail carved into the side of a cliff.   Wow, it was incredible to see.   I waited for the others at our first major stop, at the Roaring Springs ranger cabin.   If I cut out my stops to wait, I reached there in only 55 minutes, by far the fastest that I had ever reached this point.

The water was on in the front yard of the cabin, so we filled up.  There would be no more water until Phantom Ranch.   I stashed the water filter we brought to use if the water was off here.  We were now finished with steep downhills and I knew Jon would kick his fast legs into gear on the more gentle downhill over the next 7.1 miles.   Sure enough, he started to cruise.   I worked hard to keep up with him and we left Bob and Ed behind.   Everyone was having a blast as we ran very hard along Bright Angel Creek. We could see the lights of the South Rim high up in the sky far away.   “That is where we are headed,” I announced.   I was pleased to see that they had put in a new bridge through the beaver pond area so there would be no need to get our feet wet.  

Before entering “The Box” (a slot canyon that leads 4 miles to Phantom Ranch), we waited for the others to catch up.   Ed was complaining about cramps in his legs and talking about turning back soon.   We had him take more electrolytes and within 15 minutes he was running fast again. The light of dawn arrived with just a mile to go before the Ranch.   At a moment when I was doing too much sight-seeing, I tripped and down I went.  I had a nice bloody elbow, but was able to pick myself up and get going again before Bob caught up.   Soon we came into Phantom Ranch.  My run time (not counting stops) to Phantom Ranch was 2:15.   We filled up our bottles in front of the Canteen and could see the tourists eating a wonderful breakfast inside.

After a long break we were on our way again.  The guys wanted to stash more of their stuff so I encouraged them to do it further away from Phantom Ranch.  I wish I would have paid more attention to what they were leaving behind (more on that later.)

We crossed over the Colorado River on the Silver Bridge.  The guys got a great kick out of running over that powerful river.   We ran about a mile on the River Trail and then turned the corner into Pipe Canyon to start the huge climb up to the South Rim.   Once we arrived at the base of Devil’s Corkscrew, a series of steep switch-backs, Ed and Jon teamed up and took the lead, chatting away.  We were now passing many backpackers moving slowly up the trail and a few day hikers coming down.  We would crank up the pace when we came near others.

We reached Indian Garden, a beautiful green camping area at about 9:30 a.m.  Jon wasn’t shy about telling others about what we were doing.  It was fun to see their reactions and tell them about our adventure.   We again took a pretty long stop and unfortunately a mule train took off ahead of us.   Once on our way again, within a mile we caught up with the mules and were allowed to pass.  Then we had the task of keeping ahead of them.   Jon and Ed pushed on strongly ahead.  I fell behind taking pictures and audio (all my audio was lost because of a busted recorder).   Bob fell far behind but when I stopped for several minutes to fix a foot problem, I could see him below making good progress.  We kept a steady pace going up the very steep switch-backs and ran into more and more people coming down.   I watched a family climbing off the trail to play with some icicles hanging off a cliff.

Jon and Ed arrived at the top of the South Rim at about 11:00 a.m.   I arrived about 10 minutes later followed by Bob in another five minutes.   We all found our way to Bright Angel Lodge and a nice warm fire in the lobby.  We chowed down on hot dogs, candy and soft-drinks.  Bob was feeling pretty thrashed, with a nauseous stomach.  We had a very long rest and talked to some French Canadians around the fire.    

Finally, after a 50-minute stop, feeling much better we started our return trip back to the North Rim.   I fell behind taking pictures but soon kicked it into gear, catching up and passing the guys.  I was really flying down the trail. So fast, that a man sitting, taking a rest, chewed me out for running, that I was endangering others.  I assured him that I would be very careful around the hikers, but he was not happy at all seeing us run.  I made it a special point the rest of the way to greet every hiker with smiles and encouragement.  Almost everyone else was happy to see us and watch us go.   Jon caught up and we enjoyed pushing the pace together.   I started to have some bad blister problems so Jon pushed on ahead and arrived at Indian Garden a few minutes ahead of me.  We made it there in under an hour.  Ed arrived and wanted to get a head start on us.  Jon decided to fix a foot and wait for Bob.   I ran on, caught up with Ed, but once at Devil’s Corkscrew worried about Jon and Bob behind so decided to
wait for them to catch up.    I ended up waiting for about twenty minutes before I could see them up on top of a ridge, making their way down.   Looking at my watch, I knew we were seriously behind schedule and now had no hope to finish before sunset as we planned.

Jon caught up with me in Pipe Canyon while I was playing around, taking pictures.   I told him to go on and I waited for Bob at the River Trail junction.   Bob soon arrived and was doing fine, just slowing down.   We made our way along the river, again ran over Silver Bridge and approached Phantom Ranch.  Jon and Ed were at the ranger station.  They announced that the stuff we stashed was gone.   In the lost stuff was all their lights and they were very worried.   But the ranger located a maintenance guy who radioed that he had the stuff and would get it for us.   We were relieved but I lectured the guys that they should never stash all their lights or emergency gear on adventure runs.   You never know what can happen.  It was a great lesson learned.

Bob and I went to the Canteen while Jon and Ed went to get the stuff.  It was a little after 2:30 p.m.  I bought us some wonderful lemonade, the best I had ever tasted (or it seemed) and we waited and waited.  I guessed right, that the maintenance guy was taking his time.   I finally told Bob to go on ahead, that we would all catch up.  The delay was very worrisome because I knew now we would finish several hours after sunset.   With a cold front coming in, the cold temperatures were my biggest worry about getting these guys out of the canyon.

Finally Ed and Jon returned.  The maintenance guy really chewed them out and even hesitated to give them back their stuff.  I guess the rim-to-rim runners always leave stuff around Phantom Ranch causing him more work.   They also leave trash in the restrooms.  Not good.  I can understand why he was cranky.  Runners need to do much better to not disturb Phantom Ranch and not leave behind trash.  If you want to leave stuff at the bottom for the return trip, don’t stash it at Phantom Ranch.

On our way again, we caught up with Bob in about a mile or so.  He was moving at a good 4 mph pace.   He no longer had a running gear but was power hiking at a good pace.    We discussed what we should do to help him and decided that one of us should stick with him.  Ed was also hurting so for the next six miles he stayed with Bob.    I predicted that we probably wouldn’t finish until 9 p.m.   If it would get very cold, I planned to run hard ahead and bring back down our warm clothes stashed at Supai Tunnel.

Jon and I fell behind just enjoying the late afternoon, taking pictures and looking at all the sights.  As the sun set, the canyon glowed and was beautiful.   The tops of the rims, still glowing in the sun threw down light on the canyon below.   As we fell behind further, we would kick up the pace, run hard and catch up.  

As we approached Ribbon Falls, Bob and Ed started the tough up and down at that point.  I decided to instead stay at river level.  This required me to wade Bright Angel Creek, and do some route finding until I found the main trail that goes to Ribbon Falls.  I continued up stream and crossed back over on the Ribbon Falls bridge, joining back up with Bob and Ed.   I avoided the big climb and descent.   Bob and Ed had watched my progress high above me.


For long periods, I couldn’t see Jon behind and when he later caught up, I noticed blood on this chin.   He told me he had rolled off the trail and fell down a four-foot drop.  I was glad to hear he wasn’t seriously hurt.

It got dark right before Roaring Spring cabin, but I managed to make it there without getting out my light.   This would be our last water stop.   The water filter I stashed here was gone.   I went to the cabin and found a large group of backpackers getting ready to stay the night.  One of them remembered seeing my stuff hanging up from a tree and he pointed it out to me.

On our way again, we only had about 4,000 feet more feet to climb in about six miles.   I told myself that this was just about like a Mount Timpanogos climb, no sweat.   Ed and I started attacking the climb.  I was thrilled to discover that I still had a very strong uphill gear and could even run pretty fast up the trail if I wanted.   But once I reached the Roaring Spring trail junction, I felt guilty about being ahead of the others so stopped to wait.  Ed caught up and I explained I would wait for Bob.    When Bob arrived about five minutes later, he assured me he was doing great.   Jon was with him so I decided to just press on hard and stay warm.   I could see some other lights high up ahead and wondered if I could catch up with them.   I soon caught up with Ed and he wished me well as I passed.

The rest of the run was a lots of fun.  Usually it is a death march, but I was thrilled to find plenty of energy in the tank.  I pushed higher and higher.   I enjoyed flashing my light down below at the others making their way slower down in the darkness.    It soon became very cold.   I arrived at Supai Tunnel (two miles to go), and found our stuff undisturbed.  I put on a warm coat and hat and was ready for the final 2,000 foot climb in two miles.   It had only taken me 16 minutes to get down to this point in the morning but I knew it would take about 40 minutes to make it back up.  

I soon caught up to the lights that were ahead. It was an older couple who had gone clear to the river and were returning.  They were very tired but were still moving fine.  I asked if they were warm and if they needed anything.  They talked to each other and assured me that they would be fine.   I pushed on.  Since this was the 13th time I had made this climb, I knew every turn.  But I was surprised when I quickly came to the last switchback.   I was on the home stretch!!

I finished my 12th complete R2R2R at 8:42 p.m.   I quickly turned on the car to make sure it was nice and warm when the others arrived.   They reached the rim at 9:00 p.m., all cold, but doing well.  We made it!   Our adventure had taken about 16:20.   My running time was probably close to 13 hours.  We were all in great spirits, but pretty tired.  I drove us to Kanab, where we grabbed a room, and got some good sleep before driving home the next morning.

Slide show will be uploaded to YouTube on Tuesday.

La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Nov 24, 2009 at 12:49:11 from 66.239.250.209

That was a beautifully fantastic representation of your adventure. Congrats on #12 and to everyone who made it safely home. I can't wait to do this one, especially when it is described so well. Nice work.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Nov 24, 2009 at 15:19:53 from 63.255.172.2

I want to do this so badly one of these years. Thanks for the great adventure story.

From Jon on Wed, Nov 25, 2009 at 09:22:57 from 71.218.105.79

Awesome report, as always, Dave, and great slide show. And, even moreso, thanks for letting me tag along with you guys. Very enjoyable experience and good to learn from THE R2R2R master.

From redrooster on Wed, Nov 25, 2009 at 20:59:10 from 71.219.145.201

I would like to do something like this some day. you sure know how to have fun!

Total Distance
0.00

Well, believe it or not, I'm planning on returning to the Grand Canyon again this weekend.  This time I plan to do an 83-mile double crossing - North Kaibab to Grandview TH and back.   If things sour, I can hitch a ride to S Kaibab and do a normal return from there, cutting out about 20 miles.   I'm picking up a Sat phone today for safety.   I've accomplished this double crossing before.  It took me 34:07.  I believe I can significantly improve on that time. The challenge is that there is a 17-mile stretch without water, so you have to carry a bunch which slows you down.  Also, the Tonto Trail along that stretch isn't traveled as much as the section down river, so it is hard to run fast because of route-finding.   Should be fun.   The quads are still just a little sore, but should be fine.   There are always backpackers in the area Thanksgiving weekend, so I will see a few humans, but it will have plenty of solitude.

Comments
From Jon on Wed, Nov 25, 2009 at 13:16:16 from 71.218.105.79

Crazy guy. Going alone?

From crockett on Wed, Nov 25, 2009 at 16:45:39 from 71.36.80.100

Yep, I'll be carrying a Spot tracker so you can follow my progress on a web site. Also a Sat phone, can accept text messages.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Nov 27, 2009 at 10:21:17 from 97.117.58.207

You are insane....but a good kind of insane. Hope you have a great run!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Nov 27, 2009 at 10:21:42 from 97.117.58.207

(p.s. - the things Davy does to get his mileage up)....

From Jon on Sun, Nov 29, 2009 at 00:50:56 from 71.218.105.79

Report?

Race: Grand Canyon extended R2R2R (83 Miles) 33:58:01
Total Distance
84.00

Davy on the Tonto Trail near Grapevine Canyon


Note: I will be producing a video/slide show of this adventure later this week.  Please check back.

The spectacular beauty of the Grand Canyon called me back.   With the long Thanksgiving weekend, I decided to again do an extended double crossing (R2R2R) in a non-traditional way.   I would descend down the North Kaibab, from the North Rim, but instead of going up the South Rim using the usual trails, I would run 20 miles upriver along the primitive Tonto Trail and ascend up the unmaintained Grandview Trail to the South Rim.   Then I would head back the same way.   The total distance would be about 83 miles.  I had accomplished this double crossing back in October 2007 and knew it was a very tough challenge.   If you look at the hiking guides and total up the recommended time to take for all these segments, it should be a ten-day adventure.   I hoped to accomplish it in about 28 hours.   Last time it took me 34:07 with plenty of sight-seeing along the way.

The risks are high for a solo adventure like this but I tried to take some reasonable precautions.   The weather would be cool about 35-45 degrees for most of the adventure.  This double-crossing would require obtaining water in two springs (in addition to faucets at Roaring Spring and Phantom Ranch), and I would have to carry all of my food.  I wore a waist pack and a 10-pound pack with all my food and electronics.   Adding on water and I would be carrying quite a bit of weight.

Included in the pack would be some emergency items:  A satellite phone and a Spot tracking device.   Friends would be able to track my progress online throughout the adventure.  I would take food/powder/gel enough to intake about 6,000 calories.   My food sources would be:  three burittos, two Hot Pockets, lots of Instant Breakfast, Hammer Gel, and Resses cups.    I did bring more water containers than usual.  Three water bottles and a 2-liter camel back.  There would be a 17-mile stretch without any water sources.  The number of electronics I brought was silly; Camera, MP3, GPS, mini recorder, satellite phone, and Spot Tracker.

I worry that some unprepared readers may want to attempt this route too.  This adventure requires rugged 100-mile ultra-level fitness and advanced experience in the Grand Canyon.  Timing is critical.  I would never attempt a long run on the Tonto trail in the heat.   Springs and creeks need to be flowing.   November would be the safest time.   Attempting it in May-August would be foolish and deadly.

After eating a wonderful Thankgiving dinner with extended family, I headed down toward the North Rim.  The Spot device worked great.  My wife was able to track me as I drove.  When I called at Kanab, she already knew where I was.

I started my run a little after 11:00 p.m.   It was a frigid 18 degrees at the trailhead.  It had only been five days since I complete my last R2R2R.   My quads were still a little sore, but loosened up fast.  However, all the weight I was carrying could be felt right away and slowed my pace down.  There was a half-moon in the sky and it cast a nice eerie glow on the cliffs above as I descended quickly.   I stopped several times on the way down to make adjustments with my gear.    I really enjoy running down into the canyon during the night.   There was no one on the trail.

I reached Phantom Ranch (mile 14), at the bottom of the Canyon, at 2:14 a.m.   There wasn’t anyone around.   I filled up all my water containers, preparing for no more water until Grapevine Spring, 17 miles and 7 hours away. 

I ran along the Colorado River, crossed over Black Bridge and then started the steep climb up South Kaibab trail.   My legs really appreciated the uphill after the long downhill run into the canyon.   Before I knew it, I was at the “Tip off” (mile 16.7) where the Tonto Trail crosses the South Kaibab trail, 1,500 feet above the Colorado River.  I arrived there at 3:42 a.m.   Looking up, I could not see anyone’s lights coming down South Kaibab Trail yet. I was all alone.

Huge trail markers

I now left “civilization.”   I started to run on the East Tonto Trail.   The Tonto Trail is the longest continuous stretch of trail in the Grand Canyon. It runs some 70 miles or more from its eastern terminus at the Red Canyon/New Hance Trail to its western terminus at Elves Chasm near the Royal Arch Route.  I’ve run on about 45 miles of this trail.  This unmaintained trail is at times difficult to see, just a trail worn my occasional backpackers.   It rolls up and down and in and out of numerous side canyons.   The East Tonto Trail is more rugged then West Tonto Trail and has more prickly brush to contend with.  This year I came prepared.  I wore long tights and long sleeves.  By the time I completed my run on this trail, my shirt and pants would be snagged all over.   They really protected my skin and made it possible for me to ignore the prickly branches reaching out for me.   The trail is never straight as it weaves through all the brush. 

I reached Cremation Canyon (mile 19.3) at about 4:30 a.m.   In this canyon, the trail is very rugged and challenging because instead of over going around, it dives nearly straight down and up three drainages, each several hundred feet deep.

As I ran through this area, I thought about several people who had lost their lives here.   In particular, I thought about a Marathon runner, Margret Bradley. This 24-year-old University of Chicago medical student attempted a 27-mile run down Grandview Trail, across Tonto Trail, and up South Kaibab.  A few months earlier Bradley had run the Boston Marathon in 3:04:54.  She was ill-prepared and attempted it on July 9, 2004, in the heat of the summer.  She only took with her two water bottles, some fruit, and three protein bars.  Temperatures in the Cremation Creek Drainage likely reached 120 degrees.  Halfway into the run, she and her companion, Brian, ran low on water and decided to separate.  Brian stayed in some shade and Margaret went on to get help.  Apparently when she reached Cremation Creek, she decided to hike down the drainage toward the river instead continuing up the trail just a couple more miles to South Kaibab.   After 14 hours, Brian made it out of the canyon, but Margaret, far off the trail was found dead two days later.

My next destination would be Lonetree Canyon (mile 22.3).  As the trail climbs back up onto the Tonto Plateau, it fades because the ground is harder.  I knew this section would be a navigation challenge so instead of getting frustrated, I made it into a fun challenge.   It required good concentration.  At the speed I was trying to run, it couldn’t be avoided, I lost the trail 2-3 times.   I had my GPS running and before the run had marked many waypoints for just this reason.  Each time, using my GPS, I would find the trail again within 2-3 minutes.  Even though it was still dark, I didn’t stress out about it.  However, without the GPS in the dark, this would have been a major challenge.

I reached Lonetree Canyon (mile 22.3) at 5:49 a.m.   I saw a tent set up and did my best to stay quiet, but I could hear someone stirring inside, probably wondering what some guy with a green light was doing running by during the night out in such a remote area. 

I next wanted to reach Boulder Creek (mile 25.3) before light and almost made it.   I reached there at 6:50 a.m.  Gee, my first marathon today was taking over 7 hours.  It felt like I was going very fast, but with all the zig-zagging, steep climbs, and stops to adjust things, the time ticked away.   I doubt the published distance for the Tonto Trail.  It seems much further.  GPSes lose signals and can’t measure it right.   The weaving around brush certainly adds miles.

The Grand Canyon, the wonder of the world, came to life!   The dawn arrived and my eyes were treated with a scene very few people have experienced.   In the depths of this massive canyon, I was able to watch the effects of the sunrise.  

My pace slowed even more as I had to stop over and over again to take pictures.   It was spectacular to watch the effects of the morning sunlight reflect off of the cliffs all around me from the Tonto Trail. I was filled with feelings of gratitude, knowing that I was experiencing something very rare.

I eventually reached Grapevine Creek (mile 31) at about 8:45 a.m.  I took a very long break there to fix hot spots on a foot and to call home.   It gave me a very comforting feeling to hear my wife’s voice on the other end of the Satellite phone.  I knew that I now was in a very remote area.   On the trail again, I soon arrived at Grapevine Spring.  During the past seven hours I had only drank three liters because of the chilly temperatures in the 30s.   I was always warm if moving, but not dressed too warm.   I still had a jacket wrapped around my waist.

The next 5.5 miles were very runnable, much less rugged.  I was able to find a nice pace but still delayed because of the beauty to look at. I decided that it was more important to try to capture the wonder of this adventure. That was more important than finding speed.

When I reached Cottonwood Creek (mile 36.5), I ran into the first humans on the trail. I would now see many backpackers and hikers during my climb up to the South Rim.  Some would ask me where I was coming from.  I would try to explain but would just get blank expressions back.  They had no idea where the North Rim was. One guy looked across the canyon and asked, “How did you get across the river?”   I pointed far away from where he was looking and explained I used the bridge near Phantom Ranch.  “So you ran all the way here on the Tonto Trail?”  “Yes, I started at the North Rim a little before midnight.”  I should have recorded these conversations because they were pretty funny.

I next attacked the Grandview Trail, 3,700 more feet to climb to reach the South Rim. The Grandview Trail was originally constructed by a prospector by the name of Peter Berry. Berry operated a copper mine called the “Last Chance Mine” at the end of the trail, out on Horseshoe Mesa starting in 1890.  The cost of packing ore to the rim, then shipping it to be refined, doomed the operation.   Berry and his partners sold the mine in 1901.  Berry used some of the profits from the mine to build the Grandview Hotel in 1897 out on Grandview Point. He operated this for some years and since it was the only lodging available in the area, it proved to be a very successful venture. That is until the Santa Fe Railroad extended its reach up into the Canyon which sparked construction of what is now Grand Canyon Village.

The trail was much steeper than I remembered.  There were long sections without switchbacks that reminded me of climbing up Jacobs Ladder to Lone Peak in Utah.  Up on Horseshoe Mesa, I visited the Last Chance Mine (gated) and then continued the very tough push to the top.  Some of the cobble stone, now over 100 years old was still in place.  I became discouraged at my pace, but I was still climbing faster than the hikers and backpackers.

I finally reached the top of the South Rim, Grandview Point (mile 41.6) at 1:40 p.m.   I had hoped to arrive by noon.    The viewing area was filled with tourists.   I knew that I probably looked like a mess, and smelled terrible, so I kept to myself.   One family asked me to take their picture.  I knew that I could at this point take a slacker’s choice and hitch a ride to South Kaibab trailhead to cut out 25 miles from my return journey.  But I pushed those thoughts from my head.

After a short rest I was on my way again.  I received many puzzled looks from hikers who had seen me before as I was going up.   “How many times are you going up and down?”   I tried to explain that I was running back to the North Rim.   I would usually leave by saying that my run would be 83 miles.  I knew that would give them something interesting to talk about.   I realized that I was probably the only person ever to do this, and this was the second time I would accomplish this.  

Once I returned to Cottonwood Creek (mile 46.7) at 3:30 p.m. I knew there was no turning back.  I now had really no other choice but to continue on back to my car, parked at the North Rim.   The afternoon was a little warmer, but not much.  However, I was going through my water at a much faster pace.  By the time I reached the creek, I was nearly empty.   I filled back up at the creek.

I decided there would be no more time spent on photo shoots and audio recordings.  I needed to shift my attention to my pace.   I saw my last humans on the trail a couple miles later as the trail swings out above the Colorado River.  The young backpacking couple was surprised to see me and asked where I was headed.   I explained and they were all smiles as they wished me luck.

I bypassed Grapevine Spring because I still had plenty of water and returned back to Grapevine Creek (mile 52.2) at about 5:15 p.m.   On the trail there, I found my warm hat sitting undisturbed right in the middle of the trail that I had lost it on my outbound trip.  It was evidence that no humans were in the area during the day.  I was glad I found it because it was starting to get chilly.   I called my wife again from the exact spot that I had called her in the morning.   That day sure went by fast.

The next six hours (and 15 miles) running in the dark on the Tonto Trail were pretty uneventful and lonely.   I didn’t see any tents along the way.  I was alone.   When the trail was distinct, it was rugged.  In many places, it was very feint.  It required intense concentration to follow the boot prints winding around the brush.  I was proud of myself, because I was getting very good at it, better than the early morning before.   However, as I became drowsy, my concentration declined and near Cremation Creek, I had to use the GPS several times in order to get back on the trail.

It had now been nearly 40 hours within any sleep.   I didn’t have any bad hallucinations, but my mind started to get mushy and I started to sleep dream as I ran along.   This was a very strange experience.   I was awake, but my mind was going to sleep.   As I was going down a very steep section into Cremation Creek, I had some sort of dream where I became upset because someone I knew had purposely constructed this trail without switchbacks just to torment me.  Eventually, I fully woke up again and it felt like waking up from a dream.  I laughed at myself and tried hard to remember the dream, but as with a real dream, it quickly faded.   This happened to me several times and I had to keep laughing at myself because of the silly dream-like thoughts coming into my head.

I really struggled on the ups and down through Cremation Canyon, losing the trail despite the numerous trail markers in the area.   I could see high up in the darkness to my left, lights of hikers coming down into the canyon.   They would flash their lights toward me and I would flash back. 

I finally reached South Kaibab trail (mile 66.5), at the “Tip Off”, at 11:18 p.m.   It felt good to be off the Tonto Trail and back to “civilization.”   My pace was discouraging, but I really had no idea how many miles I had traveled.   The steep decent on the switchbacks to the river were very tough.  My feet were becoming very sore and I started to stumble because of lack of sleep.  I had no other choice but to take rests along the way.   I didn’t want to sleepwalk off a cliff. 

I finally returned to Phantom Ranch (mile 69.2) at about 12:20 a.m.   I had wanted to get back by midnight, so I did pretty well.  All was quiet again as the tourists were asleep for the night.  Oh, how I wished for sleep!   I pulled out my remaining food to stuff in my pockets, filled my bottles, and rested my feet.  After a long stop I was on the way.   This would be my 14th tough climb up this trail.  I knew what to expect and tried hard not to think about the 14 miles ahead.

I now really struggled with drowsiness.   I recalled how last weekend, buddy Jon had rolled off the trail down four feet.  As I started to stumble around, I shined my light down off the trail to the creek below and decided it would be very stupid to fall off because I was sleeping.  I found a nice smooth place on the side of the trail and lay down.   It felt wonderful.  As I was drifting off to sleep, it happened again, just like at Javelina 100 last month!   Four hikers arrived and woke me up, concerned that I was having problems.  I assured them that I was just resting.  I was too tired to try to explain that I had been awake for 41 hours and had run over 70 miles.

Now fully awake again, I decided to jump up and get moving again.  These fast-paced hikers would give me something to chase.  They had a great pace and I kept their lights in my sights for several miles.  It turned out that they had been camping up ahead at Cottonwood Campground.  I suspect that they did a two-day R2R2R with a base camp at the campground.   I took a few more catnaps before arriving at the campground.  I arrived there (mile 76.3) at 3:50 a.m.   My watch showed 5:00 a.m.   That really puzzled me.  I concluded that I had actually slept a long time during one of my cat naps (On my way home, I discovered that actually with my head lying on my arm, I somehow made my watch jump in time).  

I was supposed to call into a KSL radio outdoor program at 6:00 a.m.   My Sat phone had a good signal, so I decided since it was after 5:00 (it wasn’t), I would just try to snooze at the campground for an hour and wait.   The hikers came by me and invited me to return to the North Rim with them.  That was nice, but I was too tired to explain about the radio call.  I declined their invitation.  But soon the Sat phone signal faded and I was getting chilled.  Waiting would be stupid.  I decided to get back to work and start the grueling climb.    As the canyon walls got higher, I knew there would be no hope in getting a signal to call the radio program, so I didn’t worry about it anymore.  

The final six miles were tough and very slow.   Everything started to hurt and I was so sleepy.   I stopped to rest about a dozen times.   At 7:00 a.m., I was very puzzled that it was still very dark.  What was going on?  This was very strange.  (My watch was wrong).   Finally the light came and day hikers started to come down.  The first two had ultrarunning shirts on, but I didn’t want to stop their fast pace to talk.   One knowledgeable hiker stopped me, asked where I came from.  He understood immediately where Grandview was and just how far I had come.  He was flabbergasted and offered me any help.   I assured him that I was fine, just moving slowly.  

Looking down toward the bridge over Roaring Spring Canyon

With daylight on the North Kaibab trail, I could peer down the steep cliffs.   It boggled my mind and scared me.  I hiked carefully, hugging the walls. Wow, last week I ran down this trail almost at full speed in the dark.  That is crazy.  If I could have seen what was off to the left, I would have slowed way down.

I finally reached Supai Tunnel (mile 81.2) with just two miles and 2,000 feet to go.   That seems so very far, and I tried not to dwell upon it.   With each 100 feet up, I would think, “That is now behind me, look how far up I am!”    I noticed that I could beat my 34:07 PR for this route if I really pushed it hard.  It was really painful, but I did it.   I finished in 33:58 at 8:53 a.m.

Why was I so slow?   Looking back, I realize that a Grandview R2R2R is about as difficult as a quad-crossing of the Grand Canyon.  It felt like I had just finished a 100-mile race.  Overall, there was about 19,000 feet of climbing over that 83+ miles.    I did this without two nights of sleep.   I saw two sunrises during my run.

Spot trackers from Boulder Creek to Grandview and back

Why did I torture myself like that?   The reward was watching both a sunrise and a sunset down on the Tonto Trail deep in the canyon.  I also greatly enjoyed the navigation challenge on the trail. Will do this route again?  Unlikely.   I’m getting old and this is tough.   But this I do know, 100-mile races help me get in shape for the true reward, adventure runs like this.

How did hold up?   I consumed about 5,000 of the 6,000 calories I carried.   Not enough, but it got me through.   My feet took a beating because of the extra pounds I carried.  With all my gear, clothes, and water, I had about 200 pounds on my feet.  But, no serious blisters resulted.  My problem ankle acted up, but a day later feels OK.   The big surprise is, that a day later my legs aren’t sore at all.  The slow pace was kind on my muscles.

Montrail Wildwood Miles: 84.00
Comments
From Jon on Sun, Nov 29, 2009 at 23:11:12 from 75.169.153.86

Wow, Davy, quite the adventure with lots of reward. And to do it alone- impressive. Sounds like fun.

Honest answer- would you really have slowed down last week descending North Kaibab if you saw how steep the cliffs were? I doubt you would have ;)

For the record, my fall last week was not a fall while running on the trail (I have actually never fallen all the way while running, believe it or not). I was climbing down a little ledge to do some off-trail exploring and slipped, rolling sideways. But if you use that as an excuse to be safe, it works for me.

From jun on Mon, Nov 30, 2009 at 00:14:31 from 97.126.232.185

Amazing report Davy. I can't imagine what it would be like to try and do that alone. You are far braver than me. Congratulations on a successful double crossing and on a beautiful run. Glad things are healing up well.

From Aaron Kennard on Mon, Nov 30, 2009 at 13:00:54 from 174.51.250.151

That is an amazing display of endurance. I am quite certain I would have run myself off a cliff or something crazy after 40 hours of no sleep and 70 miles of running (not that I would have even made it half that far). That is extremely impressive stamina. I'm going to guess that those pictures don't do anywhere near justice to show how beautiful it must have been running through the sunrise down there. It sounds incredible.

From Twinkies on Mon, Nov 30, 2009 at 19:11:42 from 134.24.147.249

Another awesome, but crazy adventure. You never cease to amaze me. And to do it only 5 days after your last adventure. Glad to here you made it back alive. I really enjoyed the report and pictures.

From jtshad on Mon, Nov 30, 2009 at 19:25:21 from 204.134.132.225

Amazing! Your description of this run is wonderful and inspiring and almost makes one want to try something like this...until I come to my senses!

My hat is off to you on this incredible experience.

From crockett on Tue, Dec 01, 2009 at 13:06:20 from 216.49.181.254

I've put together a video of my Thanksgiving weekend 83-mile Grand

Canyon R2R2R. I wanted to share this experiece with others. I hope

you enjoy it.

Facebook HQ: http://www.facebook.com/video/video.php?v=337949480693

YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LyfaSukB-wk

From Jon on Tue, Dec 01, 2009 at 22:07:05 from 75.169.156.171

Hey- so THAT's what Roaring Springs Canyon looks like during the day...

From Little Bad Legs on Thu, Dec 03, 2009 at 00:39:26 from 67.170.153.203

I just watched the Youtube clip. Amazing!

From Holt on Thu, Dec 03, 2009 at 10:10:46 from 204.113.55.41

Awesome and Truly Amazing!

Total Distance
0.00

Comments
From jun on Wed, Dec 02, 2009 at 10:48:07 from 66.239.250.209

I got the notification yesterday as soon as you put this up on youtube. It is so cool. I loved how you used the map to go along with the photos and your commentary. Great job on everything.

From crockett on Wed, Dec 02, 2009 at 10:51:06 from 216.49.181.254

Thanks. It took a bunch of time to do this. Can't do it every time, but I keep experimenting with some new approaches.

From Jon on Wed, Dec 02, 2009 at 11:00:35 from 138.64.2.76

Yes, the map was a nice touch.

From Aaron Kennard on Thu, Dec 03, 2009 at 23:55:37 from 174.51.250.151

That was a cool video! Made me want to go run through the mountains at night (not that far though). I was laughing to myself when after the first 40 miles you seemed pretty chipper, and then all of a sudden it skipped 40 miles ahead and you were at mile 81, and you sounded 'slightly' more exhausted. That's a LONG run...very impressive. What did you do when you got back to the car at the end, did you just zonk out in your car for a while?

Total Distance
10.00

After eight straight days of no running and no exercize, I rolled off the couch, put down the remote, cleaned off the crumbs from my face, and then wimped out and hit the treadmill.  10 miles on the crazy hamster machine.   Felt good and strong after four miles of warm up.  Right knee still a little loose from the Grand Canyon runs, but I should be fine.

I finally finished reading "Born to Run."  It was good, but I didn't think great.  The author's writing style was a bother at times and I lost interest on some of the tangents.  But I enjoyed the Leadville sections since I've run the race three times.   I also ran in a race with Ann Trason, I think her last 50-miler.  It was good to find out more about her.  And I enjoyed reading about other people I've met.   It is nice to have a good book about ultras.  But I'm not convinced by the minimalist hype.   I would wear the 5-fingers on the treadmill, but not really worth it because I have no intention of doing big miles this winter on the crazy machine.

Interesting that Micah True (Caballo Blanco) has been one of my facebook friends for some time.   He also spoke at the JJ100 pre-race dinner which I missed.   He certainly has stepped up his marketing and Internet use.   The 2009 race down there sounds like it brought in lots of corn and money for the Tarahumara.  I'd love to visit Copper Canyon but the drug violence down there is scary.   I've read Barefoot Ted's stuff for years on the ultralist and been in some races with him.

Utah Lake is starting to freeze.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 10.00
Comments
From jun on Tue, Dec 08, 2009 at 11:18:42 from 66.239.250.209

"Utah Lake is starting to freeze."

A hint of things to come? I'm jealous.

From Maurine/Tarzan on Tue, Dec 08, 2009 at 17:23:06 from 97.117.58.110

I agree - it was an interesting book, but not a blockbuster. I did get some good quotes out of it - especially the one about Tarzan :)

Total Distance
6.00

It was in the teens this morning with a stiff wind.  I went to the clubhouse but couldn't get in.  Looks like someone might have figured out that I was getting in at 4 a.m.   The published opening time in 5 a.m.   They never reset the lock times when the clocks change.  Oh well, that only gives me more motivation to not use the treadmill.   I did do six miles until I almost died of boredom.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00
Total Distance
11.00

Bitter cold today.   It chased me indoors to the Lehi Legacy Center track which is a 1/8 mile indoor loop.    I ran about 11 miles.  Gee, that would be 88 loops.   Instead of counting loops which is a total bore, I listened to podcasts from ESPN Radio.  That worked well to kill the boredom.  When I finally stopped near the end to change my podcast, a guy commented, "Finally you stopped!   How many loops have you done?"  I didn't know for sure, I told him I had been running for 90 minutes.

Ultrarunning Magazine published my article on the Pony Express Trail 100.  Two pages!  That should get our race some good attention this year.   See: http://www.crockettclan.org/ponyexpress100.pdf

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 11.00
Comments
From Aaron Kennard on Wed, Dec 09, 2009 at 23:19:44 from 174.51.250.151

That's cool, I'd like to see the article, except it appears that I'm lost when I click the link.

From Jon on Wed, Dec 09, 2009 at 23:20:57 from 75.169.150.180

Congrats on the article.

88 laps? Ugh, I'd rather do the treadmill. I hate tracks more than treadmills, and that's saying something. I will admit, my morning treadmill runs aren't so bad when I can watch ESPN2 with Mike and Mike. Sports make it go faster.

From crockett on Wed, Dec 09, 2009 at 23:28:39 from 70.56.103.153

I fixed the link to the PDF. Try again. Yep, loops are tough. In the Legacy Center there are things to see, it is above all the gyms, so you can see kids in classes, playing basketball, etc. Lots of people to watch. But still, I can only take so much. Yep, I listened to an hour of Mike and Mike. That is usually what I listen to on my 4 a.m. morning runs.

From Aaron Kennard on Wed, Dec 09, 2009 at 23:40:52 from 174.51.250.151

That was a cool race report article. Congrats on getting it published.

From Smooth on Thu, Dec 10, 2009 at 22:36:08 from 174.23.217.47

GREAT write up, Davy! LOVE it! You're TOO COOL for words! CONGRATS on its success!

90 loops!!!! Only an Ultra athlete's superior mind!!!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Fri, Dec 11, 2009 at 19:06:32 from 97.117.58.110

Leslie sent me the race report yesterday. You did well. Save me a spot for next year. :)

Loops get boring. I do like watching the speed skaters at the Olympic Ice Oval.

Total Distance
11.00

-2 Degrees today....much warmer than -6 yesterday.  

11 boring treadmill miles

Noticed duck hunters out on frozen Utah Lake today.   I'm still too chicken to go running out there.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 11.00
Comments
From Jim Kern on Sat, Dec 12, 2009 at 13:57:47 from 97.117.52.88

It was warmer today, so I did 10 miles in 2" of new powder. Yesterday I was at our Magna site at work. I noticed an office with a nametag "Jill Bohney". I remembered the name from some of your blogs. I asked her if she was the Ultra runner Jill Bohney. It was. I enjoyed talking to her.

Total Distance
6.00

Six on the treadmill.  Planned to do more, but boredom shut me down.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00
Total Distance
12.00

Almost two hours running in circles as the Lehi Legacy Center....about 100 laps.   Most people just do about 30 minutes there.  One guy has noticed my long non-stop running and finally wanted to know more, so I tried to help him understand what ultras are all about.

I have a knee issue I'm trying to figure out, strange popping that reminds me of how it felt in '04 when I tore the meniscus in that knee.  No pain or swelling yet.  Will have to keep an eye on it.  I think it is just a matter of time when that knee will need to be cleaned out again.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 12.00
Total Distance
6.00

Six treadmill miles.  Yawn.  If the temperature would go back down I would go run in the snow.  Daughter Lauren getting married on Saturday, so lots of stuff going on.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 6.00
Comments
From Jon on Fri, Dec 18, 2009 at 00:04:42 from 75.169.150.6

Good luck with the wedding.

From Smooth on Fri, Dec 18, 2009 at 00:08:06 from 174.23.217.47

CONGRATULATIONS to Lauren and the whole family! Best wishes!!!

Total Distance
5.00

Treadmill

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 5.00
Total Distance
7.00

Hit the treadmill.   The treadmill faces a view of frozen Utah Lake.   The ice is calling me, but we need two solid weeks of below freezing. 

My running interest is rather low right now, just other things more interesting right now to use me time.  That's OK.   This will be a really low mileage month.  I need to hit the ski slopes soon.

The knee seems OK.  I think the pounding in the Grand Canyon left it with some water/swelling in the knee.  The popping is gone, but some pain when I start running.  So I think it just got pounded more than usual with the extra weight of the pack I was wearing.  Got to get my weight down.  Holiday feasting has added five pounds.

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00
Comments
From Smooth on Sun, Dec 27, 2009 at 22:14:27 from 174.23.217.47

We need another snow storm. Hope you had a nice Christmas! Come skiing with us! We're going to Solitude the next three days!

From crockett on Sun, Dec 27, 2009 at 22:17:06 from 71.218.58.218

We're on our way to Texas for a reception....in Colorado. Thought about running in the morning, but it will be below zero where we are.

Would love to go skiing, usually need someone to drag me up there. I lived on skis in my youth years.

From Smooth on Sun, Dec 27, 2009 at 22:21:42 from 174.23.217.47

I'm glad it won't be snowing on your way to TX. Are you driving? Please have a SAFE trip! CONGRATS again on your daughter's recent wedding!

Hope you hit the slopes again soon!

From Maurine/Tarzan on Mon, Dec 28, 2009 at 16:31:38 from 63.255.172.2

Glad I'm not the only one with holiday weight.

From Smooth on Fri, Jan 01, 2010 at 22:12:54 from 174.23.217.47

HAPPY NEW YEAR, Davy!!!

Total Distance
7.00

Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 7.00
Total Distance
7.00

Montrail Wildwood Miles: 7.00
Total Distance
2882.00
Mizuno Wave Elixer Miles: 419.00Vasque Velocity (Grey Yellow) Miles: 46.00La Sportiva Wildcat Miles: 398.00Montrail Wildwood - Red Miles: 384.00Mizuno Wave Elixer - Red Miles: 149.00La Sportiva Wildcat - Green Miles: 203.00La Sportive Wildcat - Yellow Miles: 48.00Montrail Wildwood Miles: 91.00
Debt Reduction Calculator
Featured Announcements
Lone Faithfuls
(need a comment):
Recent Comments: